IMPROVENET INC
S-1/A, 2000-01-13
BUSINESS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: BEST SOFTWARE INC, 8-K, 2000-01-13
Next: GENE LOGIC INC, S-3, 2000-01-13



<PAGE>

    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 13, 2000



                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-92873

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549
                           --------------------------

                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                           --------------------------
                                IMPROVENET, INC.

             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                                   <C>
              DELAWARE                                1521                               77-0452868
  (State or other jurisdiction of         (Primary Standard Industrial       (IRS Employer Identification No.)
   incorporation or organization)         Classification Code Number)
</TABLE>

                            720 BAY ROAD, SUITE 200
                          REDWOOD CITY, CA 94063-2469
                                 (650) 701-8000
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   Registrant's principal executive offices)
                         ------------------------------
                                RONALD B. COOPER
                                   PRESIDENT
                          AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                            720 BAY ROAD, SUITE 200
                          REDWOOD CITY, CA 94063-2469
                                 (650) 701-8000

 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)

                                   COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
               Mark P. Tanoury, Esq.                             Laird H. Simons III, Esq.
              Michael L. Weiner, Esq.                            Katherine T. Schuda, Esq.
              Ryan E. Naftulin, Esq.                             R. Gregory Roussel, Esq.
                Cooley Godward LLP                                  Fenwick & West LLP
                3000 Sand Hill Road                                Two Palo Alto Square
               Building 3, Suite 230                             Palo Alto, CA 94306-2155
             Menlo Park, CA 94025-7116                                (650) 494-0600
                  (650) 843-5100
</TABLE>

                            ------------------------

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
                           --------------------------

    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), check the following box. / /
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /

                           --------------------------

REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS
MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A
FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON
SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may
not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities
in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
<PAGE>

                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 13, 2000


                                            Shares

                                     [LOGO]

                                  Common Stock

                                   ---------

    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price is expected to be between
$             and $             per share. We have applied to list our common
stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market under the symbol "IMPV."

    The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of
additional shares to cover over-allotments of shares.

    Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors on page 7.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Underwriting
                                                           Price to          Discounts and        Proceeds to
                                                            Public            Commissions      ImproveNet, Inc.
                                                       -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
<S>                                                    <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Per Share............................................                  $                   $                   $
Total................................................                  $                   $                   $
</TABLE>

    Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about
             , 2000.

    Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this
prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

Credit Suisse First Boston

                       Robertson Stephens

                                               E*OFFERING

                  The date of this prospectus is       , 2000.
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF INSIDE-COVER ARTWORK

PANEL ONE

Picture of a service provider with his arm around an older woman with the
caption, "Another beautiful relationship started on the Internet."

(INSIDE TWO-PAGE GATEFOLD SPREAD)

Reverse blueline drawing of a house depicting our information and services in
type and clip art in each room of the house under the title
"ImproveNet--America's Home Improvement Resource." The foundation of the house
includes the captions "ImproveNet.com" and "ImproveNetPro.com".

The roofline contains a counterclockwise ordering of our home improvement cycle
stages, beginning at the upper left and moving across and over the attic with:
"Dream & Design" "Plan & Budget" "Hire and Build" and "Fix and Maintain" all
connected in the triangle by directional arrows. Our logo appears in the
delineated attic.

The following text appears as a caption in each room of the house that
accompanies typed descriptions and clip art. From left to right and from top to
bottom the rooms are as follows:

    "Personal Project Folder" with a subcaption "A place to compile project
    elements" which relates to an image of a folder in the shape of a house
    which bears our logo.

    "Project Estimator" with a subcaption "Balancing the dream against reality"
    which accompanies an image of a calculator whose display is our logo.

    "Personal Project Advisor" with a subcaption "ImproveNet professionals take
    the homeowner and service provider through a successful project" which
    corresponds to a trio of people indicated as "homeowner", "advisor" and
    "contractor."

    "Contractor Screening, Matching & Leads" with a subcaption "Ensuring quality
    service providers & fit to project" which is beneath a 5-point checklist
    itemizing the following: "Credit", "License", "Legal", "Insurance" and
    "Recommendations."

    "Pro Site" with a subcaption "Professional services for contractors &
    architects--job postings and more" which relates to an image of a drafting
    table with a ruler, draftsman's triangle and folder with our logo.

    "The Design Gallery" with a subcaption "Room designs organized by style"
    which accompanies an image of a room with two workers, one measuring a wall
    and the other installing a window, all under our logo.

    "The Product Showcase" with a subcaption "Items organized by use and by
    maker" which goes with an image of a showroom with an individual standing in
    front of a display of different windows positioned under and beside our
    logo. Three brochures with our logo are also shown to the left of the image.

    "SmartLeads-TM-" with a subcaption "Targeted marketing opportunities based
    on homeowner project" which ties with an image of the planet with a
    satellite dish and two brochures beneath it which bear our logo.

    "Powered By ImproveNet" with a subcaption "Providing service on partner's
    behalf" which goes with the image of a cloud with our "Powered by
    ImproveNet" logo inside and a lightening bolt coming out of the cloud.

    "The Home Center" with a subcaption "Home & Garden, Remodeling, Real Estate,
    Relocation and Financing Resources" corresponds to the image of a tool box
    filled with a saw, screwdriver, ruler, hammer, rake and real estate sign
    with the words "For Sale."

INSIDE BACK COVER ARTWORK:

Image depicting the ImproveNet logo as the roof of a house. The house is
comprised of the logos of MSN (Microsoft) HomeAdvisor, Dow Styrofoam Brand
Insulation, Armstrong, Cendant, DuPont Corian, Owens Corning and General
Electric. The foundation of the house includes the caption "Building the Home
Improvement Destination."
<PAGE>
                                 --------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE
                                        --------
<S>                                     <C>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY....................      4
RISK FACTORS..........................      7
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-
  LOOKING STATEMENTS..................     17
USE OF PROCEEDS.......................     18
DIVIDEND POLICY.......................     18
CAPITALIZATION........................     19
DILUTION..............................     20
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA...............     21
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
  OF OPERATIONS.......................     22
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
BUSINESS..............................     32
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE
                                        --------
<S>                                     <C>
MANAGEMENT............................     44
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS............     52
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS................     55
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK..........     57
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.......     60
UNDERWRITING..........................     62
NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS..........     64
LEGAL MATTERS.........................     65
EXPERTS...............................     65
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL
  INFORMATION.........................     65
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.........    F-1
</TABLE>


                                 --------------

    YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT OR TO
WHICH WE HAVE REFERRED YOU. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH
INFORMATION THAT IS DIFFERENT. THIS DOCUMENT MAY ONLY BE USED WHERE IT IS LEGAL
TO SELL THESE SECURITIES. THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT MAY ONLY BE ACCURATE
ON THE DATE OF THIS DOCUMENT.

    EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS BASED ON
THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS:

    - THE CONVERSION OF ALL OUR OUTSTANDING SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK INTO
      SHARES OF COMMON STOCK IMMEDIATELY UPON THE CLOSING OF THIS OFFERING;

    - NO EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION; AND

    - THE FILING, UPON APPROVAL OF OUR STOCKHOLDERS, OF OUR RESTATED CERTIFICATE
      OF INCORPORATION, BEFORE THE CLOSING OF THIS OFFERING.

    "ImproveNet," is a registered trademark of ImproveNet, Inc. "Powered by
ImproveNet," "ImproveNetPro" and "SmartLeads" are trademarks of
ImproveNet, Inc. This prospectus also includes trademarks owned by other
parties.

                     DEALER PROSPECTUS DELIVERY OBLIGATION

    UNTIL             , 2000 (25 DAYS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS THAT EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THESE SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS
IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS' OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    THIS SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
THIS SUMMARY IS NOT COMPLETE AND DOES NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION YOU
SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE BUYING SHARES IN THIS OFFERING. YOU SHOULD READ THE
ENTIRE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY.

                                IMPROVENET, INC.

    We are a leading source on the Internet for home improvement information and
services. Through our ImproveNet.com and ImproveNetPro.com Web sites, matching
services and targeted advertising, we are creating a national marketplace for
home improvement products and services in which homeowners, service providers
and suppliers of home improvement products benefit from an organized and
efficient online flow of information and communication.

    We generate quality job leads for service providers from highly interested
homeowners within their geographic area using our proprietary matching service.
We have processed approximately 123,000 job submissions, in total, and have
processed job submissions valued at approximately $3.4 billion, in total, since
the national launch of our Web site in August 1997. We have designed our
services to deliver a satisfying home improvement experience to homeowners and
assist them through the four phases of the home improvement process:

    - DREAM AND DESIGN--We provide homeowners free online information and design
      tools such as our design gallery and product showcase as well as a
      personal project folder that allows homeowners to store all ideas and
      information about their projects on our Web site.

    - PLAN AND BUDGET--Our Web site provides interactive tools, such as our
      kitchen visualization tool, that allow homeowners to plan their projects.
      We offer interactive tools, such as our kitchen estimator, that allow
      homeowners to calculate the expected cost of their projects based on
      parameters such as physical dimensions, styles and estimated costs for
      service providers within a given zip code.

    - HIRE AND BUILD--Our proprietary screening and matching processes allow us
      to match qualified and reputable service providers with pre-qualified job
      leads submitted by homeowners. We provide participating homeowners free
      access, both online and offline, to one of our project advisors, who
      assists them through the entire process.

    - FIX AND MAINTAIN--Our online and offline information, services and support
      personnel empower homeowners to continuously maintain and improve their
      homes, from idea creation to project completion.

    The home improvement industry is large and fragmented. According to the
United States Department of Commerce, total expenditures for residential home
improvements for 1998 were $120.7 billion. Based upon a compilation of industry
sources, we believe there are up to 900,000 service providers in the United
States. Further, according to the United States Census Bureau, as of
September 30, 1999 there were 70.5 million owner-occupied homes out of a total
of 120 million housing units.

    Our strategy is to become America's home improvement resource on the
Internet. The key elements of our strategy are:

    - deliver a satisfying home improvement experience to homeowners, service
      providers and suppliers;

    - increase the number of jobs submitted to us and the percentage of those
      jobs won by service providers in our network;

                                       4
<PAGE>
    - create new commercial relationships and expand existing ones with
      suppliers of home improvement products and services and related home
      services; and

    - continue to build the ImproveNet brand.

    We generate revenues from three sources:

    - service providers pay us lead fees and win fees for our matching service;

    - suppliers of home improvement products and services as well as other
      advertisers purchase advertising space on our Web site; and

    - homeowners pay us fees, which to date have not been significant, for our
      premium home improvement services.

    We have entered into multi-year commercial relationships with the following
providers of home improvement products and services and related home services:
Armstrong, Cendant, Dow Chemical, DuPont, General Electric, Microsoft and Owens
Corning. We have also entered into advertising arrangements on the following
high traffic Web sites: AltaVista, America Online, Excite@Home, Lycos, Microsoft
HomeAdvisor, Quicken.com and Yahoo!

    We were incorporated in California in January 1996 as Netelligence, Inc.,
changed our name to ImproveNet, Inc. in May 1996 and reincorporated in Delaware
in June 1998. Our principal executive offices are located at 720 Bay Road,
Suite 200, Redwood City, California 94063-2469. Our telephone number is
(650) 701-8000. Our consumer Internet address is WWW.IMPROVENET.COM and our
professional Internet address is WWW.IMPROVENETPRO.COM. The information found on
our Web sites is not part of this prospectus.

                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
Common stock offered...........................                      shares
Common stock to be outstanding after the
  offering.....................................                      shares
Use of proceeds................................  For capital expenditures, working capital and
                                                 other general corporate purposes, including
                                                 expansion of our sales and marketing programs,
                                                 product development and general and
                                                 administrative operations and potential
                                                 acquisitions.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.........  IMPV
</TABLE>

    The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering
is based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 1999, and
excludes:

    - 1,760,197 shares subject to options outstanding as of September 30, 1999,
      at a weighted average exercise price of $0.90 per share;

    - 524,576 shares subject to warrants outstanding as of September 30, 1999,
      at a weighted average exercise price of $1.02 per share;

    - 1,262,596 shares subject to warrants issued after September 30, 1999, at a
      weighted average exercise price of $9.01 per share;

    - 2,017,314 additional shares that are available for issuance under our
      stock option plans;

    - 300,000 shares that we could issue under our employee stock purchase plan;
      and

    - 48,592 shares to be issued in connection with the acquisition of The J.L.
      Price Corporation.

                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   NINE MONTHS
                                                                                                      ENDED
                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ------------------------------   -------------------
                                                                1996       1997       1998       1998       1999
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total revenues..............................................   $    2    $    60    $   258    $   144    $  1,285
Loss from operations........................................     (360)    (1,239)    (4,199)    (2,654)    (19,219)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders................     (359)    (1,328)    (4,832)    (3,071)    (19,134)
Basic and diluted net loss per common share.................   $(0.73)   $ (1.08)   $ (3.49)   $ (2.22)   $ (12.87)
Shares used in calculating basic and diluted net loss per
  common share..............................................      493      1,228      1,383      1,382       1,487
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share.......                        $ (1.17)              $  (2.66)
Shares used in calculating pro forma basic and diluted net
  loss per common share.....................................                          4,124                  7,183
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                               ACTUAL     PRO FORMA    AS ADJUSTED
                                                              --------   -----------   -----------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents...................................  $23,093      $58,054       $
Working capital.............................................   20,648       55,609
Total assets................................................   29,514       64,475
Total stockholders' equity..................................   23,255       58,216
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------

    See Note 2 of the notes to our financial statements for an explanation of
the determination of the number of shares used in computing per share data.

    The pro forma balance sheet information gives effect to the sale of
2,597,135 shares of series E convertible preferred stock in November and
December 1999 for net proceeds of approximately $35.0 million, stock-based
compensation of approximately $11.3 million from the issuance of warrants to
purchase 1,262,596 shares of common stock in November and December 1999 and the
conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock upon
the closing of this offering.

    The pro forma as adjusted information is adjusted to give effect to the sale
of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $      per share, after deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    THIS OFFERING AND AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF
RISK. YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW AND THE OTHER
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS BEFORE PURCHASING OUR SHARES. ADDITIONAL RISKS
AND UNCERTAINTIES NOT PRESENTLY KNOWN TO US OR THAT WE CURRENTLY SEE AS
IMMATERIAL MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS. IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING
RISKS ACTUALLY OCCUR, OUR BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED, THE TRADING PRICE OF OUR
COMMON STOCK COULD DECLINE, AND YOU COULD LOSE ALL OR PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

WE ARE AN EARLY STAGE COMPANY WITH A LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY, WHICH MAKES IT
DIFFICULT TO EVALUATE OUR BUSINESS.

    We were incorporated in January 1996 and did not begin offering home
improvement services on the Internet until August 1997. Therefore, we have a
limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business. Before
investing, you should evaluate the risks, expenses and problems frequently
encountered by companies such as ours that are in the early stages of
development and that are entering new and rapidly changing markets like the
Internet. We face a number of challenges including:

    - maintaining and increasing our homeowner base;

    - maintaining and increasing our network of service providers;

    - generating continuing revenues through our Web sites from homeowners,
      service providers, suppliers and other commercial relationships;

    - competing effectively with existing and potential competitors;

    - developing further our business model;

    - developing further the ImproveNet brand;

    - anticipating and adapting to changes on the Internet;

    - continuing to develop our technology infrastructure to handle greater
      Internet traffic efficiently;

    - managing expanding operations;

    - broadening our product and service offerings and attracting and retaining
      additional commercial relationships; and

    - attracting and retaining qualified personnel.

We may not successfully implement any of our strategies or successfully address
these risks and uncertainties.

OUR BUSINESS MODEL IS NEW AND UNPROVEN, AND WE MUST CONTINUE TO GENERATE AND
SUSTAIN SUFFICIENT REVENUES TO SURVIVE.

    Our business model depends on a majority of our revenues being derived from
service fees as well as our ability to attract and retain commercial
relationships and a network of service providers. If we fail to attract
commercial relationships or service providers, our service revenues and
advertising revenues may not grow, we may never achieve profitability and our
business would suffer.

    Matching homeowners to service providers for home improvement projects is
our key to earning revenues from a variety of sources, including service fees,
advertising and commercial relationships. To generate revenues, we must offer
services that achieve broad market acceptance by homeowners, service providers
and suppliers of home improvement products. In particular, our matching service
must

                                       7
<PAGE>
gain broad market acceptance from homeowners and service providers or our
business would be harmed.

    To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the ease of
use, responsiveness, functionality and features of our online and offline
services. These efforts may require the development or licensing of increasingly
complex technologies. In addition, we may change or extend our business model to
take advantage of new business opportunities, including business areas in which
we do not have extensive experience. We may not be successful in developing or
introducing new features, functions and services, and they may not achieve
market acceptance or enhance our brand loyalty. If we fail to develop and
introduce new features, functions or services effectively, our business could be
harmed.

WE HAVE A LARGE ACCUMULATED DEFICIT, WE EXPECT FUTURE LOSSES, AND WE MAY NOT
ACHIEVE OR MAINTAIN PROFITABILITY.

    We have incurred substantial losses and used substantial cash to support our
operations as we have expanded our sales and marketing programs, funded the
development of our services, promoted our Web sites and matching service and
expanded our operations infrastructure. Our net losses were $359,000 in 1996,
approximately $1.2 million in 1997, approximately $4.1 million in 1998 and
approximately $18.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999. As of
September 30, 1999, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately
$24.6 million. We expect our expenditures on sales and marketing activities and
the development of new products, services and technologies to continue to
increase. We will continue to lose money unless we significantly increase our
revenues. We cannot predict when we will operate profitably, if ever.

OUR QUARTERLY FINANCIAL RESULTS ARE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT FLUCTUATIONS AND
SEASONALITY AND ARE DIFFICULT TO PREDICT.

    Our results of operations could vary significantly from quarter to quarter.
In the near term, we expect our revenues to be substantially dependent on
advertising sales. We also expect to incur significant sales and marketing
expenses to promote our brand and services. Therefore, our quarterly revenues
and operating results are likely to be particularly affected by the amount of
advertising sold on our Web site, the timing of payments for this advertising,
sales and marketing expenses for a particular period and the timing of our fixed
infrastructure expenditures. If revenues fall below our expectations, we will
not be able to reduce our spending rapidly in response to the shortfall.

    Other factors that could affect our quarterly operating results include
those described below and elsewhere in this prospectus:

    - the number of new service providers we add to our network;

    - the amount of service fees we generate and our ability to collect this
      revenue;

    - the amount and timing of our operating expenses and capital expenditures;

    - the cost of commercial relationships;

    - the amount and timing of noncash stock-based compensation charges;

    - costs and charges related to acquisitions or internal development of
      businesses or technologies; and

    - the seasonality of the home improvement industry.

    Our limited operating history and rapid growth make it difficult to assess
the impact of seasonal factors on our business. However, because our business is
dependent upon the home improvement industry, we expect that our revenues may be
lower during the first and fourth quarters since more homeowners commit to home
improvement projects during the spring and summer months.

                                       8
<PAGE>
SINCE OUR MARKET IS HIGHLY COMPETITIVE, WE MAY SUFFER PRICE REDUCTIONS, REDUCED
GROSS MARGINS AND LOSS OF MARKET SHARE IF WE DO NOT COMPETE EFFECTIVELY.

    The market for our services is intensely competitive, evolving and subject
to rapid technological change. We expect the intensity of competition to
increase in the future. Increased competition may result in price reductions,
changes in our pricing model, reduced gross margins and loss of market share,
any one of which could significantly reduce our profitability. In addition,
technological barriers to entry are relatively low. As a result, current and new
competitors could launch Web sites offering content, products and services
similar to ours at relatively low cost.

    Many of our competitors have more resources and broader and deeper customer
access than we do. In addition, many of these competitors have or can readily
obtain extensive knowledge of the home improvement industry. Our competitors may
be able to respond more quickly than we can to new technologies or changes in
Internet user preferences and devote greater resources than we can to the
development, promotion and sale of their services. We may not be able to
maintain our competitive position against current and future competitors,
especially those with significantly greater resources.

FAILURE TO DEVELOP OUR BRAND COULD LIMIT OR REDUCE THE DEMAND FOR OUR SERVICES.

    If we fail to promote and maintain ImproveNet's brand or incur substantial
expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, our
business could be harmed. We believe that continuing to strengthen our brand
will be critical to increasing demand for, and achieving widespread acceptance
of, our services. Promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the
success of our marketing efforts and our ability to provide high quality
services and support. To promote our brand, we will need to increase our
marketing budget and otherwise increase our financial commitment to creating and
maintaining brand loyalty among users. Brand promotion activities may not yield
increased revenues and, even if they do, any increased revenues may not offset
the expenses we incur in building and maintaining our brand.

IF WE FAIL TO MANAGE OUR GROWTH, OUR ABILITY TO MARKET, SELL AND DEVELOP OUR
  SERVICES COULD BE HARMED.

    Our growth has placed and will continue to place a significant strain on our
management systems and resources, and we may be unable to effectively manage our
growth in the future. We must plan and manage our growth effectively to offer
our services and achieve revenue growth and profitability in a rapidly evolving
market. We continue to increase the scope of our operations and have added a
number of employees recently, including employees in key management and sales
positions. We grew from 16 employees as of December 31, 1997 to 127 as of
September 30, 1999. For us to effectively manage our growth, we must continue
to:

    - improve our operational, financial and management systems and controls;

    - install new management and information systems and controls;

    - locate additional office space in a number of geographic locations; and

    - hire, train and motivate our workforce.

    Failure to manage our growth effectively would hinder our ability to
develop, market and sell our services and therefore harm our business.

IF WE DO NOT ATTRACT AND RETAIN A NETWORK OF HIGH QUALITY SERVICE PROVIDERS, OUR
BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED.

    We expect to derive the majority of our revenues from our network of service
providers in the form of payments for each homeowner referral that we provide to
them and for each home improvement project that they win. Our business is highly
dependent on homeowners' use of our Web

                                       9
<PAGE>
site to find service providers for their home improvement projects so that
service providers will achieve a satisfactory return on their participation in
the ImproveNet program.

    A key element of the growth of our business is the pace at which service
providers adopt the ImproveNet matching process. This adoption includes
responding to homeowner inquiries within 48 hours, providing a competitive, firm
quote to homeowners quickly, and paying the service fees to ImproveNet. We
devote significant effort and resources to screening and supporting
participating service providers and to developing programs that monitor service
providers' job wins and that collect service fees from service providers for
these wins. Our inability to screen and support service providers effectively,
or the failure of our service providers to respond professionally and in a
timely manner to homeowner inquiries, could result in low homeowner satisfaction
and harm our business. In addition, the failure of our service providers to win
home improvement projects, report their wins to us, or pay us service fees could
harm our business.

    We must actively recruit new service providers and retain our current
service providers to ensure that we continually have adequate national coverage.
Generally, there is a high rate of turnover among service providers in the home
improvement industry. We expect that not all of our service providers will
remain active participants in our network. If we are unable to reduce turnover
among our network of service providers our business could be harmed.

WE DEPEND ON THIRD-PARTY RELATIONSHIPS TO GENERATE REVENUES, DRIVE TRAFFIC TO
OUR WEB SITE AND PROVIDE SOFTWARE TOOLS AND INFRASTRUCTURE.

    Our business model relies on our ability to enter into and maintain
relationships with various suppliers of home improvement products and services.
Companies that we may pursue for a commercial relationship, may offer services
competitive with suppliers with which we currently have commercial
relationships. As a result, these suppliers may be reluctant to enter into
commercial relationships with us. If we do not maintain our existing commercial
relationships on terms as favorable as currently in effect, if we do not
establish additional ones on commercially reasonable terms, or if any or all do
not result in an increased use of our Web sites, our business could be harmed .

    We depend on establishing and maintaining a number of advertising
relationships with high-traffic Web sites that can help us to increase the
number of visitors to ImproveNet.com. There is intense competition for
preferential placements on some of these Web sites, and in the future we may not
be able to enter into these relationships on commercially reasonable terms or at
all. Even if we enter into commercial relationships with these Web sites, they
themselves may not attract significant numbers of homeowners and we may not
receive a significant number of additional homeowners from these relationships.
Moreover, we may have to pay significant fees to establish new commercial
relationships or renew our current relationships.

    We integrate third-party software into our service offerings on our Web
sites. We would be harmed if the providers from which we license software ceased
to deliver and support reliable products, to enhance their current products, or
to respond to emerging industry standards. In addition, third-party software may
not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
The loss of, or inability to maintain or obtain, this software could limit the
features available on our Web sites, which could harm our business.

IF WE FAIL TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN QUALIFIED PERSONNEL, OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE
  COULD BE HARMED.

    We depend on the continued service of our key technical, sales and senior
management personnel. In particular, the loss of the services of Ronald B.
Cooper, our President and Chief Executive Officer, or other senior management
personnel, individually or as a group, could cause us to incur increased
operating expenses and divert other senior management time in searching for
their replacements. We do not have employment agreements with any employee,
except Mr. Cooper, and we do not maintain any key person life insurance policies
for any of our key employees, except for Mr. Cooper and Robert

                                       10
<PAGE>
L. Stevens, our Chairman of the Board. The loss of any of our key technical,
sales or senior management personnel could harm our business.

    In addition, we must attract, retain and motivate highly skilled employees.
We face significant competition for individuals with the skills required to
develop, market and support our services. We may not be able to recruit and
retain sufficient numbers of highly skilled employees, and as a result our
business could suffer.

IF WE FAIL TO ADEQUATELY PROTECT OUR PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, WE COULD LOSE THESE
RIGHTS AND OUR BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED.

    We depend upon our ability to develop and protect our intellectual property
rights, including our proprietary databases of homeowners and service providers,
to distinguish our services from our competitors' services. We rely on a
combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as
confidentiality agreements and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect
our proprietary rights. We have no issued patents. Existing laws afford only
limited protection of intellectual property rights. Attempts could be made to
copy or reverse engineer aspects of our processes or services or to obtain and
use information that we regard as proprietary. Accordingly, we may not be able
to protect our intellectual property rights against unauthorized third-party
copying or use. Furthermore, policing the unauthorized use of our product is
difficult, and expensive litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce
our intellectual property rights. The use by others of our proprietary rights
could harm our business.

OUR SERVICES COULD INFRINGE THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF OTHERS CAUSING
COSTLY LITIGATION AND THE LOSS OF SIGNIFICANT RIGHTS.

    Third parties could claim that we have infringed their intellectual property
rights. The resolution of any claims could be time-consuming, result in costly
litigation, delay or prevent us from offering our products or services or
require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, any of which could
harm our business. In the event an infringement claim against us is successful
and we cannot obtain a license on acceptable terms, license a substitute
technology or redesign our services, our business would be harmed. Furthermore,
former employers of our current and future employees may assert that our
employees have improperly disclosed to us or are using confidential or
proprietary information in our business.

IF WE EXPERIENCE SYSTEM FAILURES, OUR REPUTATION WOULD BE HARMED AND USERS MIGHT
SEEK ALTERNATIVE SERVICE PROVIDERS, CAUSING US TO LOSE REVENUES.

    We depend on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and
communications hardware and software systems. Substantially all of our computer
hardware for operating our Web sites is currently located at Exodus
Communications in Santa Clara, California, with backups located at our facility
in Redwood City, California. These systems and operations are vulnerable to
damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss,
telecommunication failures and similar events. They are also subject to
break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct. We do
not have fully redundant systems, a formal disaster recovery plan or alternative
providers of hosting services, and we do not carry business interruption
insurance to compensate us for losses that could occur. Despite any precautions
we may take, the occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated
problems either at Exodus or at our facility could result in interruptions in
our services. Any damage to or failure of our systems could result in
interruptions in our service. In addition to placing an increased burden on our
engineering staff, any system failure could create user questions and complaints
that must be responded to by our customer support personnel. The system failures
of various third-party Internet service providers, online service providers and
other Web site operators could result in interruptions in our service to those
users who require the services of these third-party providers and

                                       11
<PAGE>
operators to access our Web sites. These interruptions could reduce our revenues
and profits, and our future revenues and profits will be harmed if our users
believe that our system is unreliable.

WE MAY HAVE CAPACITY RESTRAINTS THAT COULD LIMIT THE GROWTH OF OR REDUCE OUR
  REVENUES.

    The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our Web sites,
processing systems and network infrastructure are critical to our reputation and
our ability to attract and retain large numbers of users. If the volume of
traffic on our Web sites increases, we will need to expand and upgrade our
technology, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure. We may
not be able to accurately project the rate or timing of these increases, if any,
in the use of our services or to expand or upgrade our systems and
infrastructure in a timely manner to accommodate these increases.

    We use internally developed systems for operating our services and
processing our transactions, including billing and collections processing. We
must continually improve these systems in order to accommodate the level of use
of our Web sites. In addition, if we add new features and functionality to our
services, we could be required to develop or license additional technologies.
Our inability to add additional software and hardware or upgrade our technology,
transaction processing systems or network infrastructure could cause
unanticipated system disruptions, slower response times, degradation in levels
of customer support, impaired quality of the users' experience, delays in
accounts receivable collection or losses of recorded financial information. Our
failure to provide new features or functionality also could result in these
consequences. We may be unable to effectively upgrade and/or expand our systems
in a timely manner or to integrate smoothly any newly developed or purchased
technologies with our existing systems. These difficulties could harm or limit
our ability to expand our business.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

THE MARKET FOR INTERNET-BASED HOME IMPROVEMENT SERVICES IS NEW AND UNPROVEN AND,
IF IT DOES NOT DEVELOP SUFFICIENTLY, WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO GENERATE SIGNIFICANT
REVENUES.

    The market for Internet-based home improvement services is new and unproven,
so there is uncertainty whether demand for our services will develop and, if
developed, be sustained. If the market for our services does not develop or if
our services do not achieve market acceptance, we will not be able to generate
significant revenues.

IF THE HOME IMPROVEMENT INDUSTRY DECLINES, OUR REVENUES COULD DECLINE AND OUR
BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED.

    Our business is dependent on the economic strength of the home improvement
industry. The home improvement industry is cyclical, with the number of home
improvement projects affected by national and global economic forces, primarily
fluctuations in interest rates and employment levels. We believe that our future
performance will be affected by the cyclical nature of the home improvement
industry and, as a result, be adversely affected from time to time by industry
downturns.

WE COULD BE HELD LIABLE FOR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES REFERRED BY MEANS OF OUR WEB
  SITE.

    We could be subject to claims relating to products and services that we
refer through our Web site. Our insurance may not cover potential claims or may
not adequately cover all costs incurred in defense of potential claims or may
not indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. In addition, claims,
with or without merit, would result in diversion of our financial resources and
management resources, which could harm our business.

                                       12
<PAGE>
WE DEPEND ON THE INCREASING USE OF THE INTERNET. IF THE USE OF THE INTERNET DOES
NOT GROW, OUR REVENUES MAY NOT GROW AND COULD DECLINE AND OUR BUSINESS COULD BE
HARMED.

    We depend on increased acceptance and use of the Internet. In particular,
our matching service depends upon service providers being willing to use the
Internet to find jobs through our service. We believe that service providers
generally have not traditionally used computers or the Internet to operate their
business. Demand and market acceptance for recently introduced products and
services over the Internet are subject to a high level of uncertainty. As a
result, acceptance and use of the Internet may not develop or a sufficiently
broad base of users may not adopt or continue to use the Internet as a medium of
commerce.

THE INTERNET IS CHARACTERIZED BY RAPIDLY CHANGING TECHNOLOGIES, FREQUENT NEW
PRODUCT AND SERVICE INTRODUCTIONS AND EVOLVING INDUSTRY STANDARDS.

    To succeed, we will need to adapt effectively to rapidly changing
technologies and continually improve the performance features and reliability of
our services. We could incur substantial costs in modifying our products,
services or infrastructure to adapt to these changes, and we may also lose
customers and revenues if our services fail to adapt to the rapid changes
characteristic of the Internet.

    Conversely, if the Internet experiences increased growth in number of users,
frequency of use and bandwidth requirements, the Internet infrastructure may be
unable to support the demands placed on it. The success of our business will
rely on the Internet providing a convenient means of interaction and commerce.
Our business depends on the ability of users to access information without
significant delays or aggravation.

POTENTIAL YEAR 2000 PROBLEMS WITH OUR SOFTWARE, THIRD-PARTY EQUIPMENT OR OUR
INTERNAL OPERATING SYSTEMS COULD REDUCE OUR FUTURE REVENUES AND INCREASE OUR
EXPENSES.

    Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded to
accept only two digit entries in the date code field. Beginning in the year
2000, these code fields will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish
21st century dates from 20th century dates. A failure to do so could result in
the loss of revenues and would create the following risks:

    - our products or services could fail due to processing errors caused by
      unanticipated inaccurate calculations with respect to the year 2000;

    - third-party hardware and software that we rely on to provide our services
      could experience year 2000 compliance problems; and

    - our customers, suppliers or other third parties upon which we rely could
      experience year 2000 problems.

    If any of these events occurs, it could cause all or a portion of our
services to be interrupted, which could reduce our future revenues and increase
our expenses.

FUTURE GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS AND LEGAL UNCERTAINTIES PERTAINING TO THE INTERNET
COULD DECREASE THE DEMAND FOR OUR SERVICES OR INCREASE THE COST OF DOING
BUSINESS.

    There is, and will likely continue to be, an increasing number of laws and
regulations pertaining to the Internet. These laws and regulations may relate to
liability for information retrieved from or transmitted over the Internet,
online content, user privacy, taxes or the quality of services. Any new law or
regulation pertaining to the Internet, or the adverse application or
interpretation of existing laws, could decrease the demand for our services or
increase our cost of doing business.

    We are not certain how our business may be affected by the application of
existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, copyrights,
encryption and other intellectual property issues, taxation, libel, obscenity
and export or import matters. The vast majority of these laws was adopted

                                       13
<PAGE>
prior to the advent of the Internet. As a result, they do not contemplate or
address the unique issues created by the Internet and related technologies.
Changes in laws intended to address these issues could create uncertainty for or
adversely affect companies doing business on the Internet. This could reduce
demand for our services or increase the cost of doing business.

LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY INITIATIVES REGARDING THE COLLECTION AND USE OF OUR
USERS' PERSONAL INFORMATION MAY RESULT IN LIABILITY AND EXPENSES.

    Current computing and Internet technology allows us to collect personal
information about our users. In the past, the Federal Trade Commission has
investigated companies that have sold personal information to third parties
without permission or in violation of a stated privacy policy. If we begin
collecting or selling personal information without permission or in violation of
our privacy policy, we could face potential liability for compiling and
providing information to third parties.

    The European Union has adopted a directive that restricts the collection and
use of personal data. These restrictions are more stringent than current
Internet privacy laws in the United States. If these restrictions were applied
to us, we could be required to spend time and money researching and complying
with their requirements.

THE IMPOSITION OF ADDITIONAL STATE AND LOCAL TAXES ON INTERNET-BASED
TRANSACTIONS WOULD INCREASE OUR COST OF DOING BUSINESS AND HARM OUR ABILITY TO
BECOME PROFITABLE.

    We file state tax returns as required by law based on principles applicable
to traditional businesses. However, one or more states could seek to impose
additional income tax obligations or sales and use tax collection obligations on
out-of-state companies such as ours that engage in or facilitate Internet-based
commerce. A number of proposals have been made at state and local levels that
could impose taxes on the sale of products and services through the Internet or
the income derived from those sales. These proposals, if adopted, could
substantially impair the growth of Internet-based commerce and harm our ability
to become profitable.

    United States federal law limits the ability of the states to impose taxes
on Internet-based transactions. Until October 21, 2001, state and local taxes on
Internet-based commerce that are discriminatory against Internet access are
prohibited, unless the taxes were generally imposed and actually enforced before
October 1, 1998. It is possible that this tax moratorium will not be renewed by
October 21, 2001 or at all. Failure to renew this legislation would allow
various states to impose taxes on Internet-based commerce. The imposition of
state and local taxes could harm our ability to become profitable.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR OFFERING

SUBSTANTIAL SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK BY OUR STOCKHOLDERS COULD DEPRESS OUR
  STOCK PRICE.

    If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the
public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock
would likely fall. Based on shares outstanding as of December 14, 1999, upon
completion of this offering, we will have outstanding       shares of common
stock. Upon completion of this offering,       shares of common stock, including
the       shares being sold in this offering, will be eligible for immediate
sale in the public market, unless purchased by our affiliates. Substantially all
of our stockholders will be subject to agreements with the underwriters that
restrict their ability to transfer their stock for 180 days after the date of
this prospectus without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation. However, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation may, in its sole
discretion, release all or any portion of the common stock from the restrictions
of these agreements. After these agreements expire, an additional 8,115,045
shares will be eligible for sale in the public market.

                                       14
<PAGE>
FAILURE TO RAISE ADDITIONAL CAPITAL OR GENERATE THE SIGNIFICANT CAPITAL
NECESSARY TO EXPAND OUR OPERATIONS AND INVEST IN NEW PRODUCTS AND SERVICES COULD
REDUCE OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE AND RESULT IN LOWER REVENUES.

    We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with currently
available funds, will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital
expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. After that, we may need to
raise additional funds. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain
additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. If we need additional
capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able, among other
things, to:

    - develop or enhance our services;

    - develop or acquire new technologies, products or businesses;

    - acquire technologies, products or businesses;

    - expand operations in the United States or internationally;

    - hire, train and retain employees; or

    - respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated capital requirements.

    Our failure to do any of these things could result in lower revenues and
could harm our business.

    In addition, we may seek to raise additional funds, finance acquisitions or
develop commercial relationships by issuing equity or convertible debt
securities, which would reduce the percentage ownership of existing
stockholders. Furthermore, any new securities could have rights, preferences or
privileges senior to those of our common stock.

NEW INVESTORS IN OUR COMMON STOCK WILL EXPERIENCE IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL
DILUTION.

    The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the book
value per share of our common stock. Investors purchasing common stock in this
offering will, therefore, incur immediate dilution of $      per share of common
stock in net tangible book value, based on an assumed initial public offering
price of $      per share. In addition, we have issued options and warrants to
acquire common stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial public
offering price. To the extent outstanding options or warrants are ultimately
exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. If we
issue additional equity securities, stockholders may experience dilution.

OUR STOCK PRICE MAY BE VOLATILE BECAUSE OF FACTORS BEYOND OUR CONTROL, AND YOU
MAY LOSE ALL OR A PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT.

    The market prices of stock for Internet and other technology companies,
particularly following an initial public offering, frequently reach levels that
bear no relationship to the past or present operating performance of those
companies. These market prices may not be sustainable and may be subject to wide
variations. Following this offering, the market price of our common stock may
experience a substantial decline. The market price of our common stock may
fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which are
beyond our control, including:

    - variations in our quarterly operating results;

    - changes in securities analysts' estimates of our financial performance;

    - the discussion of our company or stock price in online investor
      communities such as chat rooms;

    - changes in market valuations of similar companies;

    - announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new
      technologies, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or
      capital commitments;

                                       15
<PAGE>
    - loss of a major customer or failure to complete significant license
      transactions;

    - additions to or subtraction from our service provider network;

    - additions or departures of key personnel; and

    - fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes, particularly among
      securities of Internet-based companies.

WE ARE AT RISK OF SECURITIES CLASS ACTION LITIGATION DUE TO OUR EXPECTED STOCK
  PRICE VOLATILITY.

    In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought
against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities.
This risk is especially acute for us because technology companies have
experienced greater than average stock price volatility in recent years and, as
a result, have been subject to, on average, a greater number of securities class
action claims than companies in other industries. We may in the future be the
target of litigation of this type. Securities litigation could result in
substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources, and could
harm our business.

WE HAVE IMPLEMENTED ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS THAT COULD DISCOURAGE OR PREVENT A
TAKEOVER, EVEN IF AN ACQUISITION WOULD BE BENEFICIAL IN THE OPINION OF OUR
STOCKHOLDERS.

    Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if
doing so would be beneficial in the opinion of our stockholders. These
provisions include:

    - authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that could be
      issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding
      shares and thwart a takeover attempt;

    - prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would
      allow less than a majority of stockholders to elect director candidates;

    - limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of
      stockholders;

    - prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all
      stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; and

    - establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to
      the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by
      stockholders at stockholder meetings.

    In addition, section 203 of the Delaware General Corporations Law and the
terms of our stock option plans may discourage, delay or prevent a change in
control of ImproveNet.

EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS SIGNIFICANTLY INFLUENCE US AND COULD PREVENT NEW INVESTORS
FROM INFLUENCING SIGNIFICANT CORPORATE DECISIONS.

    Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors,
principal stockholders and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the
aggregate, approximately       % of our outstanding common stock. As a result,
these stockholders will be able to control all matters requiring stockholder
approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant
corporate transactions, which could delay or prevent a change of control of
ImproveNet and will make some transactions difficult or impossible without the
support of these stockholders.

                                       16
<PAGE>
               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate
to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can
identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "anticipates,"
"believes," "continue," "could," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "may,"
"plans," "potential," "predicts," "should" or "will" or the negative of these
terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions and
involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including the
risks outlined under "Risk Factors," that may cause our, or our industry's,
actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially
different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

    Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person
assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of these statements. We
are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date
of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results, unless
required by law.

                                       17
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of             shares
of common stock in this offering will be approximately $      million,
approximately $      million if the underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per
share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses.

    We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for capital
expenditures and working capital and other general corporate purposes, including
expansion of our sales and marketing programs, product development and general
and administrative operations. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to
invest in additional businesses, business development, products and
technologies, to lease additional facilities, or to establish joint ventures
that we believe will complement our current or future business. However, we have
no specific plans, agreements or commitments to do so and are not currently
engaged in any negotiations for any acquisition or joint venture. Pending these
uses, we will invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term,
interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

    We have never paid or declared any cash dividends. We currently expect to
retain earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and
therefore do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable
future.

                                       18
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

    The table below presents the following information:

    - our actual capitalization as of September 30, 1999;

    - our pro forma capitalization giving effect to the sale of 2,597,135 shares
      of series E convertible preferred stock in November and December 1999 for
      net proceeds of approximately $35.0 million, to stock-based compensation
      of approximately $11.3 million from the issuance of warrants to purchase
      1,262,596 shares of common stock in November and December 1999 and to the
      conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock
      upon the closing of this offering; and

    - our pro forma as adjusted capitalization reflecting the sale of
      shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
      offering price of $      per share, after deducting the estimated
      underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

    The number of shares outstanding excludes the following shares:

    - 1,760,197 shares of common stock subject to options outstanding as of
      September 30, 1999, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.90 per
      share;

    - 524,576 shares subject to warrants outstanding as of September 30, 1999,
      at a weighted average exercise price of $1.02 per share;

    - 1,262,596 shares of common stock subject to warrants issued after
      September 30, 1999, at a weighted average exercise price of $9.01 per
      share;

    - 2,017,314 additional shares of common stock that are available for grant
      under our stock option plan;

    - 300,000 shares of common stock that we could issue under our employee
      stock purchase plan; and

    - 48,592 shares of common stock to be issued in connection with the
      acquisition of The J.L. Price Corporation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                          PRO FORMA    AS ADJUSTED
                                                               ACTUAL    (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
                                                              --------   -----------   -----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER
                                                                         SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>           <C>
Long-term obligations.......................................  $    104     $    104      $    104
Stockholders' equity:
  Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 9,482,935
    shares authorized and 8,785,559 shares issued and
    outstanding, actual; 12,482,935 shares authorized and no
    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 5,000,000
    shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding,
    pro forma as adjusted...................................         9           --            --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value; 31,000,000 shares
    authorized and 1,596,528 shares issued and outstanding,
    actual; 34,000,000 shares authorized and 12,979,222
    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000
    shares authorized and           shares issued and
    outstanding, pro forma as adjusted......................         2           13
  Additional paid-in capital................................    56,350      102,608
  Notes receivable from stockholders........................        (2)          (2)
  Unearned stock-based compensation.........................    (8,493)     (19,792)
  Accumulated deficit.......................................   (24,611)     (24,611)
                                                              --------     --------      --------
    Total stockholders' equity..............................    23,255       58,216
                                                              --------     --------      --------
      Total capitalization..................................  $ 23,359     $ 58,320      $
                                                              ========     ========      ========
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION

    Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 1999 was
approximately $57.6 million, or approximately $4.44 per share. Net tangible book
value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total
liabilities divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding after
giving effect to the following transactions:

    - the sale of 2,597,135 shares of series E convertible preferred stock in
      November and December 1999 for net proceeds of approximately $35.0
      million;

    - the issuance of warrants to purchase 1,262,596 shares of common stock
      after September 30, 1999; and

    - the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of
      common stock upon completion of this offering.

    Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference
between the amount per share paid by new investors purchasing shares of common
stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately
after completion of this offering. Our net tangible book value as of
September 30, 1999 would have been approximately $      million or $      per
share, after giving effect to the sale of     shares of our common stock in this
offering and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses. This amount represents an immediate increase in
net tangible book value of $      per share to existing stockholders and an
immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $      per share to new
investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, as illustrated in
the following table:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............              $
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of
    September 30, 1999......................................   $ 4.44
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..........
                                                               ------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
  offering..................................................
                                                                          ------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................              $
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>

    The following table summarizes, on the pro forma basis described above, as
of September 30, 1999, the differences between the number of shares of common
stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per
share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in
this offering. We have assumed an initial public offering price of $
per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             SHARES PURCHASED       TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                           ---------------------   ----------------------   AVERAGE PRICE
                                             NUMBER     PERCENT      AMOUNT      PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                           ----------   --------   -----------   --------   -------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
Existing stockholders....................  12,979,222        %     $79,705,769        %         $6.14
New investors............................                    %                        %         $
                                           ----------     ---      -----------     ---
    Total................................                 100%     $               100%
                                           ==========     ===      ===========     ===
</TABLE>

    As of September 30, 1999, there were outstanding options to purchase a total
of 1,760,197 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of
$0.90 per share. After September 30, 1999, we issued options to purchase 772,000
shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.17 per share.
As of September 30, 1999, there were outstanding warrants to purchase a total of
524,576 shares at a weighted average exercise price of $1.02 per share. After
September 30, 1999, we issued warrants to purchase 1,262,596 shares of common
stock at a weighted average exercise price of $9.01. To the extent these
outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to
new investors.

                                       20
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our
financial statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in the
prospectus. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998 and the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1999, and
the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1999,
are derived from the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 1996 is derived from
audited financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for
future periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   NINE MONTHS
                                                                                                      ENDED
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ------------------------------   -------------------
                                                                1996       1997       1998       1998       1999
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Service revenues.........................................    $    2    $    60    $   238    $   144    $    719
  Advertising revenues.....................................        --         --         20         --         566
                                                               ------    -------    -------    -------    --------
    Total revenues.........................................         2         60        258        144       1,285
Cost of revenues:
  Cost of service revenues.................................         8         59        767        517       1,091
  Cost of advertising revenues.............................        --         --         49         --         307
                                                               ------    -------    -------    -------    --------
    Total cost of revenues.................................         8         59        816        517       1,398
                                                               ------    -------    -------    -------    --------
Gross profit (loss)........................................        (6)         1       (558)      (373)       (113)
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing......................................        38        414      1,669      1,002      14,363
  Product development......................................        65        288        504        388         417
  General and administrative...............................       251        527      1,142        665       1,491
  Stock-based compensation.................................        --         11        326        226       2,835
                                                               ------    -------    -------    -------    --------
    Total operating expenses...............................       354      1,240      3,641      2,281      19,106
                                                               ------    -------    -------    -------    --------
Loss from operations.......................................      (360)    (1,239)    (4,199)    (2,654)    (19,219)
Interest and other income (expense), net...................         1         (3)        84         68         324
                                                               ------    -------    -------    -------    --------
Net loss...................................................      (359)    (1,242)    (4,115)    (2,586)    (18,895)
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred
  stock....................................................        --        (86)      (717)      (485)       (239)
                                                               ------    -------    -------    -------    --------
  Net loss attributable to common stockholders.............    $ (359)   $(1,328)   $(4,832)   $(3,071)   $(19,134)
                                                               ======    =======    =======    =======    ========
Basic and diluted net loss per common share................    $(0.73)   $ (1.08)   $ (3.49)   $ (2.22)   $ (12.87)
                                                               ======    =======    =======    =======    ========
Shares used in calculating basic and diluted net loss per
  common share.............................................       493      1,228      1,383      1,382       1,487
                                                               ======    =======    =======    =======    ========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share
  (unaudited)..............................................                         $ (1.17)              $  (2.66)
                                                                                    =======               ========
Shares used in calculating pro forma basic and diluted net
  loss per share (unaudited)...............................                           4,124                  7,183
                                                                                    =======               ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                1996       1997       1998          1999
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents...................................    $ 20     $   345    $ 1,676        $23,093
Working capital (deficit)...................................     (11)        (79)       697         20,648
Total assets................................................      71         472      2,144         29,514
Long-term obligations and mandatorily redeemable convertible
  preferred stock...........................................      --       1,252      6,843            104
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)........................      40      (1,210)    (5,714)        23,255
</TABLE>

    See Note 2 of the notes to our financial statements for an explanation of
the determination of the number of shares used in computing per share data.

                                       21
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

    Our business started in January 1996 as a regional contractor matching
service, and we spent most of 1996 and 1997 building our service provider
database, developing new services and technology, recruiting personnel and
raising capital. We launched our Web site and homeowner/service provider
matching service on a national scale in August 1997. In December 1998, we began
selling Web site advertising and SmartLeads services. We introduced Powered by
ImproveNet for national suppliers of home improvement and repair products in
April 1999 and launched our customized Web site for service providers in
June 1999. We completed the acquisition of two regional contractor referral
companies, Contractor Referral Service, LLC and The J.L. Price Corporation, in
the fall of 1999. We expect these acquisitions will help us build our base of
service providers and establish new products and services for United States
residential real estate brokers.

    REVENUES

    We generate substantially all of our revenues from service provider referral
services and advertising placed on our Web site. From our inception in January
1996 through 1998, 94% of our total revenues were service revenues and 6% were
advertising revenues. For the first nine months of 1999, 56% of our total
revenues were service revenues and 44% were advertising revenues. We anticipate
that, in future periods, service revenues will represent a greater percentage of
total revenues than in the first nine months of 1999.

    SERVICE REVENUES.  We generate service revenues primarily in the form of
lead fees and win fees from our service providers and, to a much lesser extent,
in the form of enrollment fees from service providers and premium service fees
from homeowners. From inception through October 1999, we charged to our service
providers lead fees ranging from $6 to $10 per lead. In November 1999, we
standardized our lead fees at $10 per lead for all jobs. The win fees that we
charge to our service providers depend on project size and range from 1% to 10%
of the estimated cost of the job, up to a maximum of $995 per job. We charge
each new service provider an enrollment fee of $90 to join our national network;
however, in the past we have generally waived this fee. Our revenue from premium
services to homeowners has also been negligible in the past, but we expect
revenues from enrollment and premium services to homeowners to increase in
future periods.

    Lead fee revenues are recognized at the time the service providers and the
homeowner are first matched, while win fee revenues are recognized at the time
the service provider or the homeowner notifies us that a job has been sold. For
both lead fees and win fees, the recognition of revenues coincides with the
service providers' obligation to pay the Company. Revenues from new service
provider enrollment fees are recognized at the time the revenue is collected.
Revenues from premium service fees to homeowners are recognized when the
services are provided. We establish revenue return reserves and allowances for
bad debts at the time the revenues are recognized. To date, the amounts of these
reserves and allowances have not been significant.

    ADVERTISING REVENUES.  We generate advertising revenues from the sale of
banner, button and other advertising on our Web sites, and from the sale to
suppliers of SmartLeads generated from the traffic of homeowners visiting our
Web sites. Our advertising revenues generally come from service providers and
suppliers of home improvement products. We first recognized revenues from banner
and other advertising in December 1998, from button advertising in April 1999
and from the sale of SmartLeads services in December 1998.

    Advertisers pay us to display their banner, button and other advertisements
on the Web pages we serve when a user is visiting our Web sites. Our advertising
revenues historically have been derived

                                       22
<PAGE>
from short-term advertising contracts based on either a guaranteed minimum
number of impressions or a fixed fee per thousand impressions. Revenues from
banner, button and other advertising are largely a function of:

    - the number of Web pages that we serve;

    - the percentage of those pages on which we are able to sell advertisements;
      and

    - the amount we charge per advertisement.

    Banner, button and other Web site advertising revenues are recognized at the
lesser of the ratable amount of the order or the percentage of guaranteed
impressions delivered provided there are no significant obligations remaining
and the collection of the resulting receivable is probable.

    Advertising revenues can also result from bartering. In barter transactions,
we make advertising space on our Web sites available to third parties in
exchange for advertising space on their Web sites. In the nine months ended
September 30, 1999, barter advertising revenues accounted for 12% of our total
revenues. We had no barter advertising revenues before 1999. We believe that
these barter transactions are a cost effective means of helping us establish the
ImproveNet brand, and we expect to continue to engage in these transactions in
the future.

    Revenues from barter transactions are recorded as advertising revenues at
the estimated fair value of the advertisements received or delivered, whichever
is more reliably measurable. These revenues are recognized when the
advertisements are delivered on our Web site. Barter expenses are included as
sales and marketing expenses in the period in which the advertisements are
displayed which is generally in the same period in which we deliver the
advertisements on our Web site.

    We have entered into a number of agreements with stockholders to provide,
for a fixed annual fee, an advertising package that includes a customized mix of
advertising buttons, banners, SmartLeads and other products, plus a guarantee of
continuous presence on our Web sites. These package agreements are for periods
ranging between 3 years and 12 years, including renewal options, and are priced
at a discount to our standard rates for each product. These agreements also
include cooperative marketing arrangements under which we are obligated to fund
co-branded advertisements on television and in the print media with, or on
behalf of, our advertiser. In the agreements to date, we have agreed to spend
50% to 100% of the advertising fees we expect to receive under the agreements on
these co-branded advertisements. In addition, these agreements give us access to
customer databases, direct mail inserts and marketing resources. Since we first
began offering these advertising packages in September 1999, it is difficult to
predict the size of this market, market demand, cancellation rates or renewal
rates. We believe these advertising agreements provide us with market benefits
we could not secure or otherwise afford in the normal course of business, such
as access to customer databases and marketing resources, and we expect to
continue to offer and sell these advertising packages for the foreseeable
future.

    Net revenues, if any, from these advertising agreements are recognized over
the term of the agreement once we begin to provide advertising to the customer
and collection of the resulting receivable is deemed to be probable. We
recognize as net revenues the amount by which the amounts invoiced under the
advertising agreements exceed the amount of the obligations we incur under
cooperative advertising arrangements. We have also granted warrants to purchase
our stock to each of these advertising package customers. Accordingly, net
revenues are also reduced by the value of these warrants and, if the warrant
value exceeds the net revenues, no revenues are recorded and the excess is
charged to sales and marketing expense.

    In December 1999, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, released Issue #99-17 "Accounting for
Advertising Barter Transactions", which outlines their tentative conclusions
concerning the valuation of advertising barter agreements. This guidance, which
is not yet final, affects our accounting and reporting for revenues and expenses
associated with

                                       23
<PAGE>
these advertising packages. To recognize revenues in the future, we must have
persuasive historical evidence of fair value, specific to us, of that
advertising or, alternatively, of the fair value of the co-branding and
cooperative marketing that these advertising packages obligate us to fund. The
interim guidance contained in EITF #99-17 assigns accounting fair value only
when persuasive evidence of fair value exists and persuasive evidence of fair
value is defined as a cash transaction. While we believe the benefits derived
from our advertising packages have substantial economic and commercial value, we
are abiding by the current guidance of FASB contained in EITF to recognize only
net revenues on our advertising packages until FASB reaches a final conclusion
in this area. In the meantime, we will pursue opportunities to enter into
advertising transactions for cash with appropriate customers and on similar
terms to establish persuasive evidence of fair value that will result in
recognition of revenue and the recording of marketing expenses on a gross basis
for future advertising packages.

    We entered into the first of these advertising agreements in September 1999.
The amount invoiced under this agreement for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 was $63,000, which was offset in full by the amount incurred
under the related cooperative advertising arrangement with the customer. We
expect that for future periods the amounts invoiced by us under these type of
agreements as well as the amounts incurred by us under the related cooperative
advertising arrangements with the customer will increase significantly as we
enter into more of these agreements.

    NET LOSSES.  We have incurred substantial losses and negative cash flows
from operations since inception as we have spent substantial amounts on
advertising and other marketing activities, funded the development of our
services and expanded our operations infrastructure. Our net losses were
$359,000 in 1996, approximately $1.2 million in 1997, approximately
$4.1 million in 1998 and approximately $18.9 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999. As of September 30, 1999, we had an accumulated deficit of
approximately $24.6 million. We intend to continue to invest heavily in sales
and marketing and in the development and acquisition of new content on our Web
site, new products and technologies. Thus, we will continue to lose money unless
we significantly increase our revenues, and we cannot predict when, if ever, we
will operate profitably.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1999

    REVENUES

    Revenues increased from $144,000 for the first nine months of 1998 to
approximately $1.3 million for the first nine months of 1999, an increase of
approximately $1.1 million.

    Service revenues increased from $144,000 for the first nine months of 1998
to $719,000 for the first nine months of 1999, an increase of $575,000. The
increase in service revenues was primarily due to an increased number of
visitors to our Web sites and increased job submissions, which led to increased
lead and win fee revenues. Revenues from new service provider enrollment fees
and fees charged to homeowners for premium services were not significant in
either period.

    Advertising revenues were $566,000 in the first nine months of 1999, of
which $152,000 constituted barter advertising revenue. We did not sell
advertising space on our Web site in the first nine months of 1998. Our
advertising revenues in the first nine months of 1999 include amounts invoiced
under advertising arrangements of $629,000 less $63,000 for amounts incurred
under cooperative advertising arrangements with related parties. There were no
adjustments to advertising revenues in the comparable 1998 period.

                                       24
<PAGE>
    Total revenues may be analyzed as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NINE MONTHS
                                                                     ENDED
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                1998       1999
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Service revenues............................................    $144      $  719
Amounts invoiced under advertising agreements...............      --         629
                                                                ----      ------
                                                                           1,348
Amount incurred under cooperative advertising arrangement...      --         (63)
                                                                ----      ------
Total revenues..............................................    $144      $1,285
                                                                ====      ======
</TABLE>

    OPERATING EXPENSES

    COST OF REVENUES.  Cost of revenues increased from $517,000 for the first
nine months of 1998 to approximately $1.4 million for the first nine months in
1999, an increase of $881,000.

    Our cost of service revenues consists of payroll and related costs and
occupancy, telecommunications and other administrative costs for our project
service group, which is responsible for all phases of the proprietary matching
services and includes our project advisors. In addition, cost of service
revenues includes an allocation of direct Web site operations costs, consisting
of payroll and related costs, data transmission costs and equipment
depreciation. Cost of service revenues increased from $517,000 for the first
nine months of 1998 to approximately $1.1 million for the first nine months in
1999, an increase of $574,000. The dollar increase in cost of service revenues
was attributable to direct Web site operations costs associated with the
increased volume of traffic and job submissions and accelerated expansion and
staffing of our project services infrastructure, primarily payroll and
recruiting expense of $363,000, in advance of our expanded marketing campaigns
and expected increases in visitors to our Web sites and in job submissions. Cost
of service revenues, expressed as a percentage of service revenues, improved
from 359% in the first nine months of 1998 to 152% in the first nine months of
1999. The percentage improvement was attributable to increased service revenues
and improved utilization of our project services group and Web site operations.

    Cost of advertising revenues includes an allocation of direct Web site
operation costs consisting of payroll and related costs, data transmission costs
and equipment depreciation. Cost of advertising revenues was $307,000 in the
first nine months of 1999. There were no costs associated with advertising
revenues in the first nine months of 1998 as we did not begin recognizing
advertising revenue until December 1998.

    SALES AND MARKETING.  Our sales and marketing expenses include all of our
online and offline direct advertising, public relations and trade show expenses.
Sales and marketing expenses also include payroll and related costs, support
staff expenses, travel costs and other general expenses of our marketing,
professional services and partnership services departments. Sales and marketing
expenses increased from approximately $1.0 million in the first nine months of
1998 to approximately $14.4 million in the first nine months of 1999, an
increase of $13.4 million. The increase in sales and marketing expenses from
1998 to 1999 was attributable primarily to the increase in online and offline
direct advertising expenditures of approximately $8.9 million, an increase in
other marketing expenses of approximately $2.2 million, and an increase in
payroll and related costs of $689,000. We expect to increase our level of sales
and marketing expenditures significantly in 2000 and beyond in our effort to
build brand awareness, attract homeowners and service providers to our Web sites
and increase the number of new job submissions.

                                       25
<PAGE>
    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT.  Our product development costs include the payroll and
related costs of our editorial and technology staffs, fees for contract content
providers, and other costs of Web site design and new technologies required to
enhance the performance of our Web sites. Product development expenses increased
from $388,000 in the first nine months of 1998 to $417,000 in the first nine
months of 1999, an increase of $29,000. The increase in product development
expenses was primarily attributable to increased payroll and related costs
offset in part by reduced consulting fees for contract content providers. We
expect to continue to add to the size of our editorial and technology groups in
anticipation of planned new product introductions, and thus expect product
development expenses to increase in the future.

    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  Our general and administrative expenses include
payroll and related costs and travel, recruiting, professional and advisory
services and other general expenses for our executive, finance and human
resource departments. General and administrative expenses increased from
$665,000 in the first nine months of 1998 to approximately $1.5 million for the
first nine months of 1999, an increase of $826,000. The increase in general and
administrative expenses was attributable primarily to the increase in our
executive management and contract support administrative staff payroll costs of
$630,000 and increased lease and occupancy expenses of $88,000 related to our
relocation to larger office space. We expect general and administrative expenses
to increase in the future.

    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION.  From our inception in January 1996 to
September 30, 1999, we have recorded unearned stock-based compensation of
approximately $11.6 million in connection with stock option and warrant grants.
Unearned stock-based compensation from option grants to employees is initially
calculated as the aggregate difference at the dates of grant between the
respective exercise prices of stock options and the deemed fair values of the
underlying stock. We amortize unearned stock-based compensation from option
grants using an accelerated method over the respective vesting periods of the
options, which are generally four years. This resulted in a charge of
approximately $2.8 million for the first nine months of 1999 and a charge of
$226,000 for the first nine months of 1998. The remaining unamortized, unearned
stock-based compensation for all option grants through September 30, 1999 will
be amortized as follows: approximately $1.2 million for the remainder of 1999,
approximately $2.8 million for 2000, approximately $1.4 million for 2001,
$554,000 for 2002 and $56,000 for 2003.

    Unearned stock-based compensation from warrants granted is initially
calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model. Unearned stock-based
compensation from warrants granted is amortized on a straight-line basis over
the term of the corresponding commercial agreements. Amortization of unearned
stock-based compensation from warrants was $79,000 for the first nine months of
1999. There was no warrant stock-based compensation for the first nine months of
1998. The remaining unamortized unearned stock-based compensation for all
warrants granted through September 30, 1999 will be amortized as follows:
$194,000 for the remainder of 1999; $771,000 for 2000; $771,000 for 2001 and
$729,000 for 2002. After September 30, 1999, we recorded stock-based
compensation of approximately $11.3 million from the issuance of warrants to
purchase 1,262,596 shares of common stock.

    INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

    Net interest income increased from $68,000 in the first nine months of 1998
to $324,000 in the first nine months of 1999, an increase of $256,000. The
increase in net interest income is primarily due to higher average invested cash
balances in 1999 compared to 1998 as we received approximately $38.2 million in
cash from the sale of our preferred stock in March 1999 and September 1999.

                                       26
<PAGE>
    INCOME TAXES

    We have recorded a 100% valuation allowance against our net deferred tax
assets, which arose primarily as a result of our aggregate operating losses. The
valuation allowance will remain at this level until such time as we believe that
the realization of the net deferred tax assets is more likely than not.
Accordingly, our results of operations do not reflect any tax benefits for our
reported losses. At September 30, 1999, we had approximately $21.2 million and
approximately $13.2 million of net operating loss carryforwards available to
reduce future operating income for federal and California state tax purposes,
which expire between 2005 and 2019 if not utilized.

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998

    REVENUES

    Total revenues increased from $2,000 in 1996 to $60,000 in 1997 and to
$258,000 in 1998. Service revenues increased from $2,000 in 1996 to $60,000 in
1997 and to $238,000 in 1998. The increases in service revenues in 1997 and 1998
were primarily due to an increased number of visitors to our Web site, increased
job submissions and a corresponding increase in lead and win fee revenue.
Revenues from new service provider enrollment fees and fees charged to
homeowners for premium services were not significant.

    Advertising revenues were $20,000 in 1998. We did not sell advertising space
on our Web site in 1996, 1997 or the first eleven months of 1998.

    OPERATING EXPENSES

    COST OF REVENUES.  Cost of revenues increased from $8,000 in 1996 to $59,000
in 1997 and to $816,000 in 1998. Cost of service revenues increased from $8,000
in 1996 to $59,000 in 1997 and to $767,000 in 1998. The dollar increases in 1997
and 1998 in cost of service revenues were attributable to direct Web site
operations costs associated with the increased volume of traffic and job
submissions and expansion and staffing of our project services infrastructure,
primarily payroll and recruiting expenses, in advance of our expanded marketing
campaigns and expected increases in visitors to our Web sites and job
submissions. Cost of advertising revenues was not significant in any period.

    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expenses increased from $38,000 in
1996 to $414,000 in 1997 and to approximately $1.7 million in 1998. The increase
from 1996 to 1997 was due primarily to increased payroll and related expenses of
$219,000. The increase from 1997 to 1998 was primarily due to increased online
and offline advertising expenses of $733,000 and increased marketing expenses of
$185,000.

    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT.  Product development expenses increased from $65,000 in
1996 to $288,000 in 1997 and to $504,000 in 1998. The increases from 1996 to
1997 and from 1997 to 1998 were primarily due to increases in payroll and
related costs and contract content provider costs of $183,000 and $205,000,
respectively.

    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expenses increased
from $251,000 in 1996 to $527,000 in 1997 and to approximately $1.1 million in
1998. The increase from 1996 to 1997 was primarily due to an increase in payroll
and related costs of $153,000 and increased overhead costs of $79,000. The
increase from 1997 to 1998 was primarily due to an increase in our executive
management and full-time and contract support staff payroll and related costs of
$438,000 and increased lease and occupancy expenses of $126,000 related to the
relocation to a larger office space.

    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION.  From our inception in January 1996 through
December 31, 1998, we recorded unearned stock-based compensation of
approximately $1.1 million in connection with stock option grants. We amortize
this unearned stock-based compensation using an accelerated method over

                                       27
<PAGE>
the respective vesting periods of the options, which is generally four years.
This resulted in a charge of $11,000 in 1997 and $326,000 in 1998. There were no
stock-based compensation charges in 1996. There was no warrant-based stock
compensation in 1996, 1997 or 1998.

    INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

    Net interest income (expense) was $1,000 in 1996, $(3,000) in 1997 and
$84,000 in 1998. The increase in net interest income from 1997 to 1998 was
primarily due to higher average invested cash balances, as we received
approximately $4.9 million in cash from the sale of convertible preferred stock
and issuance of convertible bridge loans in 1998.

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The following table presents statement of operations data for each of the
four quarters of 1998 and the first three quarters of 1999. This information has
been derived from our unaudited financial statements. The unaudited financial
statements have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and include all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider
necessary for a fair presentation of this information. You should read this
information in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We expect our quarterly operating
results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter and you should not draw
any conclusions about our future results from the results of operations for any
quarter.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     MAR. 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,   MAR. 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPT. 30,
                                                       1998       1998       1998        1998       1999       1999       1999
                                                     --------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   --------   ---------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Service revenues.................................   $  31     $    27      $  86     $    94    $   156    $   251    $    312
  Advertising revenues.............................      --          --         --          20        123        175         268
                                                      -----     -------      -----     -------    -------    -------    --------
    Total revenues.................................      31          27         86         114        279        426         580
                                                      -----     -------      -----     -------    -------    -------    --------
Cost of revenues:
  Cost of service revenues.........................     155         155        207         250        192        261         638
  Cost of advertising revenues.....................      --          --         --          49         61         88         158
                                                      -----     -------      -----     -------    -------    -------    --------
    Total cost of revenues.........................     155         155        207         299        253        349         796
                                                      -----     -------      -----     -------    -------    -------    --------
Gross profit (loss)................................    (124)       (128)      (121)       (185)        26         77        (216)

Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing..............................     266         413        323         667      1,745      3,748       8,870
  Product development..............................      43         229        116         116        146        120         151
  General and administrative.......................     181         200        284         477        297        475         719
  Stock-based compensation.........................      --         109        117         100        466        909       1,460
                                                      -----     -------      -----     -------    -------    -------    --------
    Total operating expenses.......................     490         951        840       1,360      2,654      5,252      11,200
                                                      -----     -------      -----     -------    -------    -------    --------
Loss from operations...............................    (614)     (1,079)      (961)     (1,545)    (2,628)    (5,175)    (11,416)
Interest and other income (expense), net...........      (3)         41         30          16          2        184         138
                                                      -----     -------      -----     -------    -------    -------    --------
  Net loss.........................................   $(617)    $(1,038)     $(931)    $(1,529)   $(2,626)   $(4,991)   $(11,278)
                                                      =====     =======      =====     =======    =======    =======    ========
</TABLE>

    Our revenues increased sequentially each quarter after the second quarter of
1998. Sales and marketing, product development and general and administrative
expenses increased steadily in each quarter presented, except for sales and
marketing expenses in the second quarter of 1998, product development expenses
in the second quarter of 1998 and first quarter of 1999, and general and
administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of 1998. The increase in sales and
marketing expenses in the second quarter of 1998 related to increased spending
on marketing and advertising activities of $123,000. The increase in product
development costs in the second quarter of 1998 related primarily to database
expenses of approximately $125,000. The increase in product development expenses
in the first quarter of 1999 related to an increase in consulting and other
professional services expense of

                                       28
<PAGE>
$23,000. The increase in general and administrative expenses in the fourth
quarter of 1998 related primarily to executive recruiting costs.

    Factors that could affect our quarterly operating results in the future
include:

    - the number of new service providers we add to our network;

    - the amount of service fees we generate and our ability to collect this
      revenue;

    - the amount and timing of our operating expenses and capital expenditures;

    - the cost of commercial relationships;

    - the amount and timing of noncash stock-based compensation expenses;

    - costs and charges related to acquisitions of businesses or technologies;
      and

    - seasonality of home improvement projects.

    Our limited operating history and rapid growth make it difficult for us to
assess the impact of seasonal factors on our business. However, because our
business depends on the home improvement market, we expect that our revenues may
be higher during the second and third quarters of each calendar year as
homeowners commit to home improvement projects for the spring and summer months.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Our primary capital needs have been to fund our operating losses, prepay our
large media purchases and make capital expenditures. From our inception on
January 6, 1996 through September 30, 1999, we have financed our operations
through private sales of our preferred and common stock aggregating
approximately $44.5 million.

    Operating activities used cash of approximately $14.0 million in the first
nine months of 1999. This amount resulted from a net loss of approximately
$15.9 million after adding back noncash stock-based compensation and other
charges of approximately $3.0 million, offset by an approximately $1.9 million
increase in net current liabilities, primarily increases in accounts payable and
accrued liabilities. Net cash used in operating activities was $328,000 in 1996,
approximately $1.2 million in 1997 and approximately $3.2 million in 1998,
primarily to fund net losses of $359,000 in 1996, approximately $1.2 million in
1997 and approximately $4.1 million in 1998. In 1998, our net loss was partially
offset by a $618,000 increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and
noncash stock-based compensation charges of $326,000.

    Investing activities used cash of $51,000, $85,000 and $273,000 in the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, substantially all of which
was used to acquire property and equipment. Investing activities used cash of
approximately $2.4 million in the first nine months in 1999. In addition to
purchases of property and equipment, in the first nine months in 1999, investing
activities included an acquisition, a loan to our president and chief executive
officer and a lease security deposit. Financing activities generated cash of
approximately $44.7 million from inception through September 30, 1999 including
approximately $37.9 million in the first nine months of 1999, primarily
consisting of net proceeds from the issuance of preferred and common stock.

    At September 30, 1999, we had approximately $23.1 million in cash and cash
equivalents excluding restricted cash balances of $449,000 related to security
deposits on our leases, approximately $20.6 million in working capital and no
outstanding debt. In November and December 1999, we raised an additional
approximately $35.0 million from the private sale of our preferred stock. At
September 30, 1999, we had non-cancelable commitments aggregating approximately
$4.6 million in minimum future lease payments consisting primarily of a
seven-year lease for our administrative

                                       29
<PAGE>
headquarters. We expect capital expenditures to increase commensurately with the
growth of our employee base, expansion of our professional services
infrastructure into local markets and, to a lesser extent, increased traffic to
our Web sites and numbers of job submissions. Capital expenditures for the next
12 months are currently estimated to approximate $3-$4 million, with no current
material commitments for capital expenditures.

    Our limited operating history and operating losses have limited our ability
to obtain vendor credit or extended payment terms and bank financing on
favorable terms; accordingly, we depend on our cash and cash equivalent balances
to fund our operations.

    We expect to experience significant growth in our operating expenses for the
foreseeable future. Accordingly, we currently anticipate that our operating
expenses, primarily advertising and other marketing expenditures, and payroll
and related costs will constitute a material use of future cash resources. We
anticipate that our current cash and cash equivalent balances, together with
expected net proceeds from this offering, will be adequate to meet our
foreseeable working capital and operating expense requirements for at least the
next twelve months. Thereafter, however, we may require additional funds to
continue to execute our business plan and to support our ongoing capital
expenditures, working capital and operating expense requirements or for other
corporate purposes. We may seek to raise these additional funds through private
or public debt or equity financings. Additional capital may not be available or,
if available, may not be on terms we deem reasonable. Any future financings may
be dilutive in ownership, preferences, rights or privileges to our stockholders.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

    In June 1998, SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities," was issued. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and
reporting standards for derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
related to those instruments, as well as other hedging activities. We do not
currently hold any derivative instruments and do not engage in hedging
activities. We will be required to adopt SFAS No. 133 for the year ending
December 31, 2001. We expect the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will not have a
material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

    Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily
to increases or decreases in the amount of interest income we can earn on our
investment portfolio and on increases or decreases in the amount of interest
expense we must pay with respect to any outstanding debt instruments. We had no
debt instruments outstanding as of September 30, 1999. The risk associated with
fluctuating interest expense is limited, however, to those debt instruments and
credit facilities that are tied to market rates. We do not plan to use
derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We plan to ensure
the safety and preservation of our invested principal funds by limiting default
risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. We plan to mitigate default risk by
investing in high-credit quality securities.

YEAR 2000 READINESS

    The "year 2000 issue" refers generally to the problems that some software
may have in determining the correct century for the year. For example, software
with date-sensitive functions that is not year 2000 compliant may not be able to
distinguish whether "00" means 1900 or 2000, which may result in failures or the
creation of erroneous results.

    We designed our services to be year 2000 compliant when configured and used
in accordance with the related documentation, and provided that the underlying
operating system of the host machine and any other software used with or in the
host machine, our services are year 2000 compliant. However,

                                       30
<PAGE>
we have not exhaustively tested our services for year 2000 compliance. We
respond to customer questions on a case-by-case basis.

    We have sought assurances from our vendors that licensed software is year
2000 compliant. To date, we have received assurances from most vendors through
their Web sites as to their year 2000 compliance. Despite testing by us and
current and potential customers, and assurances from developers of products
incorporated into our products, our products may contain undetected errors or
defects associated with year 2000 date functions. Known or unknown errors or
defects could result in delay or loss of revenues, diversion of development
resources, damage to our reputation, increased service and warranty costs, or
liability from our customers, any of which could harm our business.

    Some commentators have predicted significant litigation regarding year 2000
compliance issues, and we are aware of these lawsuits against software vendors.
Because of the unprecedented nature of this litigation, it is uncertain whether
or to what extent we may be affected by it. Congress recently passed a law that
is intended to limit liability for some failures to achieve year 2000
compliance. There can be no assurance that this bill will provide us with any
protection.

    We have initiated an assessment of our material internal information
technology systems, including both our own software products and third-party
software and hardware technology. We are in the process of assessing our non-
information technology systems. We expect to complete our assessment and testing
and perform any needed remediation of these systems in late December 1999. To
the extent that we are not able to test the technology provided by third-party
vendors, we are seeking assurances from these vendors that their systems are
year 2000 compliant. We are not currently aware of any material operational
issues or costs associated with preparing our internal information technology
and non-information technology systems for the year 2000. However, we may
experience material unanticipated problems and costs caused by undetected errors
or defects in the technology used in our internal information technology and
non-information technology systems.

    We do not currently have any information concerning the year 2000 compliance
status of our customers. Our current or future customers may incur significant
expenses to achieve year 2000 compliance. If our customers are not year 2000
compliant, they may experience material costs to remedy problems, or they may
face litigation costs. In either case, year 2000 issues could reduce or
eliminate the budgets that current or potential customers could have for or
delay purchases of our product and services. As a result, our business could be
harmed.

    We have funded our year 2000 plan from operating cash flows and have not
separately accounted for these costs in the past. To date, these costs have not
been material. We will incur additional costs related to the year 2000 plan for
administrative personnel, outside contractor assistance, technical support,
engineering and customer satisfaction. In addition, we may experience material
problems and costs with year 2000 compliance that could harm our business.

    We do not have a contingency plan to address situations that may result if
our critical operations are not year 2000 ready, and we do not anticipate the
need to do so. Finally, we are also subject to external forces that might
generally affect industry and commerce, including utility or transportation
company year 2000 compliance failure interruptions.

    Year 2000 issues affecting our business, if not adequately addressed by us,
our third party vendors or suppliers or our customers, could have a number of
"worst case" consequences. These include:

    - claims from our customers asserting liability, including liability for
      breach of warranties related to the failure of our product and services to
      function properly, and any resulting settlements or judgments; and

    - our inability to manage our own business.

                                       31
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

    We are a leading source on the Internet for home improvement information and
services. Through our ImproveNet.com and ImproveNetPro.com Web sites, matching
services and targeted advertising, we are creating a national marketplace for
home improvement products and services in which homeowners, service providers
and suppliers of home improvement products benefit from an organized and
efficient online flow of information and communication.

    We generate quality job leads for service providers from highly interested
homeowners within their geographic area using our proprietary matching service.
We have processed approximately 123,000 job submissions, in total, and have
processed job submissions valued at approximately $3.4 billion, in total, since
our national launch in August 1997. We have designed our services to deliver a
satisfying home improvement experience to homeowners and assist them through the
four phases of the home improvement process: dream and design, plan and budget,
hire and build and fix and maintain. We generate revenues from three sources:

    - service providers pay us lead fees and win fees for our matching service;

    - suppliers of home improvement products and services as well as other
      advertisers purchase advertising space on our Web site; and

    - homeowners pay us fees, which to date have not been significant, for our
      premium home improvement services.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

THE HOME IMPROVEMENT INDUSTRY

    The home improvement industry is large and fragmented. According to the
United States Department of Commerce, total expenditures for residential home
improvements for 1998 were $120.7 billion. According to the United States Census
Bureau, there are currently 70.5 million owner-occupied homes out of a total of
120 million housing units.

    The participants in the home improvement industry can be grouped into three
categories: homeowners, service providers and suppliers of home improvement
products. These participants face distinct challenges in meeting their
individual objectives.

    HOMEOWNERS

    The appearance, care, maintenance and general working condition of a home is
highly important to a homeowner. Maintaining and improving the home involve an
ongoing financial and emotional investment in the homeowner's core asset. To
manage a home improvement project, a homeowner needs to design the project, find
service providers, establish a budget for the project and guide it to its
completion. To a large extent, homeowners currently must rely upon word-of-mouth
recommendations, Yellow Pages and local newspaper advertisements, and magazines
and books to accomplish these tasks. None of these resources provides immediate,
objective, reliable and customized information. As a result, homeowners are
generally poorly informed and uncertain about how best to identify and locate a
reputable, experienced and competitively priced service provider and to design
and budget for their projects. Further, homeowners seldom have the time to
manage their home improvement projects or have access to an experienced home
improvement advisor. Because of all these factors, they often pay a high
emotional and financial cost to complete a home improvement project and are not
always satisfied with the results.

    SERVICE PROVIDERS

    Based upon a compilation of industry sources, we believe there are up to
900,000 service providers in the United States. The home improvement industry is
characterized by a high rate of turnover among local contractors. These service
providers have few channels to communicate effectively with

                                       32
<PAGE>
homeowners or with one another. There is neither an industry-wide certification
based on work quality nor a code of conduct and ethics for contractors as there
is for architects and designers. As a result, reputable contractors are often
unable to differentiate themselves based on reliability, adequate capitalization
and areas of specialization. Service providers currently rely on word-of-mouth
recommendations, the Yellow Pages and other traditional mass media advertising
that require them to pay upfront fixed costs. Therefore, service providers must
allocate significant time, money and energy to qualifying and verifying the
leads they receive. Typically, small independent contractors experience
difficulty in predicting lead flow, managing staffing and working capital
requirements and, most importantly, systematically building a stable business.

    SUPPLIERS OF HOME IMPROVEMENT PRODUCTS

    According to REMODELING'S 1998-1999 Buyers Guide, there are approximately
3,000 suppliers of home improvement products in the United States. Although
there are some well-known brand names supplying a wide array of home improvement
products, the broader industry is comprised of local and regional firms with
limited means to distribute and market their products effectively to homeowners.
According to ADVERTISING AGE, approximately $950 million was spent in 1998 on
advertising in the home improvement industry. Currently, the majority of
supplier advertising dollars is spent on co-marketing and co-branding
advertising and print and broadcast advertising. These traditional media lack a
centralized database of information that can be searched based on specified
terms, and the ability to conduct two-way communications. Although suppliers
have often used traditional media effectively to build brand recognition, they
have difficulty using traditional media to target homeowners who are in the
process of making time-critical purchasing decisions regarding home improvement
products.

THE INTERNET HOME IMPROVEMENT OPPORTUNITY

    The Internet has fundamentally changed the way that individuals and
businesses communicate, obtain information, advertise, purchase goods and
services and transact business. International Data Corporation estimates that
the number of Internet users will grow to 177.0 million in the United States by
the end of 2003 and projects that commerce revenue on the Internet in the United
States will increase from approximately $37.2 billion in 1998 to $707.9 billion
in 2003. Forrester Research projects that advertising spending on the Internet
in the United States will exceed $2.8 billion in 1999 and grow to more than
$17.2 billion by 2003.

    We believe that an opportunity exists for an online home improvement
marketplace that provides a central repository of information for the benefit of
homeowners, service providers and suppliers. This marketplace would enable
homeowners to access design and planning tools, find service providers and
obtain other project management services. This marketplace would also enable
service providers to access job leads, differentiate themselves from competitors
and communicate with fellow professionals. Finally, this marketplace would
enable suppliers to market their products to a targeted audience of homeowners
at the time they are making time-critical purchasing decisions.

THE IMPROVENET SOLUTION

    We are a leading source on the Internet of home improvement information and
services. We aggregate and organize information and design tools for homeowners,
generate job leads for service providers and provide home improvement project
information to suppliers. We independently screen and monitor contractors,
designers and architects nationwide to ensure that our homeowners' qualified job
leads are matched with pre-screened service providers. We offer suppliers
coordinated advertising to homeowners and service providers while they are
making home improvement purchasing decisions. Through our Web sites, matching
and advisory services and targeted advertising, we are creating a national
online marketplace for home improvement information and services.

                                       33
<PAGE>
    Our solution offers the following benefits:

    FOR HOMEOWNERS:

    - ACCESS TO QUALITY SERVICE PROVIDERS. We believe our network of service
      providers includes the leaders in quality and service in each of our local
      markets. Our screening criteria include credit and legal history,
      contractor licensing information, possession of appropriate insurance and
      recommendations by customers and other service providers. By creating a
      national database of screened service providers, we improve the likelihood
      that homeowners who contact us will hire a qualified, experienced and
      reputable service provider.

    - COST-EFFECTIVE AND CONVENIENT SERVICES. For projects greater than $500,
      our matching process solicits between two and four service providers on
      behalf of homeowners who might otherwise settle for a single bid, creating
      a competitive marketplace for their home improvement project. Our goal is
      to have interested service providers contact the homeowner directly to
      discuss the job in detail within 48 hours of when we solicit bids. In
      addition, we offer homeowners the ability to search for home improvement
      services and to manage their current projects from home or work 24 hours a
      day, seven days a week. We assign a personal project advisor to each home
      improvement project who is available to guide and advise the homeowner and
      the selected service provider throughout the project.

    - ONLINE PROJECT ASSISTANCE. We believe our array of online services,
      including our product showcase, our design gallery and our planning and
      estimating tools, provides answers to homeowners' diverse questions and
      needs regarding home improvement and repairs. Our Web site allows each
      homeowner to generate ideas from the product showcase and design gallery
      and access the personal project folder, an archive of previous project
      ideas and communications. For an additional fee, we can provide premium
      services such as screening non-ImproveNet service providers and conducting
      advocacy reviews of project contracts.

    FOR SERVICE PROVIDERS:

    - QUALITY JOB LEADS. Service providers who receive leads through our
      proprietary matching service benefit from a process designed to ensure
      that the homeowner's interest is real and the potential project is
      correctly characterized and meets the service provider's preferences and
      expertise. In the future, we intend to communicate job leads in near
      real-time to the appropriate service providers through ImproveNetPro.com.

    - COMPETITIVE DIFFERENTIATION. We believe service providers can
      differentiate themselves from their competitors by successfully completing
      our proprietary screening process and joining our network. Approximately
      one-third of the service providers who we have identified, and roughly 50%
      of those we have screened have met our selection standards of
      professionalism and reliability. Furthermore, through our SmartLeads
      program, service providers in our network are able to gain efficient and
      timely access to the most recent product information available. In
      addition, service providers often gain access to special product discounts
      not available to their competitors.

    - BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL EFFICIENCIES. Service providers who participate in
      our matching service pay only for job leads that they accept and for jobs
      that they win, allowing them to reduce their upfront marketing costs. New
      job leads from our matching service supplement the flow of work that
      contractors, architects and designers receive from their traditional
      sources, which allows them to plan and operate their businesses more
      efficiently.

    FOR SUPPLIERS OF HOME IMPROVEMENT PRODUCTS:

    - TARGETED ADVERTISING TO HOMEOWNERS. ImproveNet.com is designed to attract
      visitors who are focused on remodeling, repairing and maintaining their
      homes. We believe that this audience is

                                       34
<PAGE>
      a valuable target for suppliers of home improvement products and services.
      Banners, buttons and other forms of advertising allow these suppliers to
      target their message more efficiently and cost-effectively to a highly
      responsive and focused audience. Moreover, through our SmartLeads program,
      suppliers are able to reach registered users through direct email
      messages.

    - TARGETED ADVERTISING TO SERVICE PROVIDERS. Through our SmartLeads program,
      we offer our suppliers the opportunity to run highly targeted promotions
      to our network of service providers based on detailed attributes including
      project type, cost, timing and location. This focused advertising offers
      suppliers an effective method of selling entire lines and specific
      products to highly interested service providers at the time of purchase.

    - CO-BRANDED WEB SITES. We offer suppliers the opportunity to place our
      content and services on their own Web sites or link to co-branded Web
      sites, without having to expend development time or resources. These
      co-branded Web sites allow suppliers to offer our content and services to
      their customers. In many of these arrangements, the suppliers may share in
      the revenues from jobs referred through their site or the co-branded Web
      site.

THE IMPROVENET STRATEGY

    Our strategy is to become America's home improvement resource on the
Internet. The key elements of our strategy are:

    DELIVERING A SATISFYING HOME IMPROVEMENT EXPERIENCE FOR HOMEOWNERS, SERVICE
PROVIDERS AND SUPPLIERS.  The core of our strategy is to make it easy for
homeowners, service providers and suppliers to work together on a home
improvement project. We believe that achieving this goal will improve the
perception of the home improvement industry in general and improve the level of
professionalism and reliability among service providers, in particular. The
independence of our matching service allows us to maintain a neutral role in the
home improvement process. In addition, our focus on quick and easy access to
information, improved project and market efficiencies and the creation of a
central marketplace for home improvement products and services allows us to
change the current approach and execution of a home improvement project.

    Our online and offline services, including our Web sites, personal advisory
service and SmartLeads program, provide increased communication between all
parties to a home improvement project and create new efficiencies for the
project itself. Access to this marketplace allows service providers in our
network to increase their own business and financial efficiencies and
differentiate themselves from their competitors. Similarly, this access allows
suppliers to market their home improvement products and services within a cost
effective advertising medium. We believe that the execution of our ongoing
strategy requires us to:

    - expand and strengthen the pool of high quality information and content on
      our Web sites;

    - expand and strengthen our network of qualified and interested service
      providers;

    - improve our personal assistance to homeowners through our advisory
      services;

    - strengthen our communication with our network of service providers through
      ImproveNetPro.com and an enhanced, highly knowledgeable team of local
      service personnel; and

    - strengthen our relationships with suppliers through enhanced co-branded
      opportunities and highly targeted advertising products such as our
      SmartLeads program.

    INCREASE THE NUMBER OF JOBS SUBMITTED TO US AND THE PERCENTAGE OF JOBS WON
BY SERVICE PROVIDERS IN OUR NETWORK.  We define our win rate as the number of
jobs won by service providers in our network divided by the total number of jobs
that we submit to our network on behalf of homeowners. We intend to continue to
increase our number of jobs and our job win rate by:

    - extending the breadth and depth of our content to create better quality
      jobs;

    - increasing participation of interested, responsive high-quality service
      providers;

                                       35
<PAGE>
    - building a local presence in major markets to work with our service
      providers; and

    - developing tracking systems and procedures to identify wins that are not
      reported to us by either the service provider or the homeowner.

    We have invested heavily in the development of content design tools and
services and have refined our submission process to increase the quality of the
homeowner experience and the quality and number of jobs submitted. We intend to
use the service provider databases from suppliers of home improvement products
to augment our service provider base. Our locally based professional services
group recruits service providers, monitors their interest and participation and
oversees their performance. We have embarked on an aggressive hiring program to
expand our professional services group with a goal of increasing our local
presence within the service provider community to 70 major population areas by
the end of 2000.

    CREATE NEW COMMERCIAL RELATIONSHIPS AND EXPAND EXISTING ONES WITH SUPPLIERS
OF HOME IMPROVEMENT PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AND RELATED HOME SERVICES.  Our
recently-formed commercial relationships with Armstrong Worldwide Industries,
Cendant Corporation, The Dow Chemical Company, E.I. du Pont de Nemours and
Company, General Electric Company, Microsoft Corporation and Owens Corning have
provided these national suppliers of home improvement products and services with
a new advertising and marketing opportunity with the following benefits:

    - highly targeted, cost-efficient advertising to service providers and
      homeowners;

    - an immediate and enhanced Internet presence in the home improvement
      market; and

    - a focused Internet strategy including co-branding relationships and shared
      content.

    In turn, we realize the following benefits from these commercial
relationships:

    - access to supplier's databases and co-branding opportunities;

    - assistance in attracting homeowners to ImproveNet.com;

    - increased number of job submissions, leads and wins;

    - assistance in building stronger relationships with our network of service
      providers; and

    - additional highly targeted, fully developed content for our Web sites.

    Based on the initial financial and strategic success of our existing
commercial relationships, we are aggressively pursuing additional recognized
leaders in various categories of home improvement products and services.
Specifically, we plan to target providers of related home services such as real
estate brokers and homeowner finance and insurance companies and have entered
into relationships with Cendant's Complete Home, Intuit, Inc.'s Quicken.com and
Microsoft's Home Advisor.

    CONTINUE TO BUILD THE IMPROVENET BRAND.  To enhance public awareness of our
home improvement services, we are implementing a brand development program using
mass market and targeted advertising, direct mail, word-of-mouth, promotions and
public relations. Existing and future commercial relationships with recognized
and trusted home improvement brands provide us with new opportunities to promote
our brand through promotions and co-branding initiatives such as Powered by
ImproveNet. In addition, these relationships provide us with the opportunity to
utilize the consumer sales and marketing infrastructure, expertise and consumer
information of these organizations which we could not otherwise access or afford
in our normal course of business. We are also focused on systematically
extending relationships with high traffic Web sites. We believe in focusing our
advertising and promotions on homeowners during the home improvement planning
cycle, the time when we believe homeowners and service providers are most
receptive to brand association.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

    We offer several products and services including ImproveNet.com, our
matching services, ImproveNetPro.com, SmartLeads and Powered by ImproveNet
co-branded services.

                                       36
<PAGE>
This space will contain two graphics.
The first graphic depicts ImproveNet's relationship to its three principal
constituents: homeowners, service providers and suppliers.

The second graphic depicts the ImproveNet matching process from job submission
to job completion.

    IMPROVENET.COM

    Our consumer Web site, ImproveNet.com, enables homeowners to browse, free of
charge, our 30,000 pages of ideas for use in their home improvement projects and
to use our project tools to help them better understand their home improvement
project. Our design gallery on ImproveNet.com features color images of the work
of leading architects and designers. For most designs, we provide images,
comments from both the designer and our editors and a detailed list of products
used in the design. Our product showcase on ImproveNet.com contains images of a
full range of more than 5,000 distinct home improvement products and includes
brands such as Armstrong, DuPont, General Electric, Owens Corning, Price-Pfister
and Masco's Kraft Maid and Merrillat.

    We recently introduced our kitchen estimator, the first product in our
project estimator service, which is designed to assist homeowners through the
planning and budgeting stage of the home improvement process. This is an
interactive application that allows homeowners to calculate prices for a project
based on parameters such as physical dimensions, styles and the homeowner's zip
code.

                                       37
<PAGE>
    Homeowners can register as members, without charge, which entitles them
access to additional products and services. As part of the on-site registration
process, we create a customized interface for each registered member, known as
the personal project folder. The personal project folder permanently stores all
information related to that homeowner's project and allows us to present
custom-tailored information to that homeowner. Homeowners can store ideas they
get from our design gallery, product showcase and product estimator, in addition
to their own thoughts, as they plan and design their home improvement project.
In addition, we offer premium services to homeowners for a fee. Our premium
services include screening non-ImproveNet service providers and conducting
advocacy reviews of project contracts.

    Our Web site gives homeowners access to a community of fellow Web site
visitors and to service providers and industry professionals who can respond to
home improvement questions. Visitors may read the more than 6,000 postings
currently on our message boards, and registered members may join in the
discussions or post a new question. This feature gives homeowners who are now in
the home improvement process a friendly environment in which to educate
themselves further and to reduce their anxiety related to home improvement.

    Guiding homeowners through every stage of the home improvement process is
central to our strategy of imparting information and personal assistance. Our
project advisors are available to guide and advise the homeowner throughout the
job. By personalizing both our Web site and our interactive communications to
homeowners, we provide homeowners a user-friendly and highly productive
environment in which to manage their projects. Furthermore, we believe that this
personalization increases the likelihood that homeowners will return to us for
all their home improvement needs.

    IMPROVENET'S MATCHING SERVICES

    We offer homeowners the opportunity to submit to us a home improvement job
that we match with contractors, architects or designers who want to bid on the
job. We currently match approximately half of the jobs submitted to us with
interested service providers. Homeowners who are starting a home improvement
project begin the process by clicking on our homepage links to "Find a
Contractor" or "Find a Designer" and are then asked to complete a detailed
project request form that specifies the type of job the homeowner desires. Based
on the homeowner's project description, the homeowner's job request is then
categorized by size as follows:

    - a large project, greater than $5,000 in value;

    - a small project, between $5,000 and $500 in value; and

    - a micro project, less than $500 in value.

    Once a fully qualified job has been submitted to us, we assign a project
advisor to guide the homeowner through the entire home improvement process. We
also notify the homeowner immediately that we will begin our search to match
their project with potential service providers interested in bidding on the
project. Our proprietary matching service uses the homeowner's project
description to select the ImproveNet service providers in the homeowner's
geographic area who do the type of work required. We then contact those service
providers by fax or on ImproveNetPro.com. The interested service providers who
first contact us get the opportunity to bid on the project. We currently allow
up to four service providers to bid on a large project, up to two service
providers on a small project and one service provider on a micro project. We
then forward the selected names to the homeowner via e-mail. The service
providers who we refer to the homeowner pay us a fee for the job lead or
referral.

    Service providers contact the homeowner directly by telephone to discuss the
job in detail, ideally within 48 hours of our e-mail. If a job does not receive
a bid within 48 hours of submission, the project advisor works on behalf of the
homeowner to locate available and interested service providers. The project
advisor sends a series of messages to the homeowner that provide project
management advice, offer premium services and market supplier product offerings.
The homeowner is free to contact his or

                                       38
<PAGE>
her project advisor as many times as needed. Following the completion of the
project, we solicit a quality-assurance survey to determine the outcome of the
matching process and the level of homeowner satisfaction. We invoice service
providers for a win fee based on a predetermined percentage of the job's value
for every job they win through our matching service. These win fees range from
1% to 10% of the estimated cost of the job, up to a maximum of $995 per job. We
ask our service providers not to charge the win fee in the bid quote to the
homeowner. We currently collect our win fees directly from service providers
once the service provider or the homeowner informs us that the homeowner has
hired a service provider through our matching service.

    IMPROVENETPRO.COM

    Our recently introduced commercial Web site, ImproveNetPro.com, provides new
or enhanced services to our service providers. ImproveNetPro.com allows us to
communicate in near real-time with participating service providers who are
online. ImproveNetPro.com provides our contractors, architects and designers
with immediate access to new job postings. Once a service provider enters the
password-protected section of ImproveNetPro.com, he or she is immediately
presented with the status of new jobs available to the service provider that
match their location, preferences and expertise. We believe that
ImproveNetPro.com will assist us to enhance the loyalty of our contractors,
architects and designers.

    SMARTLEADS

    In the course of helping homeowners manage home improvement projects, we
obtain timely and specific information from them regarding the nature of their
home improvement projects. With SmartLeads, we offer our suppliers of home
improvement products the opportunity to send direct e-mail messages about their
products to registered users who are making purchasing decisions during the home
improvement process. We charge suppliers a fee for each message sent. We believe
this is a targeted and cost-effective means for suppliers to reach homeowners
and service providers near the time of purchase.

    POWERED BY IMPROVENET

    We provide a customized product superimposing ImproveNet.com content
including our matching services on third-party Web sites so that the content
looks like the third party's own content but is Powered by ImproveNet. This
customized product allows our logo and our products and services to be placed
across a broad spectrum of third-party Web sites related to home improvement,
from online versions of traditional media properties to Web sites related to
manufacturing, finance, real estate and local and regional guides. If a customer
of these third parties uses our matching services, we pay the supplier a portion
of any service revenue from that match.

SALES AND MARKETING

    We believe that building awareness of the ImproveNet brand is critical to
our effort to be the leading home improvement destination on the Internet. Our
primary means of increasing the number of homeowners who visit ImproveNet.com
and building a broad-based awareness of our brand among homeowners has been
through online advertising arrangements. We have entered into these
arrangements, which are generally one year in length or cancelable with
reasonable notice that obligate us to pay a fixed monthly fee, with:

    - frequently visited portals, such as AltaVista, America Online,
      Excite@Home, Lycos, Quicken.com and Yahoo!; and

    - Web sites related to home improvements, such as Better Homes and Garden,
      This Old House, and Microsoft HomeAdvisor.

                                       39
<PAGE>
    In addition, starting in the second half of 1999, we began supplementing our
online advertising with offline advertising in Yellow Pages, printed-based media
and national radio and through customary public relations initiatives. We have
faced and will continue to face increased renewal charges for our advertising
arrangements.

    Our partnership services group focuses on creating commercial relationships
with companies serving the home improvement industry, including suppliers of
home improvement products and related services. Since August 1999, we have sold
these companies advertising including a continuous presence on our Web sites for
a fixed annual fee. To date, we have entered into relationships with third
parties including Armstrong, Cendant, Dow Chemical, DuPont, General Electric and
Owens Corning.

    Our professional services group also focuses on adding new service providers
to our network and decreasing turnover of active service providers in our
network. We believe that a local professional services presence will allow us to
build and maintain a strong network of service providers in each geographic area
that is responsive to our job leads. As of September 30, 1999, we had 40 local
professional advisors on our professional services team.

    Our five largest advertisers in the first nine months of 1999 have been
Armstrong, General Electric, Masco's Merrillat, Owens Corning and Whirlpool. No
single advertiser accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues for any
period.

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

    We seek to maintain and advance our market position by continually enhancing
the performance of our Web sites and expanding the features that we offer
homeowners, service providers and suppliers. We expect that enhancements to our
Web sites and services will come from both internally and externally developed
technologies.

    Our new product development ideas are stimulated by input from our bulletin
boards, commercial relationships, market surveys and market focus groups. Our
current development efforts focus primarily on identifying, designing and
building proprietary products, features and systems to manage the collection and
organization of information for homeowners, our network of service providers and
suppliers of home improvement products. Additionally, our product development
group is responsible for the ongoing activities related to development of
content for our Web sites and the ability of our systems to handle larger
numbers of visitors, more available pages and our Powered by ImproveNet
interfaces. Future delays or unforeseen problems in these development efforts
could delay the introduction of new products, services or features on our Web
sites.

TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE

    Our Web sites are designed to provide fast, reliable, high quality access to
our online services. Our hardware and software systems must assimilate and
process large volumes of visitor traffic and store, process and disseminate
large amounts of user data, and process interactive applications.

    We have implemented a broad array of site management, customer interaction
and processing systems using our own proprietary technologies and, where
appropriate, commercially available licensed technologies. Our systems use
Windows NT and are designed for a high level of automation and performance. We
have redundant power supplies, fail-over machines and fully clustered databases
and Web servers to optimize up-time and user experience. We monitor our network
and machines 24 hours a day for reliability.

    Our Web sites are operated using Microsoft tools supplemented by
ImproveNet-specific enhancements and tools to support rapid database/Web
application development. Our ability to successfully receive homeowner job
submissions online, provide high-quality homeowner service, and serve a high
volume of advertisements largely depends on the efficient and uninterrupted
operation of our computer and communications hardware systems. Our Web sites and
databases are hosted by

                                       40
<PAGE>
Exodus Communications in Santa Clara, California. All of our computer,
communications systems and database back-ups are located in our administrative
headquarters in Redwood City. Spikes in visitor traffic and user demand can
affect expected performance of our Web sites and could cause outages. Since we
have been keeping logs on our Web sites, our ImproveNet.com Web site has been
unintentionally interrupted for periods ranging from two minutes to one hour,
except that on one occasion, some users experienced interruptions in part of our
service for a period of 48 hours. We have had no interruptions or outages of our
ImproveNetPro.com Web site since its inception in December 1999.

COMPETITION

    We believe that the critical competitive factors in the online home
improvement industry include:

    - the number of visitors to the Web sites, the number of home improvement
      jobs submitted by those visitors, the time spent by those visitors at
      those Web sites and the resultant loyalty created among those visitors,
      the degree to which Web site content and loyalty create allegiance to the
      service provider referral service at the Web site, and, ultimately, the
      ability to generate repeat customers;

    - the ability to recruit and retain a network of quality service providers
      that have broad trade and geographical coverage so that a large number of
      jobs can be matched with service providers;

    - the ability to maintain loyalty of service providers and capture their
      capacity for jobs; and

    - the ability to generate significant traffic from online homeowners and
      qualify their projects so that they can be efficiently handled by service
      providers and so that suppliers can effectively market to them.

    We believe that our ability to compete depends on many different factors,
both within and outside our control, including:

    - the geographical coverage and completeness of our network of service
      providers and the performance of the service providers referred from that
      network;

    - the strength of our commercial relationships with suppliers of home
      improvement products and services and their interest in entering similar
      relationships with our competitors;

    - the quality of our Web site content and the tools offered to both
      homeowners and service providers; and

    - the effectiveness of our marketing strategy and its impact on the number
      of high quality home improvement projects we are able to generate from
      visits to our Web site and through other means.

    Our current competitors include:

    - LOCAL, PRIMARILY PHONE-BASED, CONTRACTOR REFERRAL BUSINESSES. These are
      generally small operations that take phone requests from homeowners that
      they attract through Yellow Page advertising or direct marketing
      initiatives and that refer projects to contractors with whom they often
      have a personal relationship.

    - ONLINE REFERRAL COMPANIES. Some of our competitors such as Wisen.com,
      iMandi, iCastle, therepairnet, HomesSpud and Our House offer a publicly
      accessible online database and other companies such as Handyman Online,
      BidExpress, and Contractor.com have matching services but do not have
      national coverage. Remodel.com, which was recently launched by
      HomeStore.com, also offers a matching service.

                                       41
<PAGE>
    - SUPPLIERS OF HOME IMPROVEMENT PRODUCTS. We expect the number of our
      competitors to increase in the future. For example, retailers of home
      improvement products such as The Home Depot, Lowe's and Sears Roebuck &
      Co. could develop competing home improvement Web sites.

    In addition, parties with which we have commercial relationships and other
suppliers of home improvement products could choose to develop their own
Internet strategies or competing home improvement Web sites. Many of our
existing and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name
recognition, larger homeowner bases and significantly greater financial,
technical and marketing resources than we do. We believe that we and any
competitor seeking to establish home improvement services on the Internet
confront significant challenges, including the need to:

    - cost-effectively build a comprehensive network of service providers;

    - possess an effective process for handling a large volume of homeowner
      requests and delivering a high level of customer service;

    - develop and offer project modeling tools;

    - develop a communication channel between homeowners and service providers;
      and

    - develop relationships or alliances with suppliers of home improvement
      products and services that have strong brand names and databases of
      service providers.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

    Our business is subject to rapidly changing laws and regulations. Although
our operations are currently based in California, the United States government
and the governments of other states and foreign countries have attempted to
regulate activities on the Internet. The following are some of the evolving
areas of law that are relevant to our business:

    - PRIVACY LAW. Current and proposed federal, state and foreign privacy
      regulations and other laws restricting the collection, use and disclosure
      of personal information could limit our ability to leverage our databases
      to generate revenues.

    - SALES AND USE TAX. We do not currently collect sales, use or other taxes
      on the sale of goods and services on our Web sites other than on sales in
      states where we have a physical presence. However, states or foreign
      jurisdictions may seek to impose tax collection obligations on companies
      like us that engage in online commerce. If they do, these obligations
      could limit the growth of electronic commerce in general and limit our
      ability to profit from the sale of goods and services over the Internet.

    - BUILDING REQUIREMENTS. The activities of our service providers are subject
      to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances
      relating to, among other things, the licensing of home improvement
      contractors, OSHA standards, building and zoning regulations and
      environmental laws and regulations relating to the disposal of demolition
      debris and other solid wastes. In addition, many jurisdictions require the
      service provider to obtain a building permit for each home improvement
      project.

    Because of this rapidly evolving and uncertain regulatory environment, we
cannot predict how these laws and regulations might affect our business. In
addition, these uncertainties make it difficult to ensure compliance with the
laws and regulations governing the Internet. These laws and regulations could
harm us by subjecting us to liability or forcing us to change how we do
business.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

    Our success is dependent upon our ability to develop and protect our
proprietary technology and intellectual proprietary rights. We rely primarily on
a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures, trade
secrets, and copyright and trademark laws to accomplish these goals.

                                       42
<PAGE>
    In addition, we seek to avoid disclosure of our trade secrets by requiring
employees, customers and others with access to our proprietary information to
execute confidentiality agreements. We also seek to protect our software,
documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws.

    Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, existing laws afford
only limited protection. Attempts may be made to copy or reverse engineer
aspects of our product or to obtain and use information that we regard as
proprietary. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to
protect our proprietary rights against unauthorized third-party copying or use.
Use by others of our proprietary rights could materially harm our business.
Furthermore, policing the authorized use of our product is difficult and
expensive litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual
property rights.

    It is also possible that third parties will claim that we have infringed
their current or future products. Any claims, with or without merit, could be
time-consuming, result in costly litigation, cause delays or require us to enter
into royalty or licensing agreements, any of which could harm our business.
Patent litigation in particular has complex technical issues and inherent
uncertainties. In the event an infringement claim against us was successful and
we could not obtain a license on acceptable terms or license a substitute
technology or redesign to avoid infringement, our business would be harmed.

FACILITIES

    Our principal administrative offices and systems operations are located in
Redwood City, California in approximately 16,200 square feet of office space
under a lease that expires in 2006. We also lease approximately 5,300 square
feet of office space in Redwood City, California under a lease that expires in
2002. We operate our project services activities out of approximately 8,000
square feet of office space in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida under a lease that
expires in 2004. In addition, we have entered into leases for regional
professional support offices in Irving, Texas and Livonia, Michigan. We expect
to enter into new leases for office space for additional professional support
offices in six other regions generally on the same terms and conditions as our
current regional office leases. We also anticipate opening an office in the
western United States for our project advisor group. We believe our current
office space including the contemplated lease of the six regional support
offices and our project advisor office is adequate of our current operations and
that additional office space, if required, can be readily obtained.

EMPLOYEES

    As of September 30, 1999, we had 127 employees, including 18 in sales and
marketing, 42 in project services, 40 in professional services, 18 in product
development and technology, and 9 in general administration. We consider our
relations with our employees to be good. We have never had a work stoppage, and
no employees are represented under collective bargaining agreements. We believe
that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to attract,
integrate, retain and motivate highly qualified personnel, and upon the
continued service of our senior management and key technical personnel.
Competition for qualified personnel in our industry and geographical location is
intense, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in attracting,
integrating, retaining and motivating a sufficient number of qualified personnel
to conduct our business in the future.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims
arising out of our operations. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not
engaged in any material legal proceedings.

                                       43
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    The following table sets forth certain information about our directors and
executive officers as of December 14, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                  AGE                              POSITION
- ----                                        -----------------------   ------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                       <C>
Ronald B. Cooper..........................            45              President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                                                        Director
Dennis R. Galloway........................            52              Senior Vice President, Partnership
                                                                      Services
Don Gaspar................................            36              Senior Vice President, Engineering and
                                                                        Development, and Chief Technology
                                                                        Officer
William A. Phillips, Jr...................            41              Senior Vice President, Professional
                                                                      Services
Richard G. Reece..........................            51              Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
                                                                        Officer
Richard A. Roof...........................            46              Senior Vice President, Project Services
William E. Crosby.........................            43              Vice President, Editorial and Product
                                                                        Development
Sonia Solanki.............................            35              Vice President, Human Resources
Robert L. Stevens.........................            52              Chairman of the Board of Directors
Andrew Anker(1)...........................            34              Director
Domenico Cecere(2)........................            50              Director
Stuart Gannes(2)..........................            50              Director
Brian Graff(2)............................            34              Director
Garrett Gruener(1)........................            45              Director
Alex Knight(1)............................            35              Director
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1) Member of Compensation Committee

(2) Member of Audit Committee

    RONALD B. COOPER has served as our president and chief executive officer
since March 1999. From July 1996 to March 1999, Mr. Cooper was president of
Price Pfister, Black and Decker's plumbing products division. From August 1992
to July 1996, Mr. Cooper was president of three other Black and Decker
divisions: Power Tool Accessories, PRC Realty Systems and PRC Commercial Systems
Group.

    DENNIS R. GALLOWAY has served as our senior vice president, partnership
services since November 1999. From July 1999 to November 1999, Mr. Galloway was
our senior vice president, professional services. From February 1996 to June
1999, Mr. Galloway owned Galloway Consulting, an Internet consulting firm. From
February 1994 to January 1996, he was president and chief executive officer of
DialOne, a national network of franchised home services contractors.

    DON GASPAR has served as our senior vice president, engineering and
development and chief technology officer since September 1999. From June 1997 to
September 1999, he was vice president of engineering and chief technology
officer at TelePost, an internet telecommunications company. From March 1995 to
June 1997, he was the sole owner of Gigantor Software Development, Inc., a
consulting company, and he is currently Chairman of the Board of that company.
From April 1994 to March 1995, he was project leader and manager of engineering
at Netcom, an online services company.

    WILLIAM A. PHILLIPS, JR. has served as our senior vice president,
professional services since October 1999. From May 1995 to October 1999,
Mr. Phillips was a vice president at Price Pfister. From December 1994 to
May 1995, he was vice president of sales at DAP, Inc., a caulk and sealant
manufacturer.

                                       44
<PAGE>
    RICHARD G. REECE has served as our senior vice president and chief financial
officer since September 1999. From April 1996 to September 1999, Mr. Reece was
the vice president and chief financial officer of Diamond Home Services, Inc., a
home improvement products and services company. From August 1994 to April 1996,
Mr. Reece was vice president and chief financial officer of Globe Building
Materials, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of roofing products.

    RICHARD A. ROOF has served as our senior vice president, project services
since May 1999. From September 1998 to May 1999, Mr. Roof was senior vice
president of operations at QEP/Roberts, a manufacturer of home improvement
tools. From June 1997 to June 1998, he was senior vice president of operations
at Continental Datagraphics, a technical data management and publishing company.
From 1981 to June 1997, Mr. Roof served in a variety of positions, most recently
senior vice president of operations, at Interealty Corp/PRC Realty Systems, a
supplier of information systems to the real estate industry.

    WILLIAM E. CROSBY has served as our vice president, editorial and product
development since June 1997. From September 1977, to August 1996, Mr. Crosby
served in a variety of positions at Sunset Magazine, most recently senior
writer.

    SONIA SOLANKI has served as our vice president, human resources since July
1999. From May 1996 to January 1999, Ms. Solanki was a human resources manager
and from January 1999, to July 1999, she was a director of product development
at Price Pfister. From January 1995 to January 1996, she was a human resources
team leader at Colgate-Palmolive's Pet Nutrition division.

    ROBERT L. STEVENS is one of our co-founders and has served as chairman of
the board of directors since January 1996. Mr. Stevens served as our president
and chief executive officer from January 1996 to March 1999. From January 1990
to April 1995, Mr. Stevens was president and chief executive officer of
MagicQuest, Inc., an educational software company.

    ANDREW ANKER has served as a director of ImproveNet since March 1999.
Mr. Anker has been at August Capital, a venture capital company, since April
1998 and has been a partner since March 1999. From 1994 to February 1998,
Mr. Anker served as chief executive officer of Wired Digital, Inc., an
Internet-based news and media company.

    STUART GANNES has served as a director of ImproveNet since August 1997.
Mr. Gannes has been employed as vice president, internet applications
organization for AT&T Corp., a telecommunications company, since January 1998.
From June 1992 to July 1997, he was chief executive officer of Books That Work,
a consumer software company.

    BRIAN GRAFF has served as a director of ImproveNet since September 1999.
Mr. Graff has been a vice president of GE Capital Equity, Inc., a financial
subsidiary of General Electric, since August 1997. From September 1995 to August
1997, he was a director of corporate development of Automatic Data Processing,
Inc., an information processing company. From August 1992 to September 1995, he
was a senior associate of corporate finance at Coopers & Lybrand, a public
accounting firm.

    GARRETT GRUENER has served as a director of ImproveNet since March 1997.
Mr. Gruener has been a general partner of Alta Partners, a venture capital
company, since 1996. Since 1992, Mr. Gruener has been a partner at Burr, Egan,
Deleage & Co., a venture capital company. Mr. Gruener is on the board of
directors of Be, Inc., Ask Jeeves, Inc., CyberGold, Inc. and ImageX.com, Inc.

    ALEX KNIGHT has served as a director of ImproveNet since February 1999.
Mr. Knight has been at ARCH Venture Partners, a venture capital company, since
February 1997, and has been a managing director of ARCH Venture Fund IV, LLC
since its formation in February 1999. From March 1996 to February 1997,
Mr. Knight was a consultant to several Internet companies. From May 1995 to
March 1996, Mr. Knight was executive vice president of News/MCI Internet
Ventures, an Internet services

                                       45
<PAGE>
company. From September 1993 to May 1995, Mr. Knight was director of business
development and creative affairs at Microsoft Corporation, a software company.

    DOMENICO CECERE has served as a director of ImproveNet since December 1999.
Mr. Cecere has been senior vice president and president of Owens Corning North
America Building Materials Systems division since January 1999. From January
1998 to December 1998, Mr. Cecere served as Chief Financial Officer of that
division. From January 1996 to December 1997, Mr. Cecere was president of Owens
Corning Roofing Systems division. From January 1994 to December 1995,
Mr. Cecere was Controller of Owens Corning.

BOARD COMMITTEES

    AUDIT COMMITTEE.  Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Cecere,
Gannes and Graff. The audit committee reviews our internal accounting procedures
and consults with and reviews the services provided by our independent
accountants.

    COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.  Our compensation committee currently consists of
Messrs. Anker, Gruener and Knight. The compensation committee administers our
stock option plans, reviews and approves the compensation and benefits of all
our officers and establishes and reviews general policies relating to employee
compensation and benefits.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

    Directors currently receive no cash compensation from us for their services
as members of the board or for attendance at committee meetings. Members of the
board are reimbursed for some expenses in connection with attendance at board
and committee meetings.

    In October 1997, Mr. Gannes received an option to purchase 20,000 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price per share of $0.10. The exercise price was
equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant as
determined by our board of directors.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

    None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors
or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers
serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
Messrs. Anker, Gruener and Knight serve as members of the compensation
committee. Investment entities affiliated with Messrs. Anker, Gruener and Knight
have purchased shares of common stock and preferred stock. See "Related Party
Transactions."

BOARD COMPOSITION

    Our bylaws currently provide for a board of directors consisting of eight
members. Following the closing of this offering, the directors will be divided
into three classes, each serving a staggered three-year term: class I, whose
term will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following this
offering; class II, whose term will expire at the second annual meeting of
stockholders following this offering; and class III, whose term will expire at
the third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering. As a result,
only one class of directors will be elected at each of our annual meetings of
stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their
respective terms. Mr. Stevens, Mr. Anker and Mr. Knight have been designated as
class I directors; Mr. Gruener, Mr. Graff and Mr. Gannes have been designated as
class II directors; and Mr. Cooper and Mr. Cecere have been designated as
class III directors. Mr. Cecere was elected to the board of directors pursuant
to a voting agreement that will continue, following this offering, to allow
Owens Corning to designate one nominee to the board provided that it owns at
least 500,000 shares of our common stock and does not terminate the current
Internet-based services agreement with us.

                                       46
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The following table shows summary information concerning the compensation
paid to our former president and chief executive officer for services during the
year ended December 31, 1998.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              LONG-TERM
                                                                             COMPENSATION
                                                                 ANNUAL      ------------
                                                              COMPENSATION    SECURITIES
                                                              ------------    UNDERLYING
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                   SALARY BONUS    OPTIONS(#)
- ---------------------------                                   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Robert L. Stevens, chairman of the board and former
  president and chief executive officer.....................    $143,750            --
</TABLE>

    The following table shows each grant of stock options during the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1998 to the individual listed on the previous table.

    The exercise price of each option was equal to the fair market value of our
common stock as valued by the board of directors on the date of grant. The
exercise price may be paid in cash, by promissory notes, in shares of our common
stock valued at fair market value on the exercise date or through a cashless
exercise procedure involving a same-day sale of the purchased shares.

    The potential realizable value is calculated based on the ten-year term of
the option at the time of grant. Stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% is
assumed pursuant to rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission
and does not represent our prediction of our stock price performance. The
potential realizable values at 5% and 10% appreciation are calculated by

    - multiplying the number of shares of common stock subject to a given option
      by the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share;

    - assuming that the total stock value derived from that calculation
      compounds at the annual 5% or 10% rate shown in the table until the
      expiration of the options; and

    - subtracting from that result the total option exercise price.

    The shares listed in the following table under "Number of Securities
Underlying Options Granted" are immediately exercisable at the discretion of our
board of directors. The option has a ten-year term, subject to earlier
termination if the optionee's service with us ceases.

    Percentages shown under "Percent of Total Options Granted to Employees in
Fiscal 1998" are based on a total of 643,000 options granted to our employees
under our stock option plans during 1998.

                       OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                 ----------------------------------------------------   POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT
                                  NUMBER OF     PERCENT OF                                 ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
                                 SECURITIES    TOTAL OPTIONS                             STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                 UNDERLYING     GRANTED TO     EXERCISE                          OPTION TERM
                                   OPTIONS     EMPLOYEES IN    PRICE PER   EXPIRATION   ------------------------------
NAME                             GRANTED (#)    FISCAL 1998      SHARE        DATE       0%($)      5%($)      10%($)
- ----                             -----------   -------------   ---------   ----------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                              <C>           <C>             <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
Robert L. Stevens..............        --             --            --           --                     --         --
</TABLE>

    The following table shows the number and value of securities underlying
unvested options that are held by the named executive officer as of
December 31, 1998.

                                       47
<PAGE>
    Amounts shown under the column "Value of Unvested In-the-Money Options at
December 31, 1998" are based on the deemed fair market value of the underlying
securities on December 31, 1998 per share of $0.25, minus the weighted-average
exercise price of approximately $0.142, without taking into account any taxes
that may be payable in connection with the transaction, multiplied by the number
of shares underlying the option, less the exercise price payable for these
shares. Our stock option plan allows for the early exercise of options at the
discretion of our board of directors. All options exercised early are subject to
repurchase by us at the original exercise price, upon the optionee's cessation
of service before the shares vest.

                         FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SECURITIES UNDERLYING      VALUE OF UNVESTED
                                                           UNVESTED OPTIONS AT    IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                       SHARES ACQUIRED                      DECEMBER 31, 1998        DECEMBER 31, 1998
                        UPON EXERCISE    VALUE REALIZED   ---------------------   -----------------------
NAME                         (#)              ($)          VESTED     UNVESTED     VESTED      UNVESTED
- ----                   ---------------   --------------   --------   ----------   ---------   -----------
<S>                    <C>               <C>              <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
Robert L. Stevens....          --                --        71,250           0      $ 7,688           0
</TABLE>

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

    1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN

    Our 1996 Stock Option Plan provides for the granting to employees of
incentive stock options within the meaning of section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 and for the granting to employees and consultants of
nonstatutory stock options. As of December 14, 1999, there were outstanding
options to purchase 2,269,900 shares of common stock and 50,106 shares available
for future grant. This plan provides that, if we merge with or into another
corporation or sell substantially all of our assets, each outstanding option
must be assumed or substituted for by the successor corporation. If the
successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the ImproveNet
options, the ImproveNet options will accelerate as of the closing of the merger
or sale of assets. Options under this plan are subject to terms substantially
similar to those described below with respect to options to be granted under the
1999 Equity Incentive Plan. The 1996 Stock Option Plan does not provide for
issuance of restricted stock or stock bonus awards.

    1999 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

    We adopted the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan in December 1999, subject to
stockholder consent.

    SHARE RESERVE. A total of 1,300,000 shares have been reserved for issuance
under this plan. Each year, beginning January 1, 2001, the number of shares
reserved for issuance under this plan will automatically be increased by the
lesser of (i) 5% of the total number of common stock then outstanding or
(ii) 1,300,000 shares. However, our board may designate a smaller number of
shares of common stock to be added to the share reserve as of a particular
January 1.

    ADMINISTRATION.  Our board administers the incentive plan unless it has
delegated administration to a committee. Our board has the authority to
construe, interpret and amend the incentive plan as well as to determine:

    - the grant recipients;

    - the grant dates;

    - the number of shares subject to the award;

    - the exercisability of the award;

    - the exercise price;

                                       48
<PAGE>
    - the type of consideration; and

    - the other terms of the award.

    ELIGIBILITY.  Our board may grant incentive stock options that qualify under
section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code to our employees, officers and
affiliates. The board may grant nonstatutory stock options, stock bonuses and
restricted stock purchase awards to our employees, officers, directors,
consultants or affiliates. A restricted stock purchase award is an offer to
purchase our shares at a price either at or near the fair market value of the
shares. A stock bonus, on the other hand, is a grant of our shares at no cost to
the recipient in consideration for past services rendered. We may reacquire the
shares under either type of award at the original purchase price, which is zero
in the case of a stock bonus, if the recipient's service to us or an affiliate
of ours is terminated before the shares vest.

    Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, among other things, denies a
deduction to publicly held corporations for compensation paid to specific
employees in a taxable year to the extent that the compensation is more than
$1,000,000. When we become subject to section 162(m), the board may not grant
options under the incentive plan to an employee covering a total of more than
700,000 shares in any calendar year.

    OPTIONS.  The board may grant incentive stock options with an exercise price
of 100% or more of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the
grant date. The board may not grant an incentive stock option to any person who,
at the time of the grant, owns, or is deemed to own, stock possessing more than
10% of the total combined voting power of ImproveNet or any affiliate of
ImproveNet, unless the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value
of the stock on the grant date. In addition, the total fair market value,
determined at the grant date, of incentive stock option shares that are
exercisable for the first time during a calendar year, under the incentive plan
and all other stock plans of ImproveNet and its affiliates, may not exceed
$100,000 for any person. It may grant nonstatutory stock options with an
exercise price as low as 85% of the fair market value of a share on the grant
date. The options may, but need not, contain provisions for early exercise.

    OPTION TERMS.  The maximum option term is 10 years. The option term for any
person who, at the time of grant, owns, or is deemed to own, stock possessing
more than 10% of the total combined voting power of ImproveNet or any affiliate
of ImproveNet, is a maximum of five years. The board may provide for exercise
periods of any length in individual option grants, subject to limitations.
However, generally an option terminates three months after the optionholder's
service terminates. If the termination is due to the optionholder's disability,
the exercise period generally is extended to 12 months. If the termination is
due to the optionholder's death or if the optionholder dies within three months
after his or her service terminates, the exercise period generally is extended
to 18 months following death.

    OTHER PROVISIONS.  The optionholder may designate a beneficiary to exercise
the option following the optionholder's death. Nonstatutory stock options may be
transferable. Otherwise, the option exercise rights will pass by the
optionholder's will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

    The board determines the purchase price of other stock awards, but the
purchase price may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common
stock on the grant date. However, the board may award stock bonuses in
consideration of past services without a purchase payment. Shares sold or
awarded under the incentive plan may, but need not be, restricted and subject to
a repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule that the
board determines.

    Transactions not involving receipt of consideration by ImproveNet, including
a merger, consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend or stock split, may
change the class and number of shares subject to the incentive plan and to
outstanding awards. In that event, the board will appropriately adjust the
incentive plan as to the class and the maximum number of shares subject to the
incentive

                                       49
<PAGE>
plan, to the incentive stock option limitation and to the section 162(m)
limitation. It also will adjust outstanding awards as to the class, number of
shares and price per share subject to the awards.

    Upon a change in control of ImproveNet, the surviving entity will either
assume or substitute outstanding awards under the incentive plan. Otherwise, the
vesting and exercisability of awards generally will accelerate in full and
terminate if not exercised, if applicable, at or before the event.

    This plan will terminate in December 2009 unless the board terminates it
sooner.

    1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

    We adopted the our employee stock purchase plan in December 1999.

    SHARE RESERVE.  We authorized the issuance of 300,000 shares of our common
stock under purchase rights granted to our employees and to employees of our
designated affiliates subject to stockholder approval. On January 1 of each
year, beginning on January 1, 2001, the number of shares in the reserve
automatically will be increased by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of
common stock outstanding on such January 1 or (ii) 300,000 shares. However, the
board may designate a smaller number of shares to be added to the share reserve
as of a particular January 1.

    ELIGIBILITY.  The purchase plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock
purchase plan within the meaning of section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.
The purchase plan provides a means by which employees may purchase our common
stock through payroll deductions. We implement this purchase plan by offerings
of purchase rights to eligible employees. Generally, all of our employees and
the employees of any United States affiliate of ours may participate in the
purchase plan, excluding part-time and seasonal employees. However, no employee
may participate in the purchase plan if, immediately after we grant the employee
a purchase right, the employee has voting power over 5% or more of our
outstanding capital stock. As of the date of this prospectus, no shares of
common stock have been purchased under the purchase plan.

    ADMINISTRATION.  Under the purchase plan, the board may specify offerings of
up to 27 months. The first offering will begin on the effective date of this
initial public offering. Unless the board otherwise determines, our common stock
is purchased for accounts of participating employees at a price per share equal
to the lower of:

    - 85% of the fair market value of a share on the first day of the offering,
      or

    - 85% of the fair market value of a share on the purchase date.

    The board may provide that employees who become eligible to participate
after the offering period begins nevertheless may enroll in the offering. These
employees will purchase our stock at the lower of:

    - 85% of the fair market value of a share on the day they began
      participating in the purchase plan, or

    - 85% of the fair market value of a share on the purchase date.

    Under the offering that will begin on the effective date of this prospectus,
employees may authorize payroll deductions of up to 15% of their base
compensation, not including sales commissions or bonuses, for the purchase of
stock under the purchase plan and may end their participation in the offering at
any time up to 10 days before a purchase date. Participation ends automatically
on termination of employment with us or our affiliates.

    OTHER PROVISIONS.  The board may grant eligible employees purchase rights
under the purchase plan only if the purchase rights together with any other
purchase rights granted under other employee stock purchase plans established by
us or our affiliates, if any, do not permit the employee's rights to purchase
our stock to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of
our stock for

                                       50
<PAGE>
each calendar year in which the purchase rights are outstanding. The board also
may limit the number of shares that an employee may purchase on any purchase
date.

    Upon a change of control of ImproveNet, the board may provide that the
successor corporation will assume or substitute outstanding purchase rights.
Alternatively, the board may shorten the offering and provide that shares will
be purchased for participants immediately before the change in control.

    The employee stock purchase plan will terminate in December 2009 unless the
board terminates it sooner.

401(k) PLAN

    Effective January 1, 1999, we adopted a 401(k) plan to provide eligible
employees with a tax preferential savings and investment program. Employees
become eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the first day they perform
an hour of service for us, at which point we classify them as participants. They
may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the lesser of 20% of
eligible compensation or the statutorily prescribed annual limit, $10,500 in
2000, and have this reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. At the direction
of each participant, the trustee of the 401(k) plan invests the assets of the
401(k) plan in selected investment options. Contributions by participants or by
us to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on plan contributions, are generally
not taxable to the participants until withdrawn.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

    Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions permitted
under Delaware law relating to the liability of directors. These provisions
eliminate a director's personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a
breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving wrongful acts,
including:

    - for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to ImproveNet or our
      stockholders;

    - for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional
      misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    - for any acts under section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    - for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal
      benefit.

    These provisions do not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder's
rights to seek non-monetary relief, including an injunction or rescission, in
the event of a breach of the director's fiduciary duty. These provisions will
not alter a director's liability under federal securities laws. In addition, we
intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and
executive officers that provide each of them indemnification protection in the
event the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and
restated bylaws are subsequently amended. We believe that these provisions and
agreements will assist us in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to
serve as directors and officers.

                                       51
<PAGE>
                           RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    The following executive officers, directors or holders of more than 5% of
our voting securities purchased securities in the amounts and on the dates set
forth below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK                           COMMON
                          ----------------------------------------------------------------        STOCK          SERIES A
                            SERIES A     SERIES B   SERIES C    SERIES D       SERIES E         WARRANTS         WARRANTS
                          ------------   --------   ---------   ---------   --------------   ---------------   ------------
<S>                       <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>               <C>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND
  DIRECTORS
Alex Knight (1).........                  9,921       7,657       2,597         1,850
Stuart Gannes...........     10,000                   3,829                                                        800

5% STOCKHOLDERS
Entities affiliated with
  Alta Partners.........   1,000,000     555,556     421,134     259,740                                          80,000
ARCH Venture Fund III,
  L.P...................                 813,492     612,558     215,192        74,074
Allstate Insurance
  Company...............                 496,032     306,278
August Capital II,
  L.P...................                            1,378,255    205,137
Owens Corning...........                                                       740,741           150,000
Entities affiliated with
  GE Capital Equity
  Investments, Inc......                                        1,298,701(2)
Microsoft Corporation...                                                       555,556           683,333

PRICE PER SHARE.........     $1.00        $2.52       $6.53       $7.70         $13.50       $0.01 to $13.50      $1.00
DATE(S) OF PURCHASE.....  6/97 to 7/97    3/98        3/99        9/99      11/99 to 12/99    9/99 to 12/99    6/97 to 7/97

<CAPTION>

                          SERIES B    SERIES C    SERIES D
                          WARRANTS    WARRANTS    WARRANTS
                          ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                       <C>         <C>         <C>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND
  DIRECTORS
Alex Knight (1).........    241
Stuart Gannes...........
5% STOCKHOLDERS
Entities affiliated with
  Alta Partners.........  13,500
ARCH Venture Fund III,
  L.P...................  19,768
Allstate Insurance
  Company...............  12,054
August Capital II,
  L.P...................
Owens Corning...........
Entities affiliated with
  GE Capital Equity
  Investments, Inc......                          326,000 (2)
Microsoft Corporation...
PRICE PER SHARE.........   $2.52       $6.53       $0.01
DATE(S) OF PURCHASE.....   3/98        3/99         9/99
</TABLE>

- ----------------------------------

(1) Alex Knight, one of our directors, is a managing director of ARCH Venture
    Fund IV, LLC, the general partner of ARCH Venture Fund IV, L.P., which does
    not own any of our shares. Mr Knight does not have voting control or
    investment power over shares held by ARCH Venture Fund III, L.P. and
    therefore disclaims beneficial ownership of those shares.

(2) GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc., shares beneficial ownership of these
    securities to purchase shares with General Electric Company.

    All of the securities sold in these transactions were purchased at prices
equal to the fair market value of the securities, as determined by our board of
directors, on the date of issuance.

    FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT.  We have entered into
an agreement with the preferred stockholders described above that grants these
and other preferred stockholders registration rights with respect to their
shares of common stock following this offering. Upon the completion of this
offering, all shares of our outstanding preferred stock will be automatically
converted into an equal number of shares of common stock.

    FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT.  We have entered into a voting
agreement with the preferred stockholders that terminates upon the closing of a
firmly underwritten public offering. However, the agreement provides that, as
long as Owens Corning owns at least 500,000 shares of our common stock, we will
nominate one designee of Owens Corning for election to our board of directors.
The Owens Corning designee is currently Domenico Cecere. The voting agreement
will expire upon the termination of the Internet-based Services Agreement that
we have with Owens Corning.

    INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS.  We intend to enter into indemnification
agreements with our directors and executive officers for the indemnification of
and advancement of expenses to these persons to the full extent permitted by
law. We also intend to execute these agreements with our future directors and
officers.

    EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS.  On February 16, 1999, we entered into a letter
agreement with Ronald B. Cooper, our president and chief executive officer. It
provides for an annual base salary of $300,000 and for an annual performance
bonus of up to $100,000.

                                       52
<PAGE>
    In March 1999, Mr. Cooper received an option to purchase 577,102 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price per share of $0.25. The exercise price was
equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant as
determined by the board of directors. 144,275 of the shares subject to the
options vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant with the remaining
shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following three years. In
August 1999, we loaned Mr. Cooper $500,000. The interest on the loan is 5.25%
per year and all principal and accrued interest will become due and payable on
the earlier of the first day of the month following the one-year anniversary of
the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company's
common stock or within 90 days after the voluntary termination of the officer's
employment or the termination of the officer's employment for cause. If we
terminate Mr. Cooper's employment without cause before March 29, 2000, 50% of
the loan will be forgiven. If we terminate Mr. Cooper's employment without cause
after March 29, 2000 and before the first anniversary of the closing of this
offering, 75% of the loan will be forgiven.


    TRANSACTIONS WITH 5% OR GREATER STOCKHOLDERS.  In September 1999, we entered
into an Internet Development, Marketing and Distribution Agreement with General
Electric Appliances, a division of the General Electric Company. GE purchased an
advertising package including a private label contractor matching service. In
addition, we purchased cooperative advertising, as defined, and access to GE's
direct mail infrastructure, the fees for which cannot exceed the advertising
package fees collected from GE. The term of the agreement is three years.



    In October 1999, we entered into an Internet-based Services Agreement with
Owens Corning. Owens Corning purchased an advertising package that includes a
private-label contractor matching service which provides for an exclusivity
arrangement that prevents us from providing similar private-label services to
Owens Corning's competitors until December 31, 2000. In addition, we purchased
cooperative advertising, as defined, the fees for which cannot exceed a
predetermined portion of the advertising package fees collected from Owens
Corning. Owens Corning also participates in our referral program for which we
pay a predetermined lead fee for direct referrals to ImproveNet.com. The term of
the agreement is 12 years. Following the initial three years of the agreement,
Owens Corning may terminate the agreement upon 12 months prior written notice.



    In December 1999, we entered into a Relationship Agreement with Microsoft
Corporation. We purchased a direct link on Microsoft's HomeAdvisor Web site to a
co-branded Web site powered by ImproveNet. The compensation paid for this portal
arrangement is the greater of a predetermined minimum fixed fee or a
predetermined percentage share of the revenue, generated from the operation of
the co-branded Web site. In addition, Web pages on ImproveNet.com visited by
users linked through the HomeAdvisor Web site shall not contain any
advertisements, hyperlinks or other content from a special class of HomeAdvisor
competitors. The term of the agreement is three years.


    TRANSACTIONS WITH PROMOTERS.  From January 1996 through March 1998, we
leased office space from 125 University, a California limited partnership and
101 University, a California limited partnership, in each of which Robert L.
Stevens held an approximately 13% interest. The total rent paid was $30,000 in
1996, $78,000 in 1997 and $23,000 in 1998.

    In January 1996, we issued Robert L. Stevens, our former president and chief
executive officer, 200,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of
$0.01 per share. The purchase price was less than the fair market value of our
common stock of $0.25 as determined by our board on the date of issuance. In
October 1996 we issued to Robert L. Stevens and Karen L. Stevens, trustees under
the Revocable Trust Agreement dated 8/9/78 as amended, FBO Robert L. Stevens and
Karen L. Stevens, 225,835 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of
$0.25 per share. The purchase price was equal to the fair market value of our
common stock as determined by our board on the date of issuance. In January 1996
we granted Mr. Stevens an option to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock with
an exercise price of $0.25 per share. In June 1997, we granted Mr. Stevens an
option to

                                       53
<PAGE>
purchase 51,250 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.10 per
share. The exercise price for each option was equal to the fair market value of
our common stock as determined by our board on the date of the grant.

    In January 1996, we issued Jan Sherman, our former senior vice president,
strategic planning, 200,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of
$0.01 per share. The purchase price of $0.01 per share was less than the fair
market value of our common stock of $0.25 as determined by our board on the date
of issuance. In January 1996 we also granted Mr. Sherman an option to purchase
20,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.25 per share. In June
1997 we granted Mr. Sherman an option to purchase 24,500 shares of common stock
with an exercise price of $0.10 per share. The exercise price was equal to the
fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board on the date of
the grant.

                                       54
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    The following table presents certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of December 14, 1999, and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of our common stock offered by this prospectus, by:

    - each named executive officer;

    - each of our directors;

    - each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to own
      beneficially five percent or more of our common stock; and

    - all current directors and executive officers as a group.

    Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person,
shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that
are currently vested or will vest within 60 days of December 14, 1999 are deemed
outstanding. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes
of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

    Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and under community
property laws, each stockholder named in the table has sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned by them.
Percentage of ownership is based on 13,136,727 shares of common stock
outstanding on December 14, 1999 and             shares of common stock
outstanding after completion of this offering. This table assumes no exercise of
the underwriters' over-allotment option. Unless otherwise indicated, the address
of each of the individuals named below is: c/o ImproveNet, Inc., 720 Bay Road,
Suite 200, Redwood City, CA 94063.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     NUMBER OF SHARES      PERCENT BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                       BENEFICIALLY     --------------------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                      OWNED         BEFORE OFFERING   AFTER OFFERING
- ------------------------------------                 ----------------   ---------------   --------------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>               <C>
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Ronald B. Cooper...................................            --               --
Garrett Gruener (1)................................     2,329,930             17.6%
Andrew Anker (2)...................................     1,583,392             12.1
Robert L. Stevens (3)..............................       537,338              4.1
Alex Knight (4)....................................        22,266                *
Stuart Gannes (5)..................................        21,851                *
Brian Graff (6)....................................            --               --
Domenico Cecere (7)................................            --               --
5% STOCKHOLDERS
Alta California Partners, L.P. (8).................     2,329,930             17.6
ARCH Venture Fund III, L.P. (9)....................     1,735,084             13.4
GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc. (10)...........     1,624,701             12.1
August Capital II, L.P.............................     1,583,392             12.1
Microsoft Corporation (11).........................     1,238,889              9.0
Owens Corning (12).................................       890,741              6.7
Allstate Insurance Company (13)....................       814,364              6.2
ALL DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AS A GROUP
  (14 PERSONS) (14)................................     4,676,277             35.2
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

   * Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 (1) Represents 2,186,473 shares held by Alta California Partners, L.P., 49,957
     shares held by Alta Embarcadero Partners, L.P., 91,411 shares issuable to
     Alta California Partners, L.P. pursuant to warrants which vest within 60
     days of December 14, 1999, and 2,089 shares issuable to Alta

                                       55
<PAGE>
     Embarcadero Partners, L.P. pursuant to warrants that vest within 60 days of
     December 14, 1999. Mr. Gruener is a partner of the general partner of these
     entities and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by these
     entities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 (2) Mr. Anker is a partner of August Capital and disclaims beneficial ownership
     of the shares held by August Capital II, L.P. except to the extent of his
     pecuniary interest therein.

 (3) Includes 297,338 shares held pursuant to the Revocable Trust Agreement
     dated 8/9/78, of which Robert L. Stevens and Karen L. Stevens are trustees,
     15,000 shares held by Karen L. Stevens, Trustee of the Karen L. Stevens
     1999 Annuity Trust, 15,000 shares held by Robert L. Stevens, Trustee of the
     Robert L. Stevens 1999 Annuity Trust. Does not include 5,000 shares held by
     Jason C. Stevens and 5,000 shares held by Kevin M. Stevens, adult children
     of Mr. Stevens. Does not include 25,000 shares held by G. Bickley
     Stevens II and Sara J. Emerson, 110,000 shares held by G. Bickley
     Stevens II, 5,000 shares issuable to G. Bickley Stevens II pursuant to
     warrants that vest within 60 days of December 14, 1999, and 1,500 shares
     issuable to G. Bickley Stevens II pursuant to options that vest within
     60 days of December 14, 1999. Mr. Stevens disclaims beneficial ownership of
     the shares held by Jason C. Stevens, Kevin M. Stevens and G. Bickley
     Stevens II. G. Bickley Stevens II is the brother of Mr. Stevens.

 (4) Includes 241 shares issuable pursuant to warrants that vest within 60 days
     of December 14, 1999. Does not include 1,735,084 shares held by entities
     affiliated with ARCH Venture Fund III, L.P. Alex Knight, one of our
     directors, is a managing director of ARCH Venture Fund IV, LLC, the general
     partner of ARCH Venture Fund IV, L.P., which does not own any of our
     shares. Mr. Knight does not have voting control or investment power over
     shares held by ARCH Venture Fund III, L.P. and therefore disclaims
     beneficial ownership of those shares.

 (5) Includes 800 shares issuable pursuant to warrants that vest within 60 days
     of December 14, 1999 and 7,222 shares issuable pursuant to options that
     vest within 60 days of December 14, 1999.

 (6) Mr. Graff is a vice president of GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc. and
     disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by GE Capital Equity
     Investments, Inc., General Electric Appliances and General Electric
     Company.

 (7) Mr. Cecere is a vice president of Owens Corning and disclaims beneficial
     ownership of the shares held by Owens Corning.

 (8) Includes 91,411 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants that vest within
     60 days of December 14, 1999, 49,957 shares held by Alta Embarcadero
     Partners and 2,089 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants that vest
     within 60 days of December 14, 1999.

 (9) Includes 19,768 shares issuable pursuant to warrants that vest within
     60 days of December 14, 1999.

 (10) Represents 1,298,701 shares held by GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc.,
      117,000 shares issuable to GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc. pursuant to
      warrants that vest within 60 days of December 14, 1999 and 209,000 shares
      issuable to General Electric Appliances pursuant to warrants that vest
      within 60 days of December 14, 1999. General Electric Company shares
      beneficial ownership of these shares.

 (11) Includes 683,333 shares issuable to Microsoft pursuant to warrants that
      vest within 60 days of December 14, 1999.

 (12) Includes 150,000 shares issuable pursuant to warrants that vest within
      60 days of December 14, 1999.

 (13) Includes 12,054 shares issuable pursuant to warrants that vest within
      60 days of December 14, 1999.

 (14) Includes 101,041 shares issuable pursuant to warrants that vest within
      60 days of December 14, 1999, 7,222 shares issuable pursuant to options
      that vest within 60 days of December 14, 1999 and 4,147,160 shares held by
      related entities.

                                       56
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist
of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, and 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, $0.001 par value.

COMMON STOCK

    As of December 14, 1999, after giving effect to the conversion of all
outstanding preferred stock into common stock, there were 13,136,727 shares of
common stock outstanding that were held of record by approximately 115
stockholders after giving effect to the conversion of our preferred stock into
common stock at a one-to-one ratio. There will be             shares of common
stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment
option and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, after giving effect
to the sale of the shares of common stock in this offering.

    The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Subject to preferences that may
apply to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding
shares of common stock are entitled to receive any dividends out of assets
legally available as our board of directors may determine. Upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of ImproveNet, holders of our common stock are
entitled to share in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the
liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other
subscription rights. No redemption or sinking fund provisions apply to the
common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and
nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

    Upon the closing of this offering, each outstanding share of preferred stock
will be converted into one share of common stock. Following the offering, our
certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will have the
authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000
shares of preferred stock in one or more series. The board will be able to fix
the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock,
including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of
redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares
constituting any series or the designation of this series. The issuance of
preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common
stock, and the likelihood that holders of preferred stock will receive dividend
payments and payments upon liquidation may have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of ImproveNet, which could depress
the market price of our common stock. We have no present plan to issue any
shares of preferred stock.

WARRANTS

    As of December 14, 1999, after giving effect to the conversion of all
outstanding preferred stock into common stock, warrants to purchase a total of
746,000 shares of our common stock were outstanding at an exercise price of
$0.01 per share, warrants to purchase a total of 104,400 shares of our common
stock were outstanding at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, warrants to
purchase a total of 47,009 shares of our common stock were outstanding at an
exercise price of $2.52 per share, warrants to purchase 47,167 shares of our
common stock were outstanding at an exercise price of $6.53 per share and
warrants to purchase a total of 842,596 shares of our common stock were
outstanding at an exercise price of $13.50 per share. Each warrant contains
provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares
issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of stock dividends, stock
splits, reorganizations and reclassifications and consolidations.

                                       57
<PAGE>
REGISTRATION RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

    On the date 180 days after the completion of this offering, the holders of
11,382,694 shares of common stock and the holders of warrants exercisable for up
to 1,787,172 shares of common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to
rights to register these shares under the Securities Act of 1933. If we propose
to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own
account or for the account of other securityholders, the holders of these shares
of common stock and warrants to purchase common stock will be entitled to notice
of the registration and will be entitled to include, at our expense, their
shares of common stock. In addition, the holders of these shares of common stock
may require us, at our expense and on not more than two occasions at any time
beginning approximately six months from the date of the closing of this
offering, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect
to their shares of common stock, and we will be required to use our best efforts
to effect the registration. Further, the holders of these shares of common stock
may require us at our expense to register their shares on Form S-3 when we
become eligible to use this form. The rights of these holders terminate on the
earlier of six years after the effective date of this offering or when the
holder is able to sell its shares pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act
in any 90-day period.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS OF DELAWARE LAW AND CHARTER PROVISIONS

    We are subject to section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In
general, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from
engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a
period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an
interested stockholder unless:

    - before the date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either
      the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the
      stockholder's becoming an interested stockholder;

    - upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder's
      becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at
      least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time
      the transaction commenced, excluding those shares owned by persons who are
      directors and also officers, and employee stock plans in which employee
      participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether
      shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange
      offer; or

    - on or after the date, the business combination is approved by the board of
      directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders, and not by written
      consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding
      voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines "business combination" to include:

    - any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested
      stockholder;

    - any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested
      stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

    - subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or
      transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the
      interested stockholder; and

    - the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans,
      advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or
      through the corporation.

    In general, section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or
person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by the entity or person.

                                       58
<PAGE>
    Our bylaws provide that candidates for director may be nominated only by the
board of directors or by a stockholder who gives written notice to us at least
90 days but not more than 120 days before the first anniversary of the last
annual meeting of stockholders. Stockholders must give similar advance notice to
raise other business at stockholders' meetings. The board may consist of one or
more members. Between stockholders' meetings, the board may appoint new
directors to fill vacancies or newly created directorships. Our bylaws also
limit the ability of stockholders to call special meetings.

    Our certificate of incorporation requires that upon completion of the
offering, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must
be taken at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not
be effected by a consent in writing. Our certificate of incorporation also
provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by
resolution of the board of directors. Delaware law and these charter provisions
may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in
control of our management, which could depress the market price of our common
stock.

TRANSFER AGENT

    The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is             .

NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET

    We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under
the trading symbol "IMPV."

                                       59
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market could adversely affect prevailing market prices and our ability to raise
equity capital in the future.

    Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of
            shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters'
over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options and warrants. Of
these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable
without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless
these shares are purchased by affiliates. The remaining 13,136,727 shares of
common stock held by existing stockholders are restricted securities. Restricted
securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they
qualify for an exemption from registration described below under Rules 144,
144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

    As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the
provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701, the restricted shares will be available
for sale in the public market as follows:

    - 156,093 shares will be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this
      prospectus;

    - 30,832 shares will be eligible for sale 90 days from the date of this
      prospectus;

    - 8,115,045 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the
      lock-up agreements, described below, 180 days after the date of this
      prospectus; and

    - 4,834,757 shares will be eligible for sale at various times after the
      180-day lock-up period.

    LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS.  All of our officers, directors, stockholders and
optionholders have agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly,
any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable
or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, for a period of 180 days after
the date of this prospectus. Transfers or dispositions can be made sooner with
the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation.

    RULE 144.  In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning
90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person or persons whose shares are
aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one
year, including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, would
be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does
not exceed the greater of:

    - 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which
      will equal approximately             shares immediately after this
      offering; or

    - the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq
      National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a
      notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

    Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and
notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about
us.

    RULE 144(K).  Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one
of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years,
including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, is entitled
to sell these shares without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

    RULE 701.  In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in
effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors, other than affiliates,
who purchases or receives shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock
purchase plan or option plan or other written agreement will be

                                       60
<PAGE>
eligible to resell their shares beginning 90 days after the date of this
prospectus, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144, and by
affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its holding period
requirements.

    REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  On the date 180 days after the date of this
prospectus, the holders of 11,382,694 shares and the holders of warrants
exercisable for up to an aggregate of 1,787,172 shares, or their transferees,
will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares
under the Securities Act. Registration of their shares under the Securities Act
would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under
the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon
the effectiveness of this registration.

    STOCK OPTIONS.  We intend to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act covering the 3,620,006 shares reserved for issuance under our
stock option plans and 300,000 shares reserved for issuance under our employee
stock purchase plan. The registration statement is expected to be filed and
become effective as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering.
Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statements will, subject
to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, be available for sale
in the open market, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

    WARRANTS.  We have outstanding warrants to purchase 1,787,172 shares. All
the shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants will be eligible for sale
at various times after the 180-day lock-up period, subject to Rule 144 volume
limitations applicable to affiliates.

                                       61
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

    Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement dated             , 2000, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters
named below, for whom Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, FleetBoston
Robertson Stephens Inc. and E*OFFERING Corp. are acting as representatives, the
following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER
                        UNDERWRITER                            OF SHARES
                        -----------                           ------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation......................
FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc..........................
E*OFFERING Corp.............................................

                                                                -------

  Total.....................................................
                                                                =======
</TABLE>

    The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to
purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased,
other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below.
The underwriting agreement also provides that, if an underwriter defaults, the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the
offering of common stock may be terminated.

    We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro
rata basis up to       additional shares from us at the initial public offering
price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be
exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

    The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at
the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling
group members at that price less a concession of $      per share. The
underwriters and the selling group members may allow a discount of $      per
share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers may be
changed by the representatives.

    The following table summarizes the compensation and expenses we will pay.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Per Share                           Total
                                          -------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                             Without            With           Without            With
                                          Over-allotment   Over-allotment   Over-allotment   Over-allotment
                                          --------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  paid by us............................     $                $                $                $
Expenses payable by us..................     $                $                $                $
</TABLE>

    The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect discretionary
sales to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

    We and our directors, officers, stockholders, optionholders and
warrantholders have agreed that we and they will not offer, sell, contract to
sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities
Act relating to, any additional shares of our common stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our common stock, or
publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or
filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except
in our case for issuances resulting from the exercise of employee stock options
granted under our 1996 Stock Option Plan or our 1999 Equity Incentive Plan or
issuances under our 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

    The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering
price, up to             shares of the common stock for employees, directors and
other persons associated with us who have

                                       62
<PAGE>
expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in the offering. The number of
shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced
to the extent these persons purchase these reserved shares. Any reserved shares
not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on
the same terms as the other shares.

    We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the
Securities Act or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be
required to make in that respect.

    We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market's
National Market under the symbol "IMPV."

    Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.
The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation between us
and the representatives. The principal factors to be considered in determining
the public offering price include:

    - the information in this prospectus or available to the representatives;

    - the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we will
      compete;

    - the ability of our management;

    - our prospects for future earnings;

    - the present state of our development and our current financial condition;

    - the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this
      offering; and

    - the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common
      stock of generally comparable companies.

    The representatives may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions,
syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in compliance with
Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

    - Over-allotment involves syndicate sales in excess of the offering size,
      which creates a syndicate short position.

    - Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security
      so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

    - Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the
      open market after the distribution has been completed to cover syndicate
      short positions.

    - Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession
      from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the
      syndicate member is purchased in a syndicate covering transaction to cover
      syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids
may cause the price of the common stock to be higher than it would be in the
absence of these transactions. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq
Stock Market's National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.

    In March 1999, two affiliates of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation each
purchased 1,914 shares of our series C preferred stock for a total purchase
price of $24,996.

    In November 1999, an affiliate of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
purchased 74,074 shares of our series E preferred stock for a total purchase
price of $999,999.

    A copy of the prospectus in electronic format will be made available on the
Web sites hosted by E*OFFERING Corp. and E*TRADE Securities, Inc.

                                       63
<PAGE>
                          NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

RESALE RESTRICTIONS

    The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only on a
private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a
prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where
trades of common stock are effected. As a result, any resale of the common stock
in Canada must comply with applicable securities laws, which will vary depending
on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under
available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the
applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to
seek legal advice before any resale of the common stock.

REPRESENTATIONS OF PURCHASERS

    Each purchaser of common stock in Canada who receives a purchase
confirmation will be considered to represent to us and the dealer from which the
purchase confirmation is received (A) that the purchaser is entitled under
applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the common stock without the
benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws, (B) that, where
required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent and
(C) that the purchaser has reviewed the text above under "Resale Restrictions."

RIGHTS OF ACTION (ONTARIO PURCHASERS)

    The securities being offered are those of a foreign issuer and Ontario
purchasers will not receive the contractual right of action prescribed by
Ontario securities law. As a result, Ontario purchasers must rely on other
remedies that may be available, including common law rights of action for
damages or rescission or rights of action under the civil liability provisions
of the U.S. federal securities laws.

ENFORCEMENT OF LEGAL RIGHTS

    All of the issuer's directors and officers as well as the experts named
herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible
for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon the
issuer or these persons. All or a substantial portion of the assets of the
issuer and these persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it
may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against the issuer or these persons in
Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against the issuer
or these persons outside of Canada.

NOTICE TO BRITISH COLUMBIA RESIDENTS

    A purchaser of common stock to whom the SECURITIES ACT (British Columbia)
applies is advised that the purchaser is required to file with the British
Columbia Securities Commission a report within 10 days of the sale of any common
stock acquired by the purchaser in this offering. The report must be in the form
attached to British Columbia Securities Commission Blanket Order BOR #95/17, a
copy of which may be obtained from us. Only one report must be filed for common
stock acquired on the same date and under the same prospectus exemption.

TAXATION AND ELIGIBILITY FOR INVESTMENT

    Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax
advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common
stock in their particular circumstances and with respect to the eligibility of
the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian
legislation.

                                       64
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    Cooley Godward LLP, Palo Alto, California will pass upon the validity of the
shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. As of the date of this
prospectus, members and associates of Cooley Godward LLP beneficially own an
aggregate of 21,600 shares of common stock through an investment partnership.
Fenwick & West LLP, Palo Alto, California will pass upon the validity of the
shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for the underwriters.

                                    EXPERTS

    The financial statements for ImproveNet, Inc. as of December 31, 1997 and
1998 and September 30, 1999 and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1998 and the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1999,
included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.

    The financial statements for Contractor Referral Service, LLC as of
December 31, 1998 and for the year ended December 31, 1998, included in this
prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the
shares of common stock offered by our company. This prospectus, which
constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the
information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are
contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules
and regulations of the Commission. For further information with respect to
ImproveNet and the common stock offered, reference is made to the registration
statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed
as a part of the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement,
including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of
it, may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission in Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be
obtained from the Commission upon the payment of fees prescribed by it. You may
call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the operation of
the public reference facilities. The Commission maintains a Web site at
http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding companies that file electronically with it.

    As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and
reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law,
will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Commission. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will
be available for inspection and copying at the Commission's public reference
room and the Web site of the SEC referred to above.

                                       65
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PAGE
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
IMPROVENET, INC.

Report of Independent Accountants...........................     F-2
Balance Sheets..............................................     F-3
Statements of Operations....................................     F-4
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) and Mandatorily
  Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock....................     F-5
Statements of Cash Flows....................................     F-6
Notes to Financial Statements...............................     F-7

CONTRACTOR REFERRAL SERVICE, LLC

Report of Independent Accountants...........................    F-27
Balance Sheets..............................................    F-28
Statements of Operations....................................    F-29
Statements of Members' Deficit..............................    F-30
Statements of Cash Flows....................................    F-31
Notes to Financial Statements...............................    F-32

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information..........    F-35
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations for
  the year ended December 31, 1998..........................    F-36
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations for
  the nine months ended September 30, 1999..................    F-37
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of
  Operations................................................    F-38
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
ImproveNet, Inc.

    In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements
of operations, of stockholders' equity (deficit) and mandatorily redeemable
convertible preferred stock, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of ImproveNet, Inc. at December 31, 1997 and
1998 and at September 30, 1999 and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998 and the
nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1999, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
November 16, 1999, except for Note 15
for which the date is December 13, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                                                      STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,                        EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                                              -------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                1997       1998          1999              1999
                                                              --------   --------   --------------   ----------------
                                                                                                      (SEE NOTE 12)
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   345    $ 1,676       $ 23,093
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $3, $8 and $48 in 1997, 1998 and 1999,
    respectively............................................        5         33            628
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................        1          3          3,082
                                                              -------    -------       --------
    Total current assets....................................      351      1,712         26,803

Property and equipment, net.................................      109        281          1,188
Goodwill, net...............................................       --         --            404
Restricted cash.............................................       --         49            449
Other assets................................................       12        102            670
                                                              -------    -------       --------
    Total assets............................................  $   472    $ 2,144       $ 29,514
                                                              =======    =======       ========

LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
  STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..........................................  $    69    $   478       $  3,963
  Accrued liabilities.......................................       11        221          2,071
  Deferred revenue..........................................       --         --            121
  Lines of credit...........................................      350        316             --
                                                              -------    -------       --------
    Total current liabilities...............................      430      1,015          6,155

Lines of credit, net of current portion.....................       --         19             --
Other long-term liabilities.................................       --         --            104
                                                              -------    -------       --------
    Total liabilities.......................................      430      1,034          6,259
                                                              -------    -------       --------

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001
  par value:
  Authorized: 5,000,000 shares
  Issued and outstanding: 1,205,000 and 3,139,526 shares in
    1997 and 1998, respectively, and none in 1999...........    1,252      6,824             --
                                                              -------    -------       --------

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
  Authorized: 9,482,935 shares
  Issued and outstanding: none in 1997 and 1998, 8,785,559
    shares in 1999 and none pro forma (unaudited)
    (liquidation value: $46,740)............................       --         --              9
Common stock, $0.001 par value:
  Authorized: 31,000,000 shares
  Issued and outstanding: 1,379,039 shares in 1997,
    1,406,289 shares in 1998, 1,596,528 shares in 1999 and
    12,979,222 shares pro forma (unaudited).................        1          1              2          $     13
Additional paid-in capital..................................      394        734         56,350           102,608
Notes receivable from stockholders..........................       (4)        (4)            (2)               (2)
Unearned stock-based compensation...........................       --       (729)        (8,493)          (19,792)
Accumulated deficit.........................................   (1,601)    (5,716)       (24,611)          (24,611)
                                                              -------    -------       --------          --------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit)....................   (1,210)    (5,714)        23,255          $ 58,216
                                                              -------    -------       --------          ========

    Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable convertible
      preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)....  $   472    $ 2,144       $ 29,514
                                                              =======    =======       ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               ------------------------------   --------------------
                                                 1996       1997       1998       1998       1999
                                               --------   --------   --------   --------   ---------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Service revenues...........................  $     2    $     60   $    238   $    144   $     719
  Advertising revenues.......................       --          --         20         --         566
                                               -------    --------   --------   --------   ---------
    Total revenues...........................        2          60        258        144       1,285

Cost of revenues:
  Cost of service revenues...................        8          59        767        517       1,091
  Cost of advertising revenues...............       --          --         49         --         307
                                               -------    --------   --------   --------   ---------
    Total cost of revenues...................        8          59        816        517       1,398
                                               -------    --------   --------   --------   ---------
Gross profit (loss)..........................       (6)          1       (558)      (373)       (113)

Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing........................       38         414      1,669      1,002      14,363
  Product development........................       65         288        504        388         417
  General and administrative.................      251         527      1,142        665       1,491
  Stock-based compensation...................       --          11        326        226       2,835
                                               -------    --------   --------   --------   ---------
    Total operating expenses.................      354       1,240      3,641      2,281      19,106
                                               -------    --------   --------   --------   ---------
Loss from operations.........................     (360)     (1,239)    (4,199)    (2,654)    (19,219)
Interest and other income (expense), net.....        1          (3)        84         68         324
                                               -------    --------   --------   --------   ---------
Net loss.....................................     (359)     (1,242)    (4,115)    (2,586)    (18,895)
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable
  convertible preferred stock................       --         (86)      (717)      (485)       (239)
                                               -------    --------   --------   --------   ---------
  Net loss attributable to common
    stockholders.............................  $  (359)   $ (1,328)  $ (4,832)  $ (3,071)  $ (19,134)
                                               =======    ========   ========   ========   =========
Basic and diluted net loss per common
  share......................................  $ (0.73)   $  (1.08)  $  (3.49)  $  (2.22)  $  (12.87)
                                               =======    ========   ========   ========   =========
Shares used in calculating basic and diluted
  net loss per common share..................      493       1,228      1,383      1,382       1,487
                                               =======    ========   ========   ========   =========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per
  common share (Note 12) (unaudited).........                        $  (1.17)             $   (2.66)
                                                                     ========              =========
Shares used in calculating pro forma basic
  and diluted net loss per common share
  (unaudited)................................                           4,124                  7,183
                                                                     ========              =========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
    STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE
                          CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
                                         MANDATORILY
                                         REDEEMABLE
                                         CONVERTIBLE           CONVERTIBLE
                                          PREFERRED             PREFERRED                                           NOTES
                                            STOCK                 STOCK             COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL  RECEIVABLE
                                     -------------------   -------------------   -------------------   PAID-IN      FROM
                                     SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT     CAPITAL     STOCKHOLDERS
                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   ---------   -----------
Issuance of common stock in
  exchange for notes receivable
  from stockholder.................       --    $    --        --       $--         420       $--       $     4       $ (4)
Issuance of common stock...........       --         --        --        --         482         1           342         --
Common stock subscription..........       --         --        --        --          98        --            56         --
Net loss...........................       --         --        --        --          --        --            --         --
                                      ------    -------     -----       ---       -----       ---       -------       ----
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1996........       --         --        --        --       1,000         1           402         (4)
Issuance of common stock in
  exchange for services rendered...       --         --        --        --         112        --            11         --
Issuance of common stock
  subscribed.......................       --         --        --        --         128        --            --         --
Issuance of common stock upon
  conversion of bridge notes
  payable..........................       --         --        --        --         134        --            67         --
Exercise of common stock options...       --         --        --        --           5        --            --         --
Issuance of Series A mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock net of issuance costs of
  $38..............................    1,205      1,166        --        --          --        --            --         --
Accretion of Series A mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................       --         86        --        --          --        --           (86)        --
Net loss...........................       --         --        --        --          --        --            --         --
                                      ------    -------     -----       ---       -----       ---       -------       ----
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1997........    1,205      1,252        --        --       1,379         1           394         (4)
Exercise of common stock options...       --         --        --        --          27        --             2         --
Issuance of Series B mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock for net of issuance costs
  of $20...........................    1,935      4,855        --        --          --        --            --         --
Accretion of Series A mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................       --        192        --        --          --        --          (192)        --
Accretion of Series B mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................       --        525        --        --          --        --          (525)        --
Unearned stock-based compensation
  for service providers............       --         --        --        --          --        --           120         --
Amortization of stock-based
  compensation for service
  providers........................       --         --        --        --          --        --            --         --
Unearned employee stock-based
  compensation.....................       --         --        --        --          --        --           935         --
Amortization of unearned employee
  stock-based compensation.........       --         --        --        --          --        --            --         --
Net loss...........................       --         --        --        --          --        --            --         --
                                      ------    -------     -----       ---       -----       ---       -------       ----
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1998........    3,140      6,824        --        --       1,406         1           734         (4)
Exercise of common stock options...       --         --        --        --         191         1            30         --
Exercise of Series A convertible
  preferred stock warrant..........       --         --         2        --          --        --             2         --
Accretion of Series A mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................       --         52        --        --          --        --           (52)        --
Accretion of Series B mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................       --        187        --        --          --        --          (187)        --
Conversion of Series A mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock into Series A convertible
  preferred stock..................   (1,205)    (1,496)    1,205         1          --        --         1,495         --
Conversion of Series B mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock into Series B convertible
  preferred stock..................   (1,935)    (5,567)    1,935         2          --        --         5,565         --
Issuance of Series C convertible
  preferred stock, net of issuance
  costs of $1,049..................       --         --     3,538         4          --        --        22,046         --
Issuance of Series D convertible
  preferred stock, net of issuance
  costs of $57.....................       --         --     2,101         2          --        --        16,118         --
Issuance of Series C convertible
  preferred stock for services.....       --         --         5        --          --        --            37         --
Payment received in settlement of
  stockholder notes receivable.....       --         --        --        --          --        --            --          2
Issuance of Series D convertible
  preferred stock warrant..........       --         --        --        --          --        --         2,507         --
Amortization of stock-based
  compensation from warrants
  granted to service providers.....       --         --        --        --          --        --            --         --
Unearned stock-based compensation
  for service providers............       --         --        --        --          --        --            19         --
Amortization of stock-based
  compensation from options granted
  to service providers.............       --         --        --        --          --        --            --         --
Unearned employee stock-based
  compensation.....................       --         --        --        --          --        --         8,036         --
Amortization of unearned employee
  stock-based compensation.........       --         --        --        --          --        --            --         --
Net loss...........................       --         --        --        --          --        --            --         --
                                      ------    -------     -----       ---       -----       ---       -------       ----
BALANCES, SEPTEMBER 30, 1999.......       --    $    --     8,786       $ 9       1,597       $ 2       $56,350       $ (2)
                                      ======    =======     =====       ===       =====       ===       =======       ====

<CAPTION>

<S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>
                                     UNEARNED
                                     STOCK-BASED    ACCUMULATED
                                     COMPENSATION    DEFICIT       TOTAL
                                     ------------   -----------   --------
Issuance of common stock in
  exchange for notes receivable
  from stockholder.................    $    --       $     --     $    --
Issuance of common stock...........         --             --         343
Common stock subscription..........         --             --          56
Net loss...........................         --           (359)       (359)
                                       -------       --------     -------
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1996........         --           (359)         40
Issuance of common stock in
  exchange for services rendered...         --             --          11
Issuance of common stock
  subscribed.......................         --             --          --
Issuance of common stock upon
  conversion of bridge notes
  payable..........................         --             --          67
Exercise of common stock options...         --             --          --
Issuance of Series A mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock net of issuance costs of
  $38..............................         --             --          --
Accretion of Series A mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................         --             --         (86)
Net loss...........................         --         (1,242)     (1,242)
                                       -------       --------     -------
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1997........         --         (1,601)     (1,210)
Exercise of common stock options...         --             --           2
Issuance of Series B mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock for net of issuance costs
  of $20...........................         --             --          --
Accretion of Series A mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................         --             --        (192)
Accretion of Series B mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................         --             --        (525)
Unearned stock-based compensation
  for service providers............       (120)            --          --
Amortization of stock-based
  compensation for service
  providers........................        100             --         100
Unearned employee stock-based
  compensation.....................       (935)            --          --
Amortization of unearned employee
  stock-based compensation.........        226             --         226
Net loss...........................         --         (4,115)     (4,115)
                                       -------       --------     -------
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1998........       (729)        (5,716)     (5,714)
Exercise of common stock options...         --             --          31
Exercise of Series A convertible
  preferred stock warrant..........         --             --           2
Accretion of Series A mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................         --             --         (52)
Accretion of Series B mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................         --             --        (187)
Conversion of Series A mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock into Series A convertible
  preferred stock..................         --             --       1,496
Conversion of Series B mandatorily
  redeemable convertible preferred
  stock into Series B convertible
  preferred stock..................         --             --       5,567
Issuance of Series C convertible
  preferred stock, net of issuance
  costs of $1,049..................         --             --      22,050
Issuance of Series D convertible
  preferred stock, net of issuance
  costs of $57.....................         --             --      16,120
Issuance of Series C convertible
  preferred stock for services.....         --             --          37
Payment received in settlement of
  stockholder notes receivable.....         --             --           2
Issuance of Series D convertible
  preferred stock warrant..........     (2,507)            --          --
Amortization of stock-based
  compensation from warrants
  granted to service providers.....         42             --          42
Unearned stock-based compensation
  for service providers............        (19)            --          --
Amortization of stock-based
  compensation from options granted
  to service providers.............         39             --          39
Unearned employee stock-based
  compensation.....................     (8,036)            --          --
Amortization of unearned employee
  stock-based compensation.........      2,717             --       2,717
Net loss...........................         --        (18,895)    (18,895)
                                       -------       --------     -------
BALANCES, SEPTEMBER 30, 1999.......    $(8,493)      $(24,611)    $23,255
                                       =======       ========     =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            ------------------------------   -------------------
                                                              1996       1997       1998       1998       1999
                                                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss................................................   $(359)    $(1,242)   $(4,115)   $(2,586)   $(18,895)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
    operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.........................       7          20         52         35          79
    Allowance for doubtful accounts.......................      --           3          5         12          40
    Stock-based compensation for options and common stock
      granted.............................................      --          11        326        226       2,756
    Series C convertible preferred stock issued for
      services............................................      --          --         --         --          37
    Amortization of stock-based compensation for Series D
      warrants granted to service provider................      --          --         --         --          42
    Other.................................................      --           2          3          2           9
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable...................................      --          (8)       (33)       (43)       (569)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets.............      --          (1)       (94)       (14)     (3,060)
    Other assets..........................................      (7)         (5)        --         (7)        (27)
    Accounts payable......................................      18          51        409         94       3,485
    Accrued liabilities...................................      13          (2)       209        115       1,850
    Deferred revenue......................................      --          --         --         --         121
    Other long-term liabilities...........................      --          --         --         --         104
                                                             -----     -------    -------    -------    --------
      Net cash used in operating activities...............    (328)     (1,171)    (3,238)    (2,166)    (14,028)
                                                             -----     -------    -------    -------    --------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property and equipment.....................     (51)        (85)      (224)      (183)       (979)
  Increase in restricted cash.............................                  --        (49)       (49)       (400)
  Issuance of note receivable to related party............      --          --         --         --        (500)
  Payments for acquisition of CRS.........................      --          --         --         --        (546)
                                                             -----     -------    -------    -------    --------
      Net cash used in investing activities...............     (51)        (85)      (273)      (232)     (2,425)
                                                             -----     -------    -------    -------    --------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from the issuance of common stock..............     343          --          2          1          31
  Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock, net......      --       1,166      4,705      4,705      38,172
  Proceeds from common stock subscription.................      56          --         --         --          --
  Repayment of stockholder note receivable................      --          --         --         --           2
  Proceeds from the issuance of convertible bridge
    notes.................................................      --          65        150        150          --
  Borrowings under lines of credit........................      --         350        298         --          --
  Principal payments under lines of credit................      --          --       (313)      (308)       (335)
                                                             -----     -------    -------    -------    --------
      Net cash provided by financing activities...........     399       1,581      4,842      4,548      37,870
                                                             -----     -------    -------    -------    --------

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.................      20         325      1,331      2,150      21,417

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period............      --          20        345        345       1,676
                                                             -----     -------    -------    -------    --------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period..................   $  20     $   345    $ 1,676    $ 2,495    $ 23,093
                                                             =====     =======    =======    =======    ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - FORMATION AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

    ImproveNet, Inc. (the "Company") (formerly Netelligence, Inc.) was
incorporated in California in January 1996 and reincorporated in Delaware in
June 1998. The Company is a leading destination on the Internet for residential
home improvement market making activities between (1) homeowners,
(2) contractors, architects and designers, and (3) material suppliers. The
Company operates primarily in the United States. The Company aggregates and
organizes information online and ensures that the content is immediately
accessible, easy-to-use and efficient for home improvement and services and
product buyers and sellers. The Company has a proprietary matching service that
electronically and impartially screens and monitors contractors, architects and
designers to facilitate access by homeowners to reputable, pre-screened service
providers.

    During 1998, the Company emerged from the development stage. Although no
longer in the development stage, the Company continues to be subject to risks
and challenges similar to other companies in a comparable stage of development.
These risks include, but are not limited to, dependence on key individuals,
successful development and marketing of products, the ability to obtain adequate
financing to support growth, competition from substitute service providers and
larger companies with greater financial, technical, management and marketing
resources.

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

USE OF ESTIMATES

    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

    The Company's services are concentrated in a single segment of the Internet
commerce industry, which is characterized by rapid technological advances,
changes in customer requirements and evolving regulatory requirements and
industry standards. The success of the Company depends on management's ability
to anticipate or to respond quickly and adequately to technological developments
in the industry, changes in customer requirements and changes in regulatory
requirements or industry standards. Any significant delays in the development or
introduction of services could have a material and adverse effect on the
Company's business and operating results.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original
or remaining maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

RESTRICTED CASH

    At December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999, cash balances of approximately
$49,000 and $449,000, respectively, were restricted from withdrawal and held by
a bank in the form of certificates of deposit. These certificates of deposit
serve as collateral supporting letters of credit issued to the

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Company's landlords as security deposits and will not be available until the
leases for the Company's facilities expire.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    The reported amounts of certain of the Company's financial instruments,
including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and other accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to
their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the
Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying values of the lines of credit
approximate fair value.

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

    Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
lives of three to seven years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is
computed on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the facility lease term or
the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Major additions and improvements
are capitalized, while replacements, maintenance and repairs that do not improve
or extend the life of the assets are charged to operations. In the period assets
are retired or otherwise disposed of, the costs and related accumulated
depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts, and any gain or
loss on disposal is included in results of operations.

    The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of property and
equipment to be held and used when events and circumstances warrant such a
review. The carrying value of property and equipment is considered impaired when
the anticipated undiscounted cash flows from the asset are separately
identifiable and are less than its carrying value. In that event, a loss is
recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair
value of the asset. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated
cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Losses on
assets to be disposed of are determined in a similar manner, except that fair
values are reduced by the estimated disposal costs.

GOODWILL

    Goodwill is amortized from the date of acquisition using the straight-line
method over the expected period to be benefited, estimated at five years. At
September 30, 1999, the total value assigned to goodwill of $411,000 was offset
by accumulated amortization of $7,000. The Company assesses the recoverability
of goodwill, as well as other long-lived assets, in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of," which
requires the Company to review the carrying value of an asset for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
an asset might not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, the Company
estimates the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of
the asset and its eventual disposition. If the undiscounted expected future cash
flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is
recognized.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

REVENUE RECOGNITION

    Revenues are primarily derived from service provider referral fees and
advertising placed on the Company's Web sites. Service provider revenues include
lead and win fees. Lead fees are recognized at the time a homeowner and
contractor are matched by the Company and the service provider becomes obligated
to pay such fee. Win fees are recognized at the time the service provider or the
homeowner notifies us that a job has been sold and the service provider becomes
obligated to pay such fee. Payments received in advance of providing services
are deferred until the period the services are provided, this deferred revenue
is included in current liabilities. The Company establishes a sales reserve at
the time of revenue recognition based on the Company's historical experience.

    Beginning in December 1998, the Company also derived advertising revenues
from the sale of banner and other Web site advertisements. Advertising revenues
generally are derived from short-term advertising contracts in which the Company
typically guarantees that a minimum number of impressions will be delivered to
its Web site visitors over a specified period of time for a fixed fee.
Advertising revenues are typically recognized as the lesser of the amounts
recorded ratably over the period in which the advertising is delivered or the
percentage of guaranteed impressions delivered. However, if the percentage of
time elapsed exceeds the percentage of guaranteed impressions delivered, revenue
is recognized at the lower percentage. During the nine months ended
September 30, 1999, advertising revenues represented 44% of total revenues.

    Advertising revenues include barter revenues, which result from the exchange
by the Company of advertising space on the Company's Web sites for reciprocal
advertising space on the Web sites of third parties. Revenues from these barter
transactions are recorded as advertising revenues at the estimated fair value of
the advertisements received or delivered, whichever is more reliably measurable.
Advertising barter revenues are recognized at the lesser of the amount recorded
ratably over the period in which the advertising is delivered or the percentage
of guaranteed impressions delivered. Barter expenses are recorded as sales and
marketing expenses in the statements of operations when the Company's
advertisements are delivered on the reciprocal Web sites, which is typically in
the same period as when advertisements are delivered on the Company's Web sites.
Advertising barter revenues represented $152,000 or 12% of total revenues for
the nine months ended September 30, 1999. There were no barter revenues in 1997
and 1998.

    In September 1999, the Company entered into a three-year agreement with a
related party stockholder to provide, for a fixed annual fee, an advertising
package that includes a mix of buttons, banners and other advertising products,
plus a guarantee of a continuous presence on the Company's Web sites. The
package represents a discount to the standard rate for each product sold
individually. The agreement requires that the advertising customer refer new
home improvement job submissions that they become aware of to the Company. The
agreement also includes cooperative marketing terms under which the Company is
obligated to fund a variety of co-branded advertisements on television and in
print media with, or on behalf, of the advertising customer.

    For agreements of this type, the Company measures as net revenues the
amount, if any, by which the total fees payable to it under the advertising
agreement exceed their obligation to pay the customer for cooperative marketing
activities. The net revenues are also reduced by the estimated fair value of
warrants granted to the advertising customer in connection with the advertising
package agreement as measured using the Black Scholes option pricing model. Any
remaining net revenues, from these agreements are recognized over the term of
the agreement once advertising is delivered to the

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

customer and collection of the resulting receivable is deemed to be probable. If
the Company's cooperative advertising obligations under arrangement, together
with the fair value of any warrants granted in connection with the agreement,
exceed the total fees payable to the Company under the agreement, the excess is
recorded as sales and marketing expense.

    Total revenues may be analyzed as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     NINE MONTHS
                                                                       YEAR ENDED                       ENDED
                                                                      DECEMBER 31                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             ------------------------------      -------------------
                                                               1996       1997       1998          1998       1999
                                                             --------   --------   --------      --------   --------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
Service revenues...........................................     $2        $60        $238          $144      $  719
Amounts invoiced under contractual advertising
  arrangements.............................................     --         --          20            --         629
                                                                --        ---        ----          ----      ------
                                                                 2         60         258           144       1,348

Amounts incurred under co-operative advertising
  arrangements with related parties........................     --         --          --            --         (63)
                                                                --        ---        ----          ----      ------
Total revenues.............................................     $2        $60        $258          $144      $1,285
                                                                ==        ===        ====          ====      ======
</TABLE>

    Total revenues are reported in the statement of operations net of the
amounts incurred under the cooperative advertising arrangements with related
parties as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
Service revenues...........................................     $2        $60        $238          $144      $  719
Advertising revenues.......................................     --         --          20            --         566
                                                                --        ---        ----          ----      ------
Total revenues.............................................     $2        $60        $258          $144      $1,285
                                                                ==        ===        ====          ====      ======
</TABLE>

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT COSTS

    Product development costs include expenses incurred by the Company to
develop and enhance the Company's Web sites. Product development costs are
expensed as incurred.

ADVERTISING

    The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising
expenses for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 1998
and the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1999 were none, $28,000,
$761,000, $342,000 and $9,286,000, respectively. Of these total expenses, barter
advertising costs represented $152,000 for the nine months ended September 30,
1999 and zero for all other periods presented.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

    The Company follows the disclosure provisions of Financial Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation." The Company has elected to continue accounting for stock-based
compensation issued to employees using Accounting Principles Board ("APB")
Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and, accordingly,
pro forma disclosures required under SFAS No. 123 have been presented (see Note
9). Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is based on the difference, if any,
on the date of the grant, between the fair

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

value of the Company's stock and the exercise price of the option. Stock issued
to non-employees has been accounted for in accordance with the provisions of
SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-18, "Accounting for
Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in
Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services."

INCOME TAXES

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences
between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are
measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are
established when management believes there is uncertainty regarding the recovery
of deferred tax assets.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

    The Company's cash and cash equivalents are held with a major bank in the
United States. The Company's customers consist of contractors, homeowners and
manufacturers within the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers' financial condition. The Company does not require
collateral. Two customers accounted for 11% and 10% of aggregate accounts
receivable as of September 30, 1999. There was no customer with a balance that
accounted for greater than 10% of aggregate accounts receivable as of
December 31, 1997 or 1998. There was no customer that accounted for greater than
10% of total revenues for any of the periods presented in the accompanying
statements of operations.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

    The Company follows SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS No. 131 requires publicly held
companies to report financial and other information about key revenue segments
of the entity for which this information is available and is utilized by the
chief operating decision maker. The Company conducts its business within one
business segment primarily within the United States. Revenues from customers
outside of the United States were insignificant for all periods presented in the
accompanying statements of operations.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

    The Company follows SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("FAS
130"). FAS 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive
income and its components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements.
There was no difference between the Company's net loss and its comprehensive
loss for any of the periods presented in the accompanying statement of
operations.

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

    Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss
attributable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per
common share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common
stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of common and common
equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Common equivalent shares,
composed of common shares issuable upon

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

the exercise of stock options and warrants and upon conversion of convertible
preferred stock, are included in the diluted net loss per common share
calculation to the extent these shares are dilutive. A reconciliation of the
numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted net loss
per common share follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  ------------------------------   -------------------
                                                    1996       1997       1998       1998       1999
                                                  --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Numerator
  Net loss attributable to common
    stockholders................................   $ (359)   $(1,328)   $(4,832)   $(3,071)   $(19,134)
                                                   ======    =======    =======    =======    ========

Denominator
  Weighted average common shares................      694      1,233      1,383      1,382       1,487
  Weighted average unvested common shares
    subject to repurchase.......................     (201)        (5)        --         --          --
                                                   ------    -------    -------    -------    --------
  Denominator for basic and diluted
    calculation.................................      493      1,228      1,383      1,382       1,487
                                                   ======    =======    =======    =======    ========

  Basic and diluted net loss per common share...   $(0.73)   $ (1.08)   $ (3.49)   $ (2.22)   $ (12.87)
                                                   ======    =======    =======    =======    ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICES (CONTINUED)

    The following table summarizes common stock equivalents that are not
included in the denominator used in the diluted net loss per common share
calculation because to do so would be antidilutive for the periods indicated (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   NINE MONTHS
                                                                       YEARS ENDED                    ENDED
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ------------------------------   -------------------
                                                                1996       1997       1998       1998       1999
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Weighted average effect of common stock equivalents:
  Series A convertible preferred stock......................     --        609       1,205      1,205      1,205
  Series B convertible preferred stock......................     --         --       1,536      1,401      1,935
  Series C convertible preferred stock......................     --         --          --         --      2,402
  Series D convertible preferred stock......................     --         --          --         --        154
  Options to purchase common stock..........................     --        167         429        406      1,147
  Warrants to purchase convertible preferred and common
    stock...................................................     --         51         122        138        192
  Common stock subject to repurchase........................    201          5          --         --         --
                                                                ---        ---       -----      -----      -----
                                                                201        832       3,292      3,150      7,035
                                                                ===        ===       =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

    In June 1998, SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities," was issued. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and
reporting standards for derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
related to those instruments, as well as other hedging activities. The Company
does not currently hold any derivative instruments and does not engage in
hedging activities. The Company expects the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will not
have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash
flow. The Company will be required to adopt SFAS No. 133 for the year ending
December 31, 2001.

NOTE 3 - ACQUISITION

    On September 9, 1999, the Company completed the acquisition of all the
assets and business of Contractor Referral Services, LLC ("CRS"), which operated
a toll-free telephone contractor referral service. The total acquisition cost
was $650,000 and consisted of a cash payment of $550,000 and a holdback of
$100,000 retained by the Company. The acquisition was accounted for using the
purchase method. Accordingly, the results of operations for CRS have been
included in the Company's statement of operations only from the date of
acquisition. At September 30, 1999, the $100,000 holdback was included in other
long-term liabilities as it is not payable until 2001.

    The purchase price was allocated to the acquired assets based on fair values
as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                         <C>
Accounts receivable and other assets.......................             $ 64
Licensing right............................................              125
Non-competition agreement..................................               50
Goodwill...................................................              411
                                                                        ----
  Total....................................................             $650
                                                                        ====
</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 3 - ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)

    The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the
combined results of operations of the Company and CRS as if the acquisition had
occurred on January 1, 1998, after giving effect to certain adjustments,
principally amortization of goodwill. This unaudited pro forma financial
information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would
have occurred had the acquisition been completed on January 1, 1998 (in
thousands, except per share amounts).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               NINE MONTHS
                                                               YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1998             1999
                                                              -------------   --------------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Revenues....................................................     $   529         $  1,500
Net loss attributable to common stockholders................      (4,958)         (19,316)
Basic and diluted net loss per common share.................       (3.58)          (12.99)
</TABLE>

NOTE 4 - BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                             -------------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                1997          1998            1999
                                                             -----------   -----------   --------------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
Prepaid advertising expenses...............................  $        --   $        --       $2,925
Prepaid expenses and other current assets..................            1             3          157
                                                             -----------   -----------       ------

                                                             $         1   $         3       $3,082
                                                             ===========   ===========       ======
</TABLE>

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                             -------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                               1997       1998          1999
                                                             --------   --------   --------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Computer equipment.........................................    $ 93       $188         $  431
Software...................................................      10         15             26
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment....................      31         47            647
Leasehold improvements.....................................      --        108            233
                                                               ----       ----         ------
                                                                134        358          1,337
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization............     (25)       (77)          (149)
                                                               ----       ----         ------

                                                               $109       $281         $1,188
                                                               ====       ====         ======
</TABLE>

    Depreciation and amortization expenses for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998 and the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1999 were
$7,000, $20,000, $52,000, $35,000 and $72,000, respectively.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 4 - BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS (CONTINUED)

ACCRUED LIABILITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                     -------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1997       1998          1999
                                                     --------   --------   --------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Accrued advertising expense........................    $ --       $130         $1,677
Accrued payroll costs..............................      --         27            151
Other..............................................      11         64            243
                                                       ----       ----         ------

                                                       $ 11       $221         $2,071
                                                       ====       ====         ======
</TABLE>

NOTE 5 - LINES OF CREDIT

    During July 1997, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit with a
financial institution under which the Company could borrow up to $350,000.
During March 1998, the Company converted approximately $50,000 of this facility
into an equipment line of credit. Borrowings for equipment purchases under the
equipment line of credit were collateralized by the equipment purchased, accrued
interest at the rate of prime plus 1.25% (9% at December 31, 1998) and were due
in 36 equal monthly installments commencing on February 29, 1998. Borrowings
under the revolving line of credit accrued interest at the rate of prime plus
1.25%. The lines of credit were paid in full and terminated on January 29, 1999.

NOTE 6 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

OPERATING LEASES

    The Company leases a facility under an operating lease agreement expiring
February 2002. In June 1999, the Company entered into a seven-year lease
agreement for another office facility in Redwood City, California. Total future
minimum lease payments for the new facility totaled $3,871,000 at the date the
agreement was signed. Under the terms of the leases, the Company provided
letters of credit as security deposits. In September 1999, the Company assumed
the lease obligation of an office facility in Santa Ana, California in
connection with the purchase of CRS. The remaining term of the lease is two
years. Total future minimum lease payments totaled $54,000 at the date the lease
obligation was assumed. In September 1999, the Company entered into a five-year
lease agreement for an office facility in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Total future
minimum lease payments totaled $556,000 at the date the agreement was signed.

    Future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of September 30,
1999 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
<S>                                                            <C>
1999........................................................    $  178
2000........................................................       723
2001........................................................       724
2002........................................................       667
2003........................................................       673
2004........................................................       653
Thereafter..................................................       994
                                                                ------
                                                                $4,612
                                                                ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 6 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

    Rent expense charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 1996,
1997 and 1998 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1999 was
$30,000, $78,000, $80,000, $62,000 and $142,000, respectively.

MARKETING AGREEMENTS

    The Company has entered into a number of agreements with Internet media
companies to purchase online advertising and linkages. The Company expenses the
amounts as sales and marketing expenses ratably over the respective terms of the
agreements. The agreements require minimum future payments over the terms of the
agreements as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                           <C>
Year Ending December 31,
1999........................................................    $119
2000........................................................      85
                                                                ----
                                                                $204
                                                                ====
</TABLE>

ADVERTISING PACKAGE AGREEMENTS

    In September 1999, the Company entered into an advertising package agreement
under which the Company will exchange advertising services for advertising
services with an investor in Series D convertible preferred stock. The minimum
future payments under the advertising agreement are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                           <C>
Year Ending December 31,
1999........................................................   $  312
2000........................................................      854
2001........................................................    1,104
2002........................................................      730
                                                               ------
                                                               $3,000
                                                               ======
</TABLE>

401(K) PLAN

    Effective January 1, 1999, the Company adopted a 401(k) savings plan under
which eligible employees may contribute the lesser of 20% of their eligible
compensation or the annual limit of $10,000 in 1999. In addition, the Company
may make discretionary contributions to the plan, although none has been made in
any of the periods presented.

NOTE 7 - CONVERTIBLE BRIDGE NOTES

    During February 1997, the Company raised $65,000 through the issuance of
convertible bridge notes bearing interest at the rate of 1% per month. Total
principal plus accrued interest was converted into 133,604 shares of common
stock during June and July 1997 at a conversion rate of $0.50 per share.

    During January 1998, the Company raised $150,000 through the issuance of
convertible bridge notes bearing interest at the rate of 6% per year. Total
principal plus accrued interest was converted into 59,524 shares of Series B
preferred stock in 1998 at a conversion rate of $2.52 per share, which was equal
to the issuance price.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 8 - CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

    Under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended in
September 1999, the Company is authorized to issue 9,482,935 shares of preferred
stock, of which 1,301,400 shares have been designated as Series A preferred
stock, 1,981,535 shares have been designated as Series B preferred stock,
3,700,000 shares have been designated as Series C preferred stock, and 2,500,000
shares have been designated as Series D preferred stock. From inception through
September 30, 1999, the Company issued preferred stock as follows (in thousands,
except share and per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    AMOUNT                                                                      LIQUIDATION
                        ORIGINAL    NET OF                                             ISSUED                  PREFERENCE AT
                         ISSUE     ISSUANCE    CUMULATIVE     TOTAL       SHARES         AND       PAR VALUE   SEPTEMBER 30,
                         PRICE       COST      ACCRETION      AMOUNT    AUTHORIZED   OUTSTANDING    AMOUNT         1999
                        --------   --------   ------------   --------   ----------   -----------   ---------   -------------
<S>                     <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Series A..............   $1.00     $ 1,166       $  330      $ 1,496    1,301,400     1,207,000       $ 1         $ 1,377
Series B..............   $2.52       4,855          712        5,567    1,981,535     1,934,526         2           5,336
Series C..............   $6.53      22,087           --       22,087    3,700,000     3,543,190         4          23,808
Series D..............   $7.70      16,120           --       16,120    2,500,000     2,100,843         2          16,219
                                   -------       ------      -------    ---------     ---------       ---         -------
Total.................             $44,228       $1,042      $45,270    9,482,935     8,785,559       $ 9         $46,740
                                   =======       ======      =======    =========     =========       ===         =======
</TABLE>

DIVIDENDS

    All holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, when and if declared
by the Board of Directors, non-cumulative cash dividends at the rate of 6% of
the original issue price per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock.
As of September 30, 1999, no dividends had been declared.

LIQUIDATION

    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
all holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference
to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common
stock, an amount per share equal to the original issue price, plus the greater
of (i) all declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of preferred stock or
(ii) an amount equal to 6%, compounded annually, of the original issue price per
annum from the date that the first share of the series of preferred stock was
issued until the date of payment, less the per share amount of any dividends
previously paid on such shares, for each share of preferred stock held by them.
If the funds available for distribution were insufficient to cover the
liquidation preferences of all the preferred stock, then the entire assets and
funds of the Company legally available for distribution would be distributed
ratably among the preferred stockholders in proportion to the full amounts to
which they would otherwise be entitled.

    After payment of the full liquidation preferences of the preferred stock,
the common stockholders would receive, on a pro rata basis, proceeds up to a
total amount per share equal to the preference of the Series B preferred
stockholders.

    After the payment of the full liquidation preferences to the preferred and
required payments to the common stockholders, as described above, the assets of
the Company legally available for distribution, if any, would be distributed
ratably to the holders of the common stock and preferred stock on an as-if
converted to common stock basis.

CONVERSION

    Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder,
into the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock
determined by dividing the preferred stock issue price by its conversion price
in effect at the time. The initial conversion prices of Series A, Series B,
Series C and Series D preferred stock are $1.00, $2.52, $6.53 and $7.70,
respectively, and are subject to

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 8 - CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)

adjustment in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation. Conversion is automatic immediately upon
the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering ("IPO") in
which the per share public offering price is at least $9.80 and the aggregate
proceeds raised exceed $20,000,000.

REDEMPTION

    The holders of Series A and Series B preferred stock were entitled to
certain rights of redemption until the March 29, 1999 amendment of the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation. At this time, the redemption feature was removed
and accretion to the redemption value ceased.

VOTING RIGHTS

    Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to one vote for each share of
common stock into which each share of preferred stock could be converted. The
holders of Series A, B, C and D preferred stock are each entitled to elect one
member of the Board of Directors.

NOTE 9 - COMMON STOCK

    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the
Company to issue 31,000,000 shares of common stock. Each share of common stock
has the right to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to
receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the
Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of preferred stock at
the time outstanding.

    At September 30, 1999, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for
future issuance as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                           <C>
Conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock..........    1,207,000
Conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock..........    1,934,526
Conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock..........    3,543,190
Conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock..........    2,100,843
Exercise of options.........................................    1,877,511
Warrants....................................................      524,576
                                                              -----------
                                                               11,187,646
                                                              ===========
</TABLE>

    Holders of more than a majority of registrable securities may demand that
the Company file a registration statement having a net aggregate offering price
to the public in excess of $5,000,000, subject to certain limitations.

    The Company had not declared or paid cash dividends as of September 30,
1999.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

    Under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan"), the
Company may issue incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options to
purchase up to 2,100,000 shares of common stock. Incentive stock options may be
granted to employees at exercise prices not lower than fair market value at the
date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Non-statutory stock
options may be granted to employees, directors and consultants, at exercise
prices not lower than 85% of fair market value at the date of grant, as
determined by the Board of Directors. The Board also has the authority to set
the term of the options up to a maximum of ten years. Options granted generally
vest over four years. Unexercised options expire three months after termination
of employment with the Company.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 9 - COMMON STOCK (CONTINUED)

    Activity under the Plan is as follows (in thousands, except share and per
share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
                                             ------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     WEIGHTED
                                  SHARES                                             AVERAGE
                                AVAILABLE     NUMBER       EXERCISE      AGGREGATE   EXERCISE
                                FOR GRANT    OF SHARES       PRICE         PRICE      PRICE
                                ----------   ---------   -------------   ---------   --------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>
Shares reserved at plan
  inception...................      80,000
Options granted...............     (78,500)     78,500   $0.25-$1.00      $   33      $0.43
                                ----------   ---------                    ------      -----
Balances, December 31, 1996...       1,500      78,500   $0.25-$1.00      $   33      $0.43

Additional shares
  authorized..................     520,000
Options granted...............    (458,433)    458,433   $   0.10             46      $0.10
Options exercised.............          --      (5,000)  $   0.10             --      $0.10
Options canceled..............      87,778     (87,778)  $0.10-$1.00         (27)     $0.31
                                ----------   ---------                    ------

Balances, December 31, 1997...     150,845     444,155   $0.10-$1.00          52      $0.12

Additional shares
  authorized..................     400,000
Options granted...............    (643,000)    643,000   $   0.25            161      $0.25
Options exercised.............          --     (27,250)  $   0.10             (2)     $0.10
Options canceled..............     295,937    (295,937)  $0.10-$0.25         (50)     $0.17
                                ----------   ---------                    ------

Balances, December 31, 1998...     203,782     763,968   $0.10-$1.00         161      $0.21

Additional shares
  authorized..................   1,100,000
Options granted...............  (1,422,052)  1,422,052   $0.25-$4.00       1,517      $1.07
Options exercised.............          --    (190,239)  $0.10-$0.25         (31)     $0.17
Options canceled..............    (235,584)   (235,584)  $0.25-$1.50         (60)     $0.26
                                ----------   ---------                    ------

Balances, September 30,
  1999........................     117,314   1,760,197   $0.10-$4.00      $1,587      $0.90
                                ==========   =========                    ======
</TABLE>

    The following table summarizes information with respect to stock options
outstanding at September 30, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       OPTIONS OUTSTANDING             OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
              -------------------------------------   ----------------------
                              WEIGHTED
                              AVERAGE      WEIGHTED                 WEIGHTED
                             REMAINING     AVERAGE                  AVERAGE
 EXERCISE       NUMBER      CONTRACTUAL    EXERCISE     NUMBER      EXERCISE
   PRICE      OUTSTANDING   LIFE (YEARS)    PRICE     EXERCISABLE    PRICE
- -----------   -----------   ------------   --------   -----------   --------
<S>           <C>           <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>
$  0.10          108,569         7.81       $0.10        60,756      $0.10
$  0.25          908,678         9.30       $0.25        78,845      $0.25
$  1.00            1,500         7.75       $1.00         1,500      $1.00
$  1.50          648,250         9.78       $1.50           875      $1.50
$  4.00           93,200         9.94       $4.00            --      $4.00
               ---------         ----       -----       -------      -----
$0.10-4.00     1,760,197         9.42       $0.90       141,976      $0.20
               =========         ====       =====       =======      =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 9 - COMMON STOCK (CONTINUED)

    As of December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, the number of options exercisable
was 75,166, 168,181 and 248,386, respectively, at weighted average exercise
prices of $0.43, $0.14 and $0.17, respectively.

FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

    The fair value of each option grant has been estimated on the date of grant
using the minimum value method with the following assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                          --------------------------------------   ------------------------
                            1996         1997           1998          1998         1999
                          --------   ------------   ------------   ----------   -----------
<S>                       <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Weighted average fair
  values................  $0.08      $   0.21       $   2.06       $  2.07      $  6.16

Assumptions:
  Risk-free interest
    rates...............   6.12%        6.12%        4.30-5.59%    5.30-5.59%   4.30-5.99%
  Expected lives........  4 years      4 years        4 years       4 years       4 years
  Dividend yield........    --            --             --            --           --
</TABLE>

    Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option plan been determined
based on the fair market values of these stock options at the grant dates
consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss would
have changed to the pro forma amounts as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               ------------------------------   -------------------
                                                 1996       1997       1998       1998       1999
                                               --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net loss attributable to common
  stockholders...............................   $ (359)   $(1,328)   $(4,832)   $(3,071)   $(19,134)
Net loss attributable to common
  stockholders--pro forma....................   $ (359)   $(1,328)   $(4,837)   $(3,074)   $(19,166)
Basic and diluted net loss per common
  share......................................   $(0.73)   $ (1.08)   $ (3.49)   $ (2.22)   $ (12.87)
Basic and diluted net loss per common share--
  pro forma..................................   $(0.73)   $ (1.08)   $ (3.50)   $ (2.22)   $ (12.89)
</TABLE>

    The effects of applying SFAS 123 in this pro forma disclosure may not be
indicative of future amounts. Additional awards in future years are anticipated.

UNEARNED STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

    In connection with certain employee and non-employee stock option grants
during 1998 and 1999, the Company recorded unearned stock-based compensation
totaling $9.1 million, which is being amortized over the vesting periods of the
related options, generally four years using the method set out in FASB
Interpretation No. 28 ("FIN 28"). Under the FIN 28 method, each vested tranche
of options is accounted for as a separate option grant awarded for past
services. Accordingly, the compensation expense is recognized over the period
during which the services have been provided. This method results in higher
compensation expense in the earlier vesting periods of the related options.
Amortization of this stock-based compensation recognized during the year ended
December 31, 1998 and the nine months ended September 1999 totaled approximately
$326,000 and $2.8 million, respectively.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 9 - COMMON STOCK (CONTINUED)

    The total unearned stock-based compensation recorded to date will be
amortized as follows: $1.2 million for the remainder of 1999; $2.8 million in
2000; $1.4 million in 2001; $554,000 in 2002 and $56,000 in 2003.

NOTE 10 - WARRANTS

    In June 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase 10,000 shares of
common stock, at $1.00 per share, to members of the Board of Directors. In June
1997, the Company also issued warrants to purchase 95,600 shares of series A
convertible preferred stock to non-employees and warrants to purchase 800 shares
of series A convertible preferred stock to a member of the Board of Directors,
at $1.00 per share, in connection with the series A financing. Warrants to
purchase 2000 shares of series A preferred stock will be exercised in the nine
months ending September 30, 1999.

    In March 1998, the Company issued warrants to purchase 47,009 shares of
series B convertible preferred stock to holders of series B convertible
preferred stock, in connection with the series B financing.

    In connection with the series C convertible preferred stock financing in
March 1999, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 47,167 shares of series C
convertible preferred stock as consideration for stock issuance costs. In
September 1999, the Company granted a customer and its affiliate warrants to
purchase 209,000 and 117,000 shares of series D convertible preferred stock,
respectively, as consideration for sales and marketing expense.

    In 1999, warrants to purchase 2,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock were exercised for cash proceeds of $2,000.

    The following summarizes the warrants outstanding at September 30, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                NUMBER
                                                  OF      EXERCISE
                                                SHARES     PRICE      EXPIRATION DATE
                                               --------   --------   -----------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Series A convertible preferred stock.........   94,400     $1.00     June 30, 2001
Series B convertible preferred stock.........   47,009     $2.52     March 28, 2004
Series C convertible preferred stock.........   47,167     $6.53     March 28, 2004
Series D convertible preferred stock.........  326,000     $0.01     September 9, 2003
Common stock.................................   10,000     $1.00     June 16, 2007
</TABLE>

    Upon an IPO, the warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock will
automatically convert to warrants to purchase common stock of the Company under
the same terms.

    The Company has determined the estimated fair market value of the warrants
issued in the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 to be $48,000, $80,000 and $2,507,000, respectively. The fair
value of the grants was estimated using the Black-Scholes model and was charged
to operating expenses and stock issuance costs in 1997 and 1998. The fair value
of the warrants for series C convertible preferred stock granted in 1999 is
charged to stock issue costs. The fair value of warrants for series D
convertible preferred stock granted in 1999 is being charged to sales and
marketing expense over the period of the related co-marketing agreement, which
expires in 2002, as follows: $194,000 for the remainder of 1999; $771,000 for
2000; $771,000 for 2001 and $729,000 for 2002.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 10 - WARRANTS (CONTINUED)

    The fair value of each warrant has been estimated on the date of grant using
the following assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     NINE MONTHS
                                                         YEARS ENDED                    ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    ----------------------      ----------------------
                                                      1997          1998          1998          1999
                                                    --------      --------      --------      --------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Risk-free interest rate...........................    6.12%         5.36%         5.61%         5.23%
Expected dividends................................      --            --            --            --
Volatility........................................      70%           70%           70%           70%
</TABLE>

NOTE 11 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    During 1996, 1997 and 1998, the Company leased office space from a company
in which an executive officer held an ownership interest. The rent paid under
this lease was $30,000, $78,000 and $23,000 for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

    During May 1999, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with
its Chief Executive Officer, whereby the Company agreed to loan the officer up
to $500,000. The full amount was loaned in August 1999. The note accrues
interest at 5.25% per annum and is due and payable on the earlier of the first
day of the month following the one-year anniversary of the closing of a firm
commitment underwritten public offering of the Company's common stock or within
90 days after the voluntary termination of the officer's employment or the
termination of the officer's employment for cause. The note is collateralized by
the officer's shares of stock and options to purchase shares of stock. At
September 30, 1999, $500,000 was outstanding under the note. If the Company
terminates the officer's employment without cause prior to March 29, 2000, 50%
of the loan will be forgiven. If the Company terminates the officer's employment
without cause after March 29, 2000 and prior to the first anniversary of the
closing of the Company's IPO, 75% of the loan will be forgiven.

    An investor who participated in the Company's Series D convertible preferred
stock offering is also an advertising customer of the Company. The Company had
accounts receivable and deferred revenue balances from this related party of
$62,500 at September 30, 1999 and granted to it and its affilate warrants to
purchase 326,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock.

NOTE 12 - UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE AND PRO FORMA
         STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

    Upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering, all outstanding
convertible preferred stock will be converted automatically into common stock.
The pro forma effect of this conversion has been presented as a separate column
in the Company's balance sheet, assuming the conversion had occurred as of
September 30, 1999.

    Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share have been computed as
described in Note 2 and also give effect to common equivalent shares from
preferred stock that will automatically convert upon the closing of the
Company's initial public offering (using the as-if-converted method) for 1998
and the nine months ended September 30, 1999.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 12 - UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE AND PRO FORMA
         STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

    The pro forma stockholders' equity also reflects the effect of the issuance
of 2,597,135 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock in November and
December 1999 for net proceeds of $35.0 million, and stock-based compensation of
$11.3 million from the issuance of warrants to purchase 1,262,596 shares of
common stock.

    A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of
pro forma basic and fully diluted net loss per common share follows (in
thousands, except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  NINE
                                                                  YEAR           MONTHS
                                                                  ENDED           ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1998            1999
                                                              -------------   -------------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Net loss attributable to common stockholders................     $(4,832)       $(19,134)
                                                                 =======        ========

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per
  common
  share.....................................................       1,383           1,487
Adjusted to reflect the effect of the assumed conversion of
  convertible preferred stock from the date of issuance:
  Series A convertible preferred stock......................       1,205           1,205
  Series B convertible preferred stock......................       1,536           1,935
  Series C convertible preferred stock......................          --           2,402
  Series D convertible preferred stock......................          --             154
                                                                 -------        --------

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma basic
  and diluted net loss per common share.....................       4,124           7,183
                                                                 =======        ========

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share.......     $ (1.17)       $  (2.66)
                                                                 =======        ========
</TABLE>

NOTE 13 - INCOME TAXES

    At September 30, 1999, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards
available to offset future regular and alternative minimum taxable income of
approximately $21,181,000 and $13,241,000 for federal and California purposes,
respectively. These carryforwards expire between 2005 and 2019, if not utilized
before these dates. At September 30, 1999, the Company had approximately $67,000
of federal and $52,000 of state research and development credit carryforwards
available to offset future taxable income, which expire in varying amounts
beginning in 2013 and indefinitely, respectively. Under the Tax Reform Act of
1986, the amounts of and benefits from net operating loss carryforwards may be
impaired or limited in certain circumstances. Events which cause limitations in
the amounts of net operating losses that the Company may utilize in any year
include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%
as defined, over a three-year period.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 13 - INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

    The Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                1997       1998          1999
                                                              --------   --------   --------------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets (current):
  Net operating losses......................................   $ 589     $ 2,079       $ 7,974
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................       1           3            19
  Accrued liabilities.......................................       5          11           185
  Research and development credit carryforwards.............      26          89           119
                                                               -----     -------       -------
    Deferred tax assets.....................................     621       2,182         8,297
Deferred tax liabilities (non-current):
  Depreciation..............................................      (2)        (14)          (74)
                                                               -----     -------       -------
    Deferred tax liabilities................................      (2)        (14)          (74)
                                                               -----     -------       -------

    Net deferred tax assets.................................     619       2,168         8,223
    Valuation allowance.....................................    (619)     (2,168)       (8,223)
                                                               -----     -------       -------

                                                               $  --     $    --       $    --
                                                               =====     =======       =======
</TABLE>

    Due to uncertainty surrounding the realization of favorable tax attributes
in future tax returns, the Company has placed a valuation allowance against all
of its net deferred tax assets. At such time as it is determined that it is more
likely than not that the deferred tax assets are realizable, the valuation
allowance will be reduced.

NOTE 14 - SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     NINE MONTHS
                                                                        YEARS ENDED                     ENDED
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              --------------------------------   -------------------
                                                                 1996        1997       1998       1998       1999
                                                              ----------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING
  ACTIVITIES:
  Conversion of convertible bridge notes into common
    stock...................................................  $      --      $65       $   --     $   --     $   --
  Issuance of preferred stock/common stock in exchange for
    services rendered.......................................  $      --      $11       $   --     $   --     $   37
  Issuance of options for services rendered.................  $      --      $--       $  100     $   --     $   --
  Issuance of warrant for services rendered.................  $      --      $--       $   --     $   --     $   42
  Unearned stock-based compensation relating to stock option
    grants..................................................  $      --      $--       $1,055     $  459     $8,055
  Unearned stock-based compensation relating to warrant
    grant...................................................  $      --      $--       $   --     $   --     $2,507
  Accretion of Series A mandatorily redeemable convertible
    preferred stock.........................................  $      --      $86       $  192     $  141     $   52
  Accretion of Series B mandatorily redeemable convertible
    preferred stock.........................................  $      --      $--       $  525     $  344     $  187
  Issuance of common stock in exchange for stockholder note
    receivable..............................................  $       4      $--       $   --     $   --     $   --
  Accrued interest converted to common stock................  $      --      $ 2       $   --     $   --     $   --
  Conversion of convertible notes into convertible preferred
    stock...................................................  $      --      $--       $  150     $  150     $   --
  Exchange of advertising services for advertising
    services................................................         --       --           --         --        215

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for interest..................  $      --      $14       $   15     $   12     $    5
  Cash paid during the period for taxes.....................  $      --      $ 1       $    1     $    1     $    1
</TABLE>

                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 15 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

ACQUISITION OF THE J.L. PRICE CORPORATION

    On November 1, 1999, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of
The J.L. Price Corporation, a regional contractor referral service, incorporated
in California. Acquisition costs consisted of (i) cash payments of $148,600,
(ii) a cash holdback of $100,000 held in escrow, and (iii) 48,592 common shares
of which 24,296 shares will be issued on November 1, 2000 and November 1, 2001
subject to continued employment of the selling stockholder. At September 30,
1999, $69,000 of the purchase price had been paid and is included in other
assets. The Company will account for this acquisition using the purchase method
of accounting.

OPTIONS GRANTED

    Subsequent to September 30, 1999, the Company granted 772,000 additional
options for common stock to employees with a weighted average exercise price of
$5.17 per share. The Company increased the number of shares available for grant
from 2.1 million to 2.7 million.

SERIES E CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

    On November 23, 1999, the Company issued 1,671,209 shares of series E
convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, for net proceeds of approximately
$22.4 million. The series E convertible preferred stock contains voting rights,
preferences, liquidation entitlements and privileges substantially identical to
the other series of preferred stock (See Note 8). In December 1999, the Company
issued an additional 925,926 shares of series E convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value, for net proceeds of approximately $12.5 million. The Company
also issued warrants to these strategic investors to purchase 420,000 shares of
common stock at $0.01 per share and 842,596 shares of common stock at $13.50 per
share. Warrants to purchase 245,000 shares expire on November 23, 2004 and
warrants to purchase 1,017,596 shares expire in December 2004. In connection
with these issuances, the Board of Directors approved the amendment of the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation increasing the number of common shares
authorized for issuance from 31,000,000 to 34,000,000.

    In connection with the issuances of series E convertible preferred stock,
the Company entered into advertising package agreements with these strategic
stockholders under which the Company will exchange advertising services with the
related parties. Four of these strategic stockholders were advertising customers
of the Company during the nine months ended September 30, 1999. One of these
strategic stockholders was also a vendor of the Company during 1998 and 1999.
The Company recognized the following amounts in advertising revenues, accounts
receivable and deferred revenue (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED    ---------------------
                                           SEPTEMBER 30, 1999     ACCOUNTS    DEFERRED
                                                REVENUES         RECEIVABLE   REVENUE
                                           -------------------   ----------   --------
<S>                                        <C>                   <C>          <C>
MASCO....................................          $91              $ 72        $ 20
Owens Corning............................           42                48           5
Armstrong................................           51                42          10
Microsoft................................           20                --          --
</TABLE>

    Included in the revenue from MASCO was barter revenue of $12,000 for which
the Company recorded an equal amount in sales and marketing expenses. All
revenues from Microsoft were barter revenues for which the Company recorded an
equal amount in sales and marketing expenses. The Company recorded advertising
expenses of 2,000 and $669,000 in the nine months ended September 30,

                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 15 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)

1998 and 1999, respectively, for advertising services purchased from Microsoft,
of which none and $301,000 was recorded in accrued liabilities at September 30,
1998 and 1999, respectively.

SALES AND MARKETING AGREEMENTS

    Subsequent to September 30, 1999 the Company entered into seven agreements
under which the Company will purchase sales and marketing services. Under the
terms of the agreements, the Company is obligated to make minimum future
payments as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
<S>                                                           <C>
1999........................................................  $ 1,085
2000........................................................    6,771
2001........................................................    5,374
2002........................................................    4,350
2003........................................................      356
Thereafter..................................................      352
                                                              -------
                                                              $18,288
                                                              =======
</TABLE>

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

    The Company's Board of Directors adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(the "Purchase Plan") on December 3, 1999 under which 300,000 shares have been
reserved for issuance. The Purchase Plan has been approved by the Company's
stockholders. The number of shares reserved under the Purchase Plan will
automatically increase on January 1 of each year by the lesser of an amount
equal to 1% of the total number of shares outstanding, or 300,000 shares. Under
the Purchase Plan, eligible employees may purchase common stock in an amount not
to exceed the lesser of $25,000 or 15% of their base compensation. The purchase
price per share will be 85% of the common stock fair value at the lower of
certain plan defined dates.

1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

    The Company's Board of Directors adopted the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the
"Incentive Plan") on December 3, 1999 under which 1,300,000 shares have been
reserved for issuance. The number of shares reserved under the Incentive Plan
will automatically increase on January 1 of each year by the lesser of 5% of the
total number of shares outstanding or 1,300,000 shares. The Incentive Plan,
which has five separate programs, allows non-employee board members, executive
officers and other highly compensated employees to purchase shares using a
portion of their salary or retainer fee. The Incentive Plan allows eligible
employees to be issued shares of common stock directly, upon the attainment of
performance milestones or the completion of services. The Incentive Plan also
allows automatic option grants at periodic intervals to eligible non-employee
board members to purchase shares of common stock.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

    On December 3, 1999 the Board of Directors approved the issuance and sale of
shares of the Company's common stock in an underwritten initial public offering.

                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Members of

Contractor Referral Service, LLC

    In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statements of
operations and members' deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Contractor Referral Service, LLC at
December 31, 1998 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
year ended December 31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.

    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the
financial statements, the Company has recently sold its revenue producing assets
and intangibles and may not be able to generate cash flows from operations which
raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.
Management's plans in regard to this matter are also described in Note 1. The
financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the
outcome of this uncertainty.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California

November 24, 1999

                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                        CONTRACTOR REFERRAL SERVICE, LLC

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                                  1998           1999
                                                              -------------   -----------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................     $     5        $     8
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $43 in 1998 and $58 in 1999.................          42             60
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................           2              4
                                                                 -------        -------
      Total current assets..................................          49             72
Property and equipment, net.................................           2              1
Other assets................................................           2              2
                                                                 -------        -------
      Total assets..........................................     $    53        $    75
                                                                 =======        =======
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..........................................     $    43        $    77
  Accrued liabilities.......................................           2              3
  Line of credit............................................           9              7
  Related party loans payable...............................          62             88
                                                                 -------        -------
      Total current liabilities.............................         116            175
                                                                 -------        -------
Commitments (Note 5)

MEMBERS' DEFICIT
  Shares issued and outstanding: 3,056,827 in 1998 and
    1999....................................................         (63)          (100)
      Total liabilities and members' deficit................     $    53        $    75
                                                                 =======        =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                        CONTRACTOR REFERRAL SERVICE, LLC

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

               (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              SIX MONTHS
                                                               YEAR ENDED        ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                                  1998           1999
                                                              -------------   -----------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Revenues....................................................     $  271         $  168
Cost of revenue.............................................         63             41
                                                                 ------         ------
Gross profit................................................        208            127
Costs and expenses:
  Sales and marketing.......................................        175             98
  General and administrative................................         65             46
                                                                 ------         ------
    Total operating expenses................................        240            144
                                                                 ------         ------
Loss from operations........................................        (32)           (17)
Interest and other income (expense).........................        (12)           (20)
                                                                 ------         ------
    Net loss................................................     $  (44)        $  (37)
                                                                 ======         ======
Basic and diluted net loss per share........................     $ (.01)        $ (.01)
                                                                 ======         ======

Shares used in calculating basic and diluted net loss per
  share.....................................................      3,048          3,057
                                                                 ======         ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                        CONTRACTOR REFERRAL SERVICE, LLC

                         STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS' DEFICIT

                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    SHARES
                                                              -------------------    TOTAL MEMBERS'
                                                               NUMBER     VALUE     CAPITAL (DEFICIT)
                                                              --------   --------   -----------------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Balances, January 1, 1998...................................   3,022      $ (26)           $ (26)
Issuance of shares to members...............................      35      $   7            $   7

Net loss....................................................      --        (44)             (44)
                                                               -----      -----            -----

Balances, December 31, 1998.................................   3,057        (63)             (63)

Net loss (unaudited)........................................      --        (37)             (37)
                                                               -----      -----            -----

Balances, June 30, 1999 (unaudited).........................   3,057      $(100)           $(100)
                                                               =====      =====            =====
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                        CONTRACTOR REFERRAL SERVICE, LLC

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SIX MONTHS
                                                        YEAR ENDED        ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                           1998           1999
                                                       -------------   -----------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss...........................................      $(44)          $(37)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
    in operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization..................        --              1
      Provision for doubtful accounts................        24             15
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable............................       (31)           (33)
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets......        (1)            (2)
      Accounts payable...............................        15             34
      Accrued liabilities............................        14              1
                                                           ----           ----
          Net cash used in operating activities......       (23)           (21)
                                                           ----           ----
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of property and equipment.................         4             --
                                                           ----           ----
          Net cash used in investing activities......         4             --
                                                           ----           ----
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Members' contributions.............................         7             --
  Borrowings under line of credit....................         9             --
  Principal payments under line of credit............        --             (2)
  Related party loans payable........................        --             26
                                                           ----           ----
          Net cash provided by financing
            activities...............................        16             24
                                                           ----           ----
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents........................................        (3)             3
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period.......         8              5
                                                           ----           ----
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.............      $  5           $  8
                                                           ====           ====
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                        CONTRACTOR REFERRAL SERVICE, LLC
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 IS UNAUDITED

NOTE 1 - GOING CONCERN:

    These financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, which
assumes that Contractor Referral Service, LLC ("CRS") will realize its assets
and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company
incurred an operating loss of $44,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998 and
$37,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1999 and reported a deficit on member
capital accounts at December 31, 1998 of $63,000 and $100,000 at June 30, 1999.
The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon
obtaining adequate sources of financing and developing new operations.

    On September 9, 1999, the assets and certain intangible assets of the
Company were acquired by ImproveNet, Inc. (Note 7). As required by the asset
purchase agreement, the Company will maintain its legal status and maintain
minimum levels of general liability insurance. Management anticipates that this
transaction will provide sufficient funding to discharge its liabilities.
Nevertheless, there are no assurances, they will be sufficient to meet its
obligations as they become due.

NOTE 2 - FORMATION AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY:

    Contractor Referral Service, LLC (the "Company") was formed as a Limited
Liability Company under the laws of the state of Illinois. The Company operates
a telephone contractor referral business under the name "1-800 Contractor."

NOTE 3 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

USE OF ESTIMATES

    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original
or remaining maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    The reported amounts of certain of the Company's financial instruments
including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and other accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to
their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the
Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of the lines of credit
approximate fair value.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

    Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated on a straight
line basis over their estimated useful lives of three to seven years. Major
additions and improvements are capitalized, while replacements, maintenance, and
repairs that do not improve or extend the life of the assets are charged to
operations. In the period assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the costs
and related

                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                        CONTRACTOR REFERRAL SERVICE, LLC
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 IS UNAUDITED
                                  (CONTINUED)

NOTE 3 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)

accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts, and any
gain or loss on disposal is included in results of operations.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

    Revenues are derived from contractor referral fees that are recognized once
the homeowner and contractor are matched by the Company. Payments received in
advance of providing services are deferred until the period such services are
provided. The Company establishes a sales reserve at the time of revenue
recognition based on the Company's historical experience.

ADVERTISING

    The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising
expense for the years ended December 31, 1998 and the six months ended June 30,
1999 was $91,000 and $48,000 (unaudited), respectively.

INCOME TAXES

    The Company is treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax
purposes. Consequently federal income taxes are not payable or provided for by
the Company. Members are taxed individually on their share of the Company's
earnings. The Company's net income or loss is allocated among the members in
accordance with the Company's articles of organization.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

    The Company's cash and cash equivalents are held with one major bank in the
United States. The Company's customers consist of contractors in southern
California. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers'
financial condition. The Company does not require collateral.

NOTE 4 - BANK LINE OF CREDIT:

    On January 22, 1997 the Company obtained a $25,000 line of credit from a
bank, bearing interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the
Bank's Reference Rate plus 5.75 percentage points (14.0% at December 31, 1998).

NOTE 5 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

OPERATING LEASE

    The Company leases a facility under an operating lease agreement expiring
April 2001. In March 1999, the Company entered into a two lease agreement for a
new office facility in Santa Ana, California. Total future minimum lease
payments totaled $54,000 at the date the agreement was signed. Under the terms
of the lease, the Company is required to pay $2,000 as a security deposit.

                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                        CONTRACTOR REFERRAL SERVICE, LLC
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 IS UNAUDITED
                                  (CONTINUED)

NOTE 5 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES: (CONTINUED)

    Future minimum lease payments under the operating leases as of December 31,
1998 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,:
<S>                                                           <C>
1999........................................................  $20
2000........................................................   27
2001........................................................    7
                                                              ---
                                                              $54
                                                              ===
</TABLE>

NOTE 6 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

    At December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999 the Company owed a total of $62,000
and $88,000 (unaudited), respectfully to the founders and directors. These
amounts represent loans to the Company which include interest of $12,000 that
has been compounded annually at a weighted average rate of 17%.

    At June 30, 1999 the Company owed a total of $88,000 to the founders and
directors. These amounts represent loans to the Company which include interest
of $31,000 that has been compounded annually at a weighted average rate of 40%.

NOTE 7 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

    On August 27, 1999, the Company entered into an agreement to sell
substantially all the assets and business of the Company to ImproveNet, Inc. The
acquisition was consummated on September 9, 1999, for total consideration of
$650,000 payable in cash. A holdback of $100,000 will be released in fiscal
2000.

                                      F-34
<PAGE>
               UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    On September 9, 1999, ImproveNet, Inc. (the "Company") acquired
substantially all of the assets and business of Contractor Referral Service, LLC
("CRS"), in exchange for total cash consideration of $650,000. The transaction
was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the results of CRS
were included in the results of the Company from September 9, 1999, the closing
date of the transaction.

    The following unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations for the
nine months ended September 30, 1999 and year ended December 31, 1998 give
effect to the acquisition by the Company of CRS as if it had occurred on
January 1, 1998. The statements have been derived from the statements of
operations of the Company for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 appearing elsewhere in the Prospectus and the
audited statement of operations of CRS for the year ended December 31, 1998 and
the unaudited statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30,
1999. The unaudited pro forma financial data are not necessarily indicative of
the results of operations of the Company had the transactions assumed therein
occurred, nor are they necessarily indicative of the results of operations which
may be expected to occur in the future. The unaudited Pro Forma Combined
Statements of Operations should be read in conjunction with the historical
financial statements and notes thereto of the Company and CRS included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.

                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET, INC.
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                               ----------------------
                                                               ACQUISITION
                                       IMPROVENET     CRS      ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                       ----------   --------   -----------   --------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>
Revenues:
  Service revenues...................   $   238      $  271       $  --      $   509
  Advertising revenues...............        20          --          --           20
                                        -------      ------       -----      -------
      Total revenues.................       258         271          --          529

Cost of Revenues:
  Cost of service revenues...........       767          63          --          830
  Cost of advertising revenues.......        49          --          --           49
                                        -------      ------       -----      -------
      Total cost of revenues.........       816          63          --          879
                                        -------      ------       -----      -------

        Gross profit (loss)..........      (558)        208          --         (350)

Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing................     1,669         175          --        1,844
  Product development................       504          --          --          504
  General and administrative.........     1,142          65          --        1,207
  Amortization of goodwill...........        --          --          82A          82
  Stock-based compensation...........       326          --          --          326
                                        -------      ------       -----      -------
      Total operating expenses.......     3,641         240          82        3,963
                                        -------      ------       -----      -------

Loss from operations.................    (4,199)        (32)        (82)      (4,313)
Interest and other income (expense),
  net................................        84         (12)         --           72
                                        -------      ------       -----      -------

Net loss.............................    (4,115)        (44)        (82)      (4,241)

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable
  convertible preferred stock........      (717)         --          --         (717)
                                        -------      ------       -----      -------

Net loss attributable to common
  stockholders.......................   $(4,832)     $  (44)      $ (82)     $(4,958)
                                        =======      ======       =====      =======

Basic and diluted net loss per
  share..............................   $ (3.49)                             $ (3.58)
                                        =======                              =======

Shares used in calculating basic and
  diluted net loss per share.........     1,383                                1,383
                                        =======                              =======
</TABLE>

     See accompanying notes to unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Operations
             for explanation of Pro Forma acquisition adjustments.

                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET INC.
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              IMPROVENET             CRS
                                             FOR THE NINE          FOR THE
                                                MONTHS           PERIOD FROM             PRO FORMA
                                                ENDED          JANUARY 1, 1999     ----------------------
                                            SEPTEMBER 30,            TO            ACQUISITION
                                                 1999        SEPTEMBER 30, 1999    ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                            --------------   -------------------   -----------   --------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>              <C>                   <C>           <C>
Revenues:
  Service revenues........................     $    719             $  215             $ --      $    934
  Advertising revenues....................          566                 --               --           566
                                               --------             ------             ----      --------
    Total revenues........................        1,285                215               --         1,500
Cost of revenues:
  Cost of service revenues................        1,091                 66               --         1,157
  Cost of advertising revenues............          307                 --               --           307
                                               --------             ------             ----      --------
    Total cost of revenues................        1,398                 66               --         1,464
                                               --------             ------             ----      --------
      Gross profit (loss).................         (113)               149               --            36
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing.....................       14,363                144               --        14,507
  Product development.....................          417                 --               --           417
  General and administrative..............        1,491                 84               --         1,575
  Amortization of goodwill................           --                 --               62(A)         62
  Stock-based compensation................        2,835                 --               --         2,835
                                               --------             ------             ----      --------
      Total operating expenses............       19,106                228               62        19,396
                                               --------             ------             ----      --------
Loss from operations......................      (19,219)               (79)             (62)      (19,360)
Interest and other income (expense),
  net.....................................          324                (41)              --           283
                                               --------             ------             ----      --------
Net loss..................................      (18,895)              (120)             (62)      (19,077)
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable
  preferred convertible stock.............         (239)                --               --          (239)
                                               --------             ------             ----      --------
Net loss attributable to common
  stockholders............................     $(19,134)            $ (120)            $(62)     $(19,316)
                                               ========             ======             ====      ========
Basic and diluted net loss per share......     $ (12.87)                                         $ (12.99)
                                               ========                                          ========
Shares used basic and diluted net loss per
  share:..................................        1,487                                             1,487
                                               ========                                          ========
</TABLE>

     See accompanying notes to unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Operations
             for explanation of Pro Forma acquisition adjustments.

                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                                IMPROVENET INC.
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

NOTE A - GOODWILL AMORTIZATION

    Reflects additional goodwill amortization expense related to the acquisition
of CRS. Goodwill is being amortized over a period of five years.

NOTE B - ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PRICE TO INTANGIBLE ASSETS

    The purchase price of CRS was allocated to tangible net assets and
identifiable intangible assets with the remaining unallocated purchase price
attributed to goodwill. The fair value of tangible assets approximated their
historical book value at September 9, 1999. The identifiable intangible assets
and goodwill, along with their estimated lives for amortization, are as follows
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FAIR
                                                          VALUE     LIFE (YEARS)
                                                         --------   -------------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
Licensing right........................................  $    125        1.2
Non-competition agreement..............................        50          2
Goodwill...............................................       411          5
</TABLE>

NOTE C - UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED NET LOSS PER SHARE

    Pro forma net loss reflects the impact of the adjustments above. Basic and
diluted net loss per common share (pro forma) is computed using ImproveNet's
weighted-average number of shares of common stock.

                                      F-38
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     [LOGO]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

    The following table sets forth all expenses payable by the Registrant in
connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All of the
amounts shown are estimates, except for the SEC registration fee, the NASD
filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market application fee.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AMOUNT TO BE PAID
                                                              -----------------
<S>                                                           <C>
SEC Registration Fee........................................     $   15,180
NASD Filing Fee.............................................          6,250
Nasdaq National Market Listing Application Fee..............          1,000
Blue Sky Qualification Fees and Expenses....................          5,000
Printing and Engraving Expenses.............................        200,000
Legal Fees and Expenses.....................................        400,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses................................        400,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees...........................         25,000
Miscellaneous...............................................        247,570
                                                                 ----------
Total.......................................................     $1,300,000
                                                                 ==========
</TABLE>

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

    Under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant
has broad powers to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities
they may incur in such capacities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

    The Registrant's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws include
provisions to (i) eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers
for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty to the
extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware
(the "Delaware Law") and (ii) require the Registrant to indemnify its directors
and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware Law,
including circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary.
Pursuant to Section 145 of the Delaware Law, a corporation generally has the
power to indemnify its present and former directors, officers, employees and
agents against expenses incurred by them in connection with any suit to which
they are or are threatened to be made, a party by reason of their serving in
such positions so long as they acted in good faith and in a manner they
reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the
corporation and, with respect to any criminal action, they had no reasonable
cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. The Registrant believes that these
provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors
and officers. These provisions do not eliminate the directors' duty of care,
and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or
other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware Law. In
addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of
the director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant, for acts or omissions not in
good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law,
for acts or omissions that the director believes to be contrary to the best
interests of the Registrant or its stockholders, for any transaction from which
the director derived an improper personal benefit, for acts or omissions
involving a reckless disregard for the director's duty to the Registrant or its
stockholders when the director was aware or should have been aware of a risk of
serious injury to the Registrant or its stockholders, for acts or omissions that
constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention that amounts to an abdication of
the director's duty to the Registrant or its stockholders, for improper
transactions between the director and the Registrant and for improper

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
distributions to stockholders and loans to directors and officers. The provision
also does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other law, such as
the federal securities law or state or federal environmental laws.

    The Registrant intends to enter into indemnity agreements with each of its
directors and officers that require the Registrant to indemnify such persons
against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred
(including expenses of a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding,
whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by
reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or an officer of the
Registrant or any of its affiliated enterprises, provided that such person acted
in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and, with respect to any
criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that
will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder.

    At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a
director or officer of the Registrant as to which indemnification is being
sought nor is the Registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result
in claims for indemnification by any officer or director.

    The Registrant has an insurance policy covering the officers and directors
of the Registrant with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities
arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

    Since the Registrant's inception on January 4, 1996, the Company has issued
and sold the following unregistered securities:

    (1) In January 1996, the Company issued 420,000 shares of its common stock
       at a purchase price of $0.01 per share pursuant to a founders stock
       agreements by and between the Company and three investors.

    (2) In June 1997, the Company issued 133,604 shares of its common stock at a
       purchase price of $0.50 per share pursuant to convertible promissory
       notes by and between the Company and five investors.

    (3) From March 1996 through June 1997, the Company issued 707,835 shares of
       its common stock at an aggregate purchase price of $398,458.75 pursuant
       to subscription agreements by and between the Company and twenty-one
       investors.

    (4) In June 1997, the Company issued 112,600 shares of its common stock in
       consideration of $11,260 in consulting services rendered pursuant to a
       consulting agreement by and between the Company and two investors.

    (5) From inception through December 14, 1999, the Company granted options to
        purchase 3,373,985 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise
        price of $1.70 per share to employees, consultants, directors and other
        service providers pursuant to its 1996 Stock Option Plan and issued an
        aggregate of 379,994 shares of its common stock at a weighted average
        exercise price of $0.31 per share to employees, consultants, directors
        and other service providers pursuant to exercises of options granted
        under the 1996 Stock Option Plan.

    (6) From June 1997 to July 1997, the Company issued 1,207,000 shares of its
        series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share and
        warrants to purchase 94,400 shares of series A preferred stock to nine
        investors. The warrants have a per share exercise price of $1.00 per
        share.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
    (7) In March 1998, the Company issued 1,934,526 shares of its series B
        preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.52 per share and warrants to
        purchase 47,009 shares of series B preferred stock to eight investors.
        The warrants have a per share exercise price of $2.52 per share.

    (8) In June 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase 10,000 shares of
        common stock to two investors. The warrants have an exercise price of
        $1.00 per share.

    (9) In March 1999, the Company issued 3,543,190 shares of its series C
        preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.53 per share to thirty-eight
        investors and warrants to purchase 47,167 shares of series C preferred
        stock to a consultant. The warrants have an exercise price of $6.53 per
        share.

   (10) In September 1999, the Company issued 5,666 shares of series C preferred
        stock to a consultant for services performed. The Company imparted a
        value for the services of $36,942.32.

   (11) In September 1999, the Company issued 2,100,843 shares of its series D
        preferred stock at a purchase price of $7.70 per share and warrants to
        purchase 326,000 shares of series D preferred stock to 16 investors. The
        warrants have a per share exercise price of $0.01 per share.

   (12) In November and December 1999, the Company issued 2,597,135 shares of
        its series E preferred stock at a purchase price of $13.50 per share to
        sixteen investors, warrants to purchase 842,596 shares of common stock
        to two investors at a per share exercise price of $13.50 and warrants to
        purchase 420,000 shares of common stock to six investors at a per share
        exercise price of $0.01.

   (13) In November, 1999, the Company became obligated to issue 24,296 shares
        of common stock on each of November 1, 2000 and November 1, 2001 in
        consideration of, among other things, all of the outstanding stock of
        The J.L. Price Corporation, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement by
        and between the Company, The J.L. Price Corporation and James L. Price.

    The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or
Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b)
of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public
offering or transactions pursuant to, benefit plans and contracts relating to
compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each of
these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for
investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any
distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the share
certificates issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access,
through their relationships with us, to information about ImproveNet.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

(a) Exhibits.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       EXHIBIT
       NUMBER           DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- ---------------------   -----------------------
<C>                     <S>
        1.1*            Form of Underwriting Agreement.

        2.1**           Stock Purchase Agreement by and between the Registrant and
                          The J.L. Price Corporation.

        2.2**           Asset Purchase Agreement by and between the Registrant and
                          Contractor Referral Service, LLC.

        3.1**           Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of
                          Incorporation of the Registrant.

        3.2**           Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of
                          Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed on the closing
                          of the offering made hereby.

        3.3**           Bylaws of the Registrant.

        3.4             Bylaws of the Registrant to be filed on the closing of the
                          offering made hereby.

        4.1**           Form of Warrant to Purchase an aggregate of 420,000 shares
                          of common stock.

        4.2**           Form of Warrant to Purchase an aggregate of 10,000 shares of
                          common stock.

        4.3**           Form of Warrant to Purchase an aggregate of 842,596 shares
                          of common stock.

        4.4**           Form of Warrant to Purchase an aggregate of 96,400 shares of
                          Series A preferred stock.

        4.5**           Form of Warrant to Purchase an aggregate of 47,009 shares of
                          Series B preferred stock.

        4.6**           Form of Warrant to purchase 47,167 shares of Series C
                          preferred stock.

        4.7**           Form of Warrant to purchase an aggregate of 326,000 shares
                          of Series D preferred stock.

        4.8**           Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement by and
                          between the Registrant and certain investors of the
                          Registrant dated November 23, 1999.

        5.1*            Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.

       10.1**           Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan.

       10.2**           Form of 1999 Equity Incentive Plan.

       10.3**           Form of 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

       10.4**           Commercial Office Lease by and between Florcor I Limited
                          Partnership and the Registrant.

       10.5**           Commercial Office Lease by and between Chestnut Bay LLC and
                          the Registrant.

       10.6**           Employment agreement by and between the Registrant and
                          Ronald Cooper.

       10.7**           Series A Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by
                          and between the Registrant and certain investors of the
                          Registrant dated June 30, 1997.

       10.8**           Series B Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by
                          and between the Registrant and certain investors of the
                          Registrant dated March 17, 1998.

       10.9**           Series C Preferred Stock Agreement by and between the
                          Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant dated
                          March 29, 1999.

       10.10**          Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and between
                          the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant
                          dated September 10, 1999.

       10.11**          First Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and
                          between the Registrant and certain investors of the
                          Registrant dated November 23, 1999.
</TABLE>


                                      II-4
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       EXHIBIT
       NUMBER           DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- ---------------------   -----------------------
<C>                     <S>
       10.12**          Second Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and
                          between the Registrant and certain investors of the
                          Registrant dated November 23, 1999.

       10.13**          Form of Warrant Purchase Agreement by and between the
                          Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant dated
                          December 7, 1999.

       10.14**          Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement by and between
                          the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant
                          dated November 23, 1999.

       10.15**          Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant
                          and each of its directors and executive officers.

       10.16+           Internet-based Service Agreement between the Registrant and
                          Owens Corning dated October 1, 1999.

       10.17+           Collaboration Agreement between the Registrant and E.I. du
                          Pont de Nemours and Company dated December 3, 1999.

       10.18+           Internet Development, Marketing and Distribution Agreement
                          between the Registrant and General Electric Appliances
                          dated September 10, 1999.

       10.19+           Relationship Agreement between the Registrant and Microsoft
                          HomeAdvisor dated December 7, 1999.

       10.20+           Agreement between the Registrant and CompleteHome
                          Operations, Inc. dated December 13, 1999.

       23.1             Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

       23.2*            Consent of Cooley Godward LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit
                          5.1.

       24.1**           Power of Attorney.

       27.1**           Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>


- ------------------------


+  Confidential treatment requested with respect to certain portions of this
    exhibit. Omitted portions will be filed separately with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission.


*   To be filed by amendment.


**  Previously Filed


ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
    of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
    of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
    (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
    prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES


    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Redwood City, County of
San Mateo, State of California, on January 13, 2000.



<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       By:             /s/ RICHARD G. REECE
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                         Richard G. Reece
                                                                    SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND
                                                                     CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
</TABLE>



    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                   TITLE                   DATE
                      ---------                                   -----                   ----
<C>                                                    <S>                          <C>
                                                       President, Chief Executive
                          *                              Officer and Director
     -------------------------------------------         (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE       January 13, 2000
                  Ronald B. Cooper                       OFFICER)

                                                       Senior Vice President and
                /s/ RICHARD G. REECE                     Chief Financial Officer
     -------------------------------------------         (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND   January 13, 2000
                  Richard G. Reece                       ACCOUNTING OFFICER)

                          *
     -------------------------------------------       Chairman of the Board of     January 13, 2000
                  Robert L. Stevens                      Directors

                          *
     -------------------------------------------       Director                     January 13, 2000
                    Andrew Anker

     -------------------------------------------       Director                              , 2000
                   Domenico Cecere

                          *
     -------------------------------------------       Director                     January 13, 2000
                    Stuart Gannes

                          *
     -------------------------------------------       Director                     January 13, 2000
                     Brian Graff
</TABLE>


                                      II-7
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                   TITLE                   DATE
                      ---------                                   -----                   ----
<C>                                                    <S>                          <C>
                          *
     -------------------------------------------       Director                     January 13, 2000
                   Garrett Gruener

                          *
     -------------------------------------------       Director                     January 13, 2000
                     Alex Knight

                */s/ RICHARD G. REECE
     -------------------------------------------
                  Richard G. Reece
                  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>


                                      II-8
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       EXHIBIT
       NUMBER           DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- ---------------------   -----------------------
<C>                     <S>
        1.1*            Form of Underwriting Agreement.

        2.1**           Stock Purchase Agreement by and between the Registrant and
                          The J.L. Price Corporation.

        2.2**           Asset Purchase Agreement by and between the Registrant and
                          Contractor Referral Service, LLC.

        3.1**           Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of
                          Incorporation of the Registrant.

        3.2**           Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of
                          Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed on the closing
                          of the offering made hereby.

        3.3**           Bylaws of the Registrant.

        3.4             Bylaws of the Registrant to be filed on the closing of the
                          offering made hereby.

        4.1**           Form of Warrant to Purchase an aggregate of 420,000 shares
                          of common stock.

        4.2**           Form of Warrant to Purchase an aggregate of 10,000 shares of
                          common stock.

        4.3**           Form of Warrant to Purchase an aggregate of 842,596 shares
                          of common stock.

        4.4**           Form of Warrant to Purchase an aggregate of 96,400 shares of
                          Series A preferred stock.

        4.5**           Form of Warrant to Purchase an aggregate of 47,009 shares of
                          Series B preferred stock.

        4.6**           Form of Warrant to purchase 47,167 shares of Series C
                          preferred stock.

        4.7**           Form of Warrant to purchase an aggregate of 326,000 shares
                          of Series D preferred stock.

        4.8**           Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement by and
                          between the Registrant and certain investors of the
                          Registrant dated November 23, 1999.

        5.1*            Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.

       10.1**           Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan.

       10.2**           Form of 1999 Equity Incentive Plan.

       10.3**           Form of 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

       10.4**           Commercial Office Lease by and between Florcor I Limited
                          Partnership and the Registrant.

       10.5**           Commercial Office Lease by and between Chestnut Bay LLC and
                          the Registrant.

       10.6**           Employment agreement by and between the Registrant and
                          Ronald Cooper.

       10.7**           Series A Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by
                          and between the Registrant and certain investors of the
                          Registrant dated June 30, 1997.

       10.8**           Series B Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by
                          and between the Registrant and certain investors of the
                          Registrant dated March 17, 1998.

       10.9**           Series C Preferred Stock Agreement by and between the
                          Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant dated
                          March 29, 1999.

       10.10**          Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and between
                          the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant
                          dated September 10, 1999.

       10.11**          First Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and
                          between the Registrant and certain investors of the
                          Registrant dated November 23, 1999.

       10.12**          Second Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and
                          between the Registrant and certain investors of the
                          Registrant dated November 23, 1999.

       10.13**          Form of Warrant Purchase Agreement by and between the
                          Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant dated
                          December 7, 1999.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       EXHIBIT
       NUMBER           DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- ---------------------   -----------------------
<C>                     <S>
       10.14**          Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement by and between
                          the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant
                          dated November 23, 1999.

       10.15**          Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant
                          and each of its directors and executive officers.

       10.16+           Internet-based Service Agreement between the Registrant and
                          Owens Corning dated October 1, 1999.

       10.17+           Collaboration Agreement between the Registrant and E.I. du
                          Pont de Nemours and Company dated December 3, 1999.

       10.18+           Internet Development, Marketing and Distribution Agreement
                          between the Registrant and General Electric Appliances
                          dated September 10, 1999.

       10.19+           Relationship Agreement between the Registrant and Microsoft
                          HomeAdvisor dated December 7, 1999.

       10.20+           Agreement between the Registrant and CompleteHome
                          Operations, Inc. dated December 13, 1999.

       23.1             Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

       23.2*            Consent of Cooley Godward LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit
                          5.1.

       24.1**           Power of Attorney.

       27.1**           Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>


- ------------------------


+  Confidential treatment requested with respect to certain portions of this
    exhibit. Omitted portions will be filed separately with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission.


*   To be filed by amendment.


**  Previously Filed


<PAGE>

                                     BYLAWS



                                       OF



                                IMPROVENET, INC.

                            (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

                          AS AMENDED ON MARCH 26, 1999
                   AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON DECEMBER 3, 1999


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
ARTICLE I             OFFICES.....................................................................................1

         Section 1.        Registered Office......................................................................1

         Section 2.        Other Offices..........................................................................1

ARTICLE II            CORPORATE SEAL..............................................................................1

         Section 3.        Corporate Seal.........................................................................1

ARTICLE III           STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS......................................................................1

         Section 4.        Place of Meetings......................................................................1

         Section 5.        Annual Meeting.........................................................................2

         Section 6.        Special Meetings.......................................................................3

         Section 7.        Notice of Meetings.....................................................................4

         Section 8.        Quorum.................................................................................4

         Section 9.        Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings...........................................4

         Section 10.       Voting Rights..........................................................................4

         Section 11.       Joint Owners of Stock..................................................................5

         Section 12.       List of Stockholders...................................................................5

         Section 13.       Organization...........................................................................6

ARTICLE IV            DIRECTORS...................................................................................6

         Section 14.       Number and Term of Office..............................................................6

         Section 15.       Powers.................................................................................7

         Section 16.       Classes Of Directors...................................................................7

         Section 17.       Term of Directors......................................................................7

         Section 18.       Vacancies..............................................................................8

         Section 19.       Resignation............................................................................8

         Section 20.       Removal................................................................................8

         Section 21.       ........................................................................................

                  (a)      Annual Meetings........................................................................9

                  (b)      Regular Meetings.......................................................................9

                  (c)      Special Meetings.......................................................................9

                  (d)      Telephone Meetings.....................................................................9

                  (e)      Notice of Meetings.....................................................................9

                                                          i.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
                  (f)      Waiver of Notice......................................................................10

         Section 22.       Quorum and Voting.....................................................................10

         Section 23.       Action Without Meeting................................................................10

         Section 24.       Fees and Compensation.................................................................10

         Section 25.       Committees............................................................................10

                  (a)      Executive Committee...................................................................10

                  (b)      Other Committees......................................................................11

                  (c)      Term..................................................................................11

                  (d)      Meetings..............................................................................11

         Section 26.       Organization..........................................................................11

ARTICLE V             OFFICERS...................................................................................12

         Section 27.       Officers Designated...................................................................12

         Section 28.       Tenure and Duties of Officers.........................................................12

                  (a)      General...............................................................................12

                  (b)      Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors..........................................12

                  (c)      Duties of President...................................................................12

                  (d)      Duties of Vice Presidents.............................................................12

                  (e)      Duties of Secretary...................................................................12

                  (f)      Duties of Chief Financial Officer.....................................................13

         Section 29.       Delegation of Authority...............................................................13

         Section 30.       Resignations..........................................................................13

         Section 31.       Removal...............................................................................13

ARTICLE VI            EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE
                      CORPORATION................................................................................13

         Section 32.       Execution of Corporate Instruments....................................................13

         Section 33.       Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation.........................................14

ARTICLE VII           SHARES OF STOCK............................................................................14

         Section 34.       Form and Execution of Certificates....................................................14

         Section 35.       Lost Certificates.....................................................................15

         Section 36.       Transfers.............................................................................15

                                              ii.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
         Section 37.       Fixing Record Dates...................................................................15

         Section 38.       Registered Stockholders...............................................................16

ARTICLE VIII          OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION........................................................16

         Section 39.       Execution of Other Securities.........................................................16

ARTICLE IX            DIVIDENDS..................................................................................17

         Section 40.       Declaration of Dividends..............................................................17

         Section 41.       Dividend Reserve......................................................................17

ARTICLE X             FISCAL YEAR................................................................................17

         Section 42.       Fiscal Year...........................................................................17

ARTICLE XI            INDEMNIFICATION............................................................................17

         Section 43.       Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees
                           and Other Agents......................................................................17

                  (a)      Directors and Executive Officers......................................................17

                  (b)      Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents............................................18

                  (c)      Expenses..............................................................................18

                  (d)      Enforcement...........................................................................18

                  (e)      Non-Exclusivity of Rights.............................................................19

                  (f)      Survival of Rights....................................................................19

                  (g)      Insurance.............................................................................19

                  (h)      Amendments............................................................................19

                  (i)      Saving Clause.........................................................................19

                  (j)      Certain Definitions...................................................................19

ARTICLE XII           NOTICES....................................................................................20

         Section 44.       Notices...............................................................................20

                  (a)      Notice to Stockholders................................................................20

                  (b)      Notice to Directors...................................................................20

                  (c)      Affidavit of Mailing..................................................................20

                  (d)      Time Notices Deemed Given.............................................................21

                  (e)      Methods of Notice.....................................................................21

                  (f)      Failure to Receive Notice.............................................................21

                                             iii.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
                  (g)      Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful..................................21

                  (h)      Notice to Person with Undeliverable Address...........................................21

ARTICLE XIII          AMENDMENTS.................................................................................21

         Section 45.       Amendments............................................................................21

ARTICLE XIV           MISCELLANEOUS..............................................................................24

         Section 46.       Annual Report.........................................................................24
</TABLE>
                                            iv.

<PAGE>


                                     BYLAWS



                                       OF



                                IMPROVENET, INC.

                            (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)



                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES

         SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the
corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of
Kent. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 131)

         SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation shall also have and
maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be
fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other
places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation
may require. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 122(8))

                                   ARTICLE II

                                 CORPORATE SEAL

         SECTION 3. CORPORATE SEAL. If the Board of Directors adopts a
corporate seal, such corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name
of the corporation and the inscription, "Corporate Seal-Delaware." Said seal
may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed
or reproduced or otherwise. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 122(3))

                                   ARTICLE III

                             STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

         SECTION 4. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the stockholders of the
corporation shall be held at such place, either within or without the State
of Delaware, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of
Directors, or, if not so designated, then at the principal office of the
corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof. (Del.
Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 211(a))

                                   1

<PAGE>

         SECTION 5.        ANNUAL MEETING.

                  (a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the
corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other
business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at
such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
(Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 211(b))

                  (b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such
business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the
meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be:
(A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by
or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought
before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C)
otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business
to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the
stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary
of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to
or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation
not later than the close of business on the sixtieth (60th) day nor earlier
than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the first
anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date
of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the
date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, notice
by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the
close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting
and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th)
day prior to such annual meeting or, in the event public announcement of the
date of such annual meeting is first made by the corporation fewer than
seventy (70) days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the close of
business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public
announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the corporation. A
stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the
stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief
description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting
and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the
name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of the
stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of
the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any
material interest of the stockholder in such business and (v) any other
information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"1934 Act"), in his capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect
to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a
stockholders' meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the
regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Notwithstanding anything in these
Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting
except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (b). The
chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and
declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the
meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b), and, if
he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such
business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
(Del. Code Ann., tit. 8: Section 211(b))

                  (c) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this paragraph (c) shall be eligible for election as
directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of
the corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the corporation
entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies
with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (c). Such nominations,
other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall
be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the
corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of

                                    2

<PAGE>

this Section 5. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each
person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or
re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence
address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such
person, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are
beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements or
understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person
or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations
are to be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other information relating to
such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for
election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation such person's
written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee
and to serving as a director if elected); and (ii) as to such stockholder
giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph
(b) of this Section 5. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person
nominated by a stockholder for election as a director shall furnish to the
Secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the
stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person
shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless
nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (c).
The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and
declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the
procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if he should so determine, he
shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be
disregarded.

                  (d) For purposes of this Section 5, "public announcement"
shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News
Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a
document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

         SECTION 6.        SPECIAL MEETINGS.

                  (a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation
may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board
of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of
Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number
of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in
previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is
presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) and shall be held at such
place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. At
any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the
California General Corporation Law ("CGCL"), stockholders holding fifty
percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a
special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(c) herein.

                  (b) If a special meeting is called by any person or persons
other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing,
specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and
shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or
other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the
Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may
be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such
notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such
special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more
than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the
request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer
receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders
entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these
Bylaws. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt
of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may set the time
and place of the meeting and give the notice. Nothing contained in this
paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting,

                                     3

<PAGE>

fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action
of the Board of Directors may be held.

         SECTION 7. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as otherwise provided by law
or the Certificate of Incorporation, written notice of each meeting of
stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60)
days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting, such notice to specify the place, date and hour and purpose or
purposes of the meeting. Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting
of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to
notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by
any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person or by proxy, except when
the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice
of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all
respects as if due notice thereof had been given. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8,
Sections 222, 229)

         SECTION 8. QUORUM. At all meetings of stockholders, except where
otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by
these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy duly authorized, of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of
a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time,
either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority
of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted
at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened
meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business
until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to
leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all action taken by the holders
of a majority of the vote cast, including abstentions, at any meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be valid and binding upon the corporation;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, except as set forth in Section 17 herein, directors
shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person
or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election
of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is
required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding
shares of such class or classes or series, present in person or represented
by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to
that vote on that matter and, except where otherwise provided by statute or
by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of
the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the
votes cast, including abstentions, by the holders of shares of such class or
classes or series shall be the act of such class or classes or series. (Del.
Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 216)

         SECTION 9. ADJOURNMENT AND NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETINGS. Any meeting
of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to
time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of
the shares casting votes, excluding abstentions. When a meeting is adjourned
to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting
if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the
adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact
any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the
adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a
new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the
meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 222(c))

         SECTION 10. VOTING RIGHTS. For the purpose of determining those
stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as
otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the
stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section
12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders.
Every person entitled to vote or

                                      4

<PAGE>

execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person or by an
agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware
law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted
after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for
a longer period. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Sections 211(e), 212(b))

         SECTION 11. JOINT OWNERS OF STOCK. If shares or other securities
having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons,
whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in
common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons
have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the
Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a
copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship
wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the
following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more
than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more
than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter,
each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply
to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the Delaware
General Corporation Law, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the
Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a
majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority
or even-split in interest. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 217(b))

         SECTION 12. LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. The Secretary shall prepare and
make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete
list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of
shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to
the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior
to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be
held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall be
produced and kept at the time and place of meeting during the whole time
thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. (Del. Code
Ann., tit. 8, Section 219(a))

         SECTION 13.       ORGANIZATION.

                  (a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent,
the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting
chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote,
present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in
his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall
act as secretary of the meeting.

                  (b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be
entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of
stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject
to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman
of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules,
regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of
such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper
conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda
or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining
order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on
participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation
and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as
the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the
time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to
questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and
closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by
ballot. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of

                                 5

<PAGE>

Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not
be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    DIRECTORS

         SECTION 14.       NUMBER AND TERM OF OFFICE.

                  The exact number of directors shall be set from time to
time (a) by the approval of the Board of Directors, or (b) by the affirmative
vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held
meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also
constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) or by the written
consent of shareholders pursuant to Section 13 herein above.

Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of
Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at
an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a
special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner
provided in these Bylaws. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Sections 141(b), 211(b), (c))

         SECTION 15. POWERS. The powers of the corporation shall be
exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of
Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the
Certificate of Incorporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 141(a))

         SECTION 16. CLASSES OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any
series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified
circumstances, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the
directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class
II, and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in
accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of
Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing
of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors
shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three
years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing of
the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors
shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three
years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of
the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors
shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of
three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors
shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of
the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each
director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or
until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of
directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any
incumbent director.

         SECTION 17.       TERM OF DIRECTORS.

                                       6

<PAGE>

                  (a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances,
directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term
of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected
and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the
number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the
term of any incumbent director.

                  (b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors
may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of
such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL.

                           (i) During such time or times that the corporation
is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL:

                           (ii) Every stockholder entitled to vote at an
election for directors may cumulate such stockholder's votes and give one
candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected
multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder's shares are
otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholders votes on the same
principal among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No
stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder's
votes unless (a) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed
in nomination prior to the voting and (b) the stockholder has given notice at
the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder's intention to cumulate
such stockholder's votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice, all
stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been
properly placed in nomination. The candidates receiving the highest number of
votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

         SECTION 18.       VACANCIES.

                  (a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death,
resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created
directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall,
unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such
vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be
filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in
office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any
director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office
for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was
created or occurred and until such director's successor shall have been
elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to
exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of
any director. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 223(a), (b)).

                  (b) If at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly
created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than
a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such
increase), the Delaware Court of Chancery may, upon application of any
stockholder holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the
shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors,
summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly
created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors
then in offices as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by Section 211
of the Delaware General Corporation Law (Del. Code Ann. tit. 8,
Section 223(c)).

                  (c) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to
Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy by the
directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall
constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

                                     7

<PAGE>

                           (i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five
percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding
having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of
stockholders; or

                           (ii) the Superior Court of the proper county
shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order
a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board,
all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any
director shall terminate upon that election of a successor (CGCL
Section 305(c)).

         SECTION 19. RESIGNATION. Any director may resign at any time by
delivering his written resignation to the Secretary, such resignation to
specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by
the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such
specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of
Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in
office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such
vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation
or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall
hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place
shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and
qualified. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Sections 141(b), 223(d))

         SECTION 20.       REMOVAL.

                  (a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law
(and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL),
the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time
(i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
voting power of all then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the
corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors or (ii) without
cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the voting
power of all then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation,
entitled to vote at an election of directors.

                  (b) During such time or times that the corporation is
subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any
individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the
entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes
cast against such director's removal, or not consenting in writing to such
removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at
an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such
action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted)
and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director's
most recent election were then being elected

         SECTION 21.

                  (a) ANNUAL MEETINGS. The annual meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be held immediately before or after the annual meeting of
stockholders and at the place where such meeting is held. No notice of an
annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be necessary and such meeting
shall be held for the purpose of electing officers and transacting such other
business as

                  (b) REGULAR MEETINGS. Except as hereinafter otherwise
provided, regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held in the
office of the corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2
hereof. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation,
regular meetings of

                                    8

<PAGE>

the Board of Directors may also be held at any place within or without the
State of Delaware which has been designated by resolution of the Board of
Directors or the written consent of all directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8,
Section 141(g))

                  (c) SPECIAL MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may
be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware
whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two (2) of
the directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 141(g))

                  (d) TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Any member of the Board of
Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means
of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and
participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person
at such meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 141(i))

                  (e) NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice of the time and place of all
special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by
telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology
designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex,
or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business
hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the
meeting, or sent in writing to each director by first class mail, postage
prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of
any meeting may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting
and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the
director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section
229)

                  (f) WAIVER OF NOTICE. The transaction of all business at
any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however
called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a
meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and
if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present
shall sign a written waiver of notice. All such waivers shall be filed with
the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. (Del.
Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 229)

         SECTION 22.       QUORUM AND VOTING.

                  (a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a
greater number and except with respect to indemnification questions arising
under Section 43 hereof, for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact
number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of
Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed
from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the
Certificate of Incorporation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, at any meeting, whether a
quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may
adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting
of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the
meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 141(b))

                  (b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a
quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different
vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.
(Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 141(b))

                                   9

<PAGE>

         SECTION 23. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by
the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board
of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing,
and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the
Board of Directors or committee. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 141(f))

         SECTION 24. FEES AND COMPENSATION. Directors shall be entitled to
such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of
Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of
Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at
each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting
of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be
construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other
capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving
compensation therefor. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 141(h))

         SECTION 25.       COMMITTEES.

                  (a) EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors may appoint
an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of
Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and
provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may
exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the
management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize
the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it;
but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i)
approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or
matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be
submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or
repealing any bylaw of the corporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section
141(c))

                  (b) OTHER COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, from time
to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other
committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or
more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform
such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating
such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers
denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8,
Section 141(c))

                  (c) TERM. Each member of a committee of the Board of
Directors shall serve a term on the committee coexistent with such member's
term on the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, subject to the
provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase
or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence
of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the
date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the
Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason
remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill
any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in
the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate
one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace
any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in
addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee,
the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified
from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously
appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the
place of any such absent or disqualified member. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8,
Section 141(c))

                                    10

<PAGE>

                  (d) MEETINGS. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise
provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee
appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places
as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and
when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no
further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special
meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been
determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any
director who is a member of such committee, upon written notice to the
members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given
in the manner provided for the giving of written notice to members of the
Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of
Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in
writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any
director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special
meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not
lawfully called or convened. A majority of the authorized number of members
of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which
a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. (Del. Code Ann., tit.
8, Sections 141(c), 229)

         SECTION 26. ORGANIZATION. At every meeting of the directors, the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed
or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior
Vice President, or, in the absence of any such officer, a chairman of the
meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the
meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to
do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS

         SECTION 27. OFFICERS DESIGNATED. The officers of the corporation
shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman
of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or
more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual
organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may
also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers,
Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and
duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such
additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem
appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation
at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries
and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by
or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit.
8, Sections 122(5), 142(a), (b))

         SECTION 28.       TENURE AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

                  (a) GENERAL. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure
of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly
elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board
of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the
vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8,
Section 141(b), (e))

                                   11

<PAGE>

                  (b) DUTIES OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The
Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all
meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the
Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office
and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no
President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as
the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and
duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28. (Del. Code Ann., tit.
8, Section 142(a))

                  (c) DUTIES OF PRESIDENT. The President shall preside at all
meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors,
unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is
present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer
of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the
corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have
general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of
the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident
to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other
powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. (Del.
Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 142(a))

                  (d) DUTIES OF VICE PRESIDENTS. The Vice Presidents may
assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability
of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice
Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and
shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board
of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code
Ann., tit. 8, Section 142(a))

                  (e) DUTIES OF SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all
meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record
all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The
Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings
of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any
committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other
duties given him in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to his
office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as
the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may
direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the
Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant
Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and
shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board
of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code
Ann., tit. 8, Section 142(a))

                  (f) DUTIES OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Chief Financial
Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the
corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of
the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as
required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial
Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the
custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial
Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall
also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of
Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President
may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any
Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial
Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each
Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant
Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and
shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board
of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code
Ann., tit. 8, Section 142(a))

                                      12

<PAGE>

         SECTION 29. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY. The Board of Directors may from
time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other
officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

         SECTION 30. RESIGNATIONS. Any officer may resign at any time by
giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the
Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the
person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is
specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at
such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of
any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any
resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the
corporation under any contract with the resigning officer. (Del. Code Ann.,
tit. 8, Section 142(b))

         SECTION 31. REMOVAL. Any officer may be removed from office at any
time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of
the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers
upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of
Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING
                     OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

         SECTION 32. EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS. The Board of
Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the
signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on
behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on
behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter
into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided
by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon
the corporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Sections 103(a), 142(a), 158)

         Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors
or otherwise required by law, promissory notes, deeds of trust, mortgages and
other evidences of indebtedness of the corporation, and other corporate
instruments or documents requiring the corporate seal, and certificates of
shares of stock of the corporation, shall be executed, signed or endorsed by
the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice
President, and by the Secretary or Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or
Assistant Treasurer. All other instruments and documents requiring the
corporate signature, but not requiring the corporate seal, may be executed as
aforesaid or in such other manner as may be directed by the Board of
Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Sections 103(a), 142(a), 158)

         All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds
to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation
shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall
authorize so to do.

         Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within
the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any
power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or
to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any
amount. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Sections 103(a), 142(a), 158).

                                        13

<PAGE>

         SECTION 33. VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION. All stock
and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation
for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all
proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so
to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such
authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, or any Vice President. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8,
Section 123)

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 SHARES OF STOCK

         SECTION 34. FORM AND EXECUTION OF CERTIFICATES. Certificates for the
shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent
with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of
stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or
in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or
the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant
Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of
shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the
certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or
registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a
certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or
registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same
effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date
of issue. Each certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full
or in summary, all of the powers, designations, preferences, and rights, and
the limitations or restrictions of the shares authorized to be issued or
shall, except as otherwise required by law, set forth on the face or back a
statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each
stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of
stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions
of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the
issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to
the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information
required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section
or otherwise required by law or with respect to this section a statement that
the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so
requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and
the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or
rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and
obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same
class and series shall be identical. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 158)

         SECTION 35. LOST CERTIFICATES. A new certificate or certificates
shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore
issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed,
upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the
certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may
require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or
certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or
certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such
manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such
form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be
made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have
been lost, stolen, or destroyed. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 167)

                                     14

<PAGE>

         SECTION 36.       TRANSFERS.

                  (a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the
corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in
person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly
endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares. (Del. Code
Ann., tit. 8, Section 201, tit. 6, Section 8- 401(1))

                  (b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and
perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more
classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of
stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such
stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation
Law. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 160 (a))

         SECTION 37.       FIXING RECORD DATES.

                  (a) In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders
or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a
record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the
resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and
which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10)
days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board
of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business
on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is
waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which
the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any
adjournment of the meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Board of Directors
may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

                  (b) In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date
shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date
is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than
ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date
is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to
have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent
shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to
fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events
within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received,
adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed
by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a
request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior
action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the
first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken
or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its
registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business
or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which
proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the
corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed
by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is
required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the
close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the
resolution taking such prior action.

                  (c) In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of
stock, or for the purpose of any

                                     15

<PAGE>

other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record
date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more
than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the
record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the
close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the
resolution relating thereto. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 213)

         SECTION 38. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be
entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books
as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and
shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest
in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it
shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by
the laws of Delaware. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, SectionsSections 213(a), 219)

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

         SECTION 39. EXECUTION OF OTHER SECURITIES. All bonds, debentures and
other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates
(covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may
be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed
thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the
signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial
Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that where
any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated
by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a
trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other
corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and
attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate
security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons.
Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate
security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person
as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the
facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed
or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose
facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon,
shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other
corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such
bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by
the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the
same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased
to be such officer of the corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    DIVIDENDS

         SECTION 40. DECLARATION OF DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital
stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of
Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be
paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. (Del. Code
Ann., tit. 8, Sections 170, 173)

                                    16

<PAGE>

         SECTION 41. DIVIDEND RESERVE. Before payment of any dividend, there
may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends
such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute
discretion, thinks is proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies,
or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of
the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall
think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of
Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it
was created. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 171)

                                    ARTICLE X

                                   FISCAL YEAR

         SECTION 42. FISCAL YEAR. Unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the
Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall end on the 31st
day of December in each calendar year.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         SECTION 43. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, OTHER
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS.

                  (a) DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. The corporation shall
indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this
Article XI, "executive officers" shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7
promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the
Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification
by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and,
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify
any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is
expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by
the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is
provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers
vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any
other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made
under subsection (d).

                  (b) OTHER OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS. The
corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and
other agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law or any
other applicable law.

                  (c) EXPENSES. The corporation shall advance to any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a
director or executive officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to
the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor,
all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with
such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on

                                    17

<PAGE>

behalf of such person to repay said amounts if it should be determined
ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this
Bylaw or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to
an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer
is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall
not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and
promptly made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum
consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, or (ii) if
such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of
disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written
opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such
determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person
acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

                  (d) ENFORCEMENT. Without the necessity of entering into an
express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and
executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights
and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract
between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to
indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive
officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right
in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification
or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such
claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in
such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled
to be paid also the expense of prosecuting his claim. In connection with any
claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a
defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of
conduct that make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law
or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for
the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of
the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such
executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the
corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear
and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner
that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that
his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its
Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have
made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that
indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has
met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General
Corporation Law or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by
the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel
or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard
of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that
claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

                  (e) NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any
person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such
person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision
of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders
or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The
corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts
with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting
indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the
Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law.

                                     18

<PAGE>

                  (f) SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person
by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.

                  (g) INSURANCE. To the fullest extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law, the corporation or any other applicable
law, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on
behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this
Bylaw.

                  (h) AMENDMENTS. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw
shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in
effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act
that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

                  (i) SAVING CLAUSE. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof
shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction,
then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive
officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this
Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.
If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the
indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation
shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under
applicable law.

                  (j) CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Bylaw,
the following definitions shall apply:

                           (1) The term "proceeding" shall be broadly
construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation,
preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and
the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit
or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

                           (2) The term "expenses" shall be broadly construed
and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys' fees, witness
fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and
expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

                           (3) The term the "corporation" shall include, in
addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including
any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger
which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and
authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so
that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such
constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such
constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall
stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to
the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

                           (4) References to a "director," "executive
officer," "officer," "employee," or "agent" of the corporation shall include,
without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of
the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer,
employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise.

                           (5) References to "other enterprises" shall
include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any
excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan;
and references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include
any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation
which imposes duties on, or involves services by,

                                     19

<PAGE>

such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee
benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of
the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be
deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation" as referred to in this Bylaw.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                     NOTICES

         SECTION 44.       NOTICES.

                  (a) NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS. Whenever, under any provisions
of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any stockholder, it shall
be given in writing, timely and duly deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, and addressed to his last known post office address as shown
by the stock record of the corporation or its transfer agent. (Del. Code
Ann., tit. 8, Section 222)

                  (b) NOTICE TO DIRECTORS. Any notice required to be given to
any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or by
facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is
delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall
have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing,
to the last known post office address of such director.

                  (c) AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING. An affidavit of mailing, executed
by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its
transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected,
specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder
or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices
was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the
absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.
(Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Section 222)

                  (d) TIME NOTICES DEEMED GIVEN. All notices given by mail,
as above provided, shall be deemed to have been given as at the time of
mailing, and all notices given by facsimile, telex or telegram shall be
deemed to have been given as of the sending time recorded at time of
transmission.

                  (e) METHODS OF NOTICE. It shall not be necessary that the
same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all directors, but one
permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any
other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other
or others.

                  (f) FAILURE TO RECEIVE NOTICE. The period or limitation of
time within which any stockholder may exercise any option or right, or enjoy
any privilege or benefit, or be required to act, or within which any director
may exercise any power or right, or enjoy any privilege, pursuant to any
notice sent him in the manner above provided, shall not be affected or
extended in any manner by the failure of such stockholder or such director to
receive such notice.

                  (g) NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL.
Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with
whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person
shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental
authority or agency

                                      20

<PAGE>

for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or
meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with
whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if
such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the
corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any
provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate shall
state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given
to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom
communication is unlawful.

                  (h) NOTICE TO PERSON WITH UNDELIVERABLE ADDRESS. Whenever
notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or the Certificate
of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any stockholder to whom (i)
notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of meetings or of
the taking of action by written consent without a meeting to such person
during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (ii) all,
and at least two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends or
interest on securities during a twelve-month period, have been mailed
addressed to such person at his address as shown on the records of the
corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice
to such person shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be
taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and
effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall
deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth his then current
address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be
reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as
to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the Delaware
General Corporation Law, the certificate need not state that notice was not
given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to this
paragraph. (Del. Code Ann, tit. 8, Section 230)

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

         SECTION 45. AMENDMENTS. Subject to paragraph (h) of Section 43 of
the Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered or amended or repealed and new Bylaws
adopted by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent
(66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of Voting
Stock. The Board of Directors shall also have the power, if such power is
conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, to
adopt, amend, or repeal Bylaws (including, without limitation, the amendment
of any Bylaw setting forth the number of Directors who shall constitute the
whole Board of Directors). (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, Sections 109(a), 122(6)).

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 46.       ANNUAL REPORT.

                  (a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this
Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each
stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days
after the close of the corporation's fiscal year. Such report shall include a
balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and
statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied
by any report thereon of independent accounts or, if there is no such report,
the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such
statements were prepared

                                   21

<PAGE>

without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are
more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation's shares, as
determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by
Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided
that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12
of the 1934 Act, that Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to
stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of
stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

                  (b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of
record of the corporation's shares, the requirement of sending of an annual
report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

                                     22


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.16

                                           ***TEXT OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                                               CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                         UNDER 17 C.F.R. SECTIONS 200.80(b)(4),
                                                           200.83 and 240.24b-2


                        INTERNET-BASED SERVICES AGREEMENT

         THIS INTERNET-BASED SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of this 1st day of
October, 1999 ("Agreement") is entered into by and between OWENS CORNING, a
Delaware corporation ("OC") and IMPROVENET, INC. a Delaware corporation
("ImproveNet").

                              BACKGROUND STATEMENT

         ImproveNet is a leading Internet-based home improvement market maker in
the United States for contractors, homeowners and building material suppliers.
ImproveNet provides an Internet-based contractor matching service ("Contractor
Matching Service") pursuant to which it screens and qualifies both contractors
and homeowner leads and matches appropriate and interested contractors to
homeowners seeking to have home improvement projects performed. ImproveNet also
provides other informational, promotional and advertising services to
contractors and suppliers via its Internet home page.

         OC is a leading manufacturer and seller of building materials and
systems and is interested in having ImproveNet provide certain contractor
matching, informational, promotional and advertising services for it, and
ImproveNet is willing to provide such services for OC, all In accordance with
the terms end conditions set forth below:

         In consideration of the mutual promises set forth below and other good
and valuable consideration, the value and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.       SERVICES

         1.1 SCOPE OF SERVICES. Throughout the "Term" (as defined in Section 8.1
below) of this Agreement, ImproveNet agrees to provide OC with the specific
contractor matching and advertising services that are described on Exhibit A
attached hereto (the "Services"). The scope of the Services provided by
ImproveNet to OC hereunder may be modified from time to time upon the mutual
agreement of the parties.

         1.2 STANDARD OF CARE. ImproveNet shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to provide Services to OC hereunder in accordance with the highest
industry standards. Furthermore, ImproveNet shall provide Services to OC in a
manner that is no less favorable in terms of priority, availability of services
and standard of care, than similar services provided by ImproveNet to any of its
other customers. Other than as set forth in the preceding sentence, ImproveNet
disclaims all warranties, whether

<PAGE>

expressed or implied, including without limitation, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.

         1.3 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS. ImproveNet agrees that it
shall perform the Services as well as all of its other obligations under this
Agreement in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws,
regulations, ordinances and codes.


         1.4 PRIMARY CONTACT. ImproveNet will designate one or more individuals
to whom all communications concerning this Agreement or the Services provided
hereunder may be addressed.

         1.5 FUTURE SERVICES. ImproveNet agrees to offer OC on a preferential
basis any additional informational, promotional or advertising services that
ImproveNet may develop during the Term of this Agreement.

2.       OC'S RESPONSIBILITIES

         2.1 PRIMARY CONTACT. OC will designate one or more individuals to whom
all communications concerning this Agreement or the Services provided hereunder
may be addressed.

         2.2 REASONABLE COOPERATION. OC shall reasonably cooperate with
ImproveNet by, among other things, delivering or otherwise making available, in
a timely fashion, information in OC's control which is relevant and necessary to
ImproveNet's effective performance of Services hereunder.

         2.3 PROMOTIONAL EFFORTS. OC will use commercially reasonable efforts to
promote its relationship with ImproveNet, including, if appropriate, displays of
promotional material at trade shows, on OC's Internet home page, advertisements:
and literature. However, nothing shall commit OC to any level of spending or to
support or obligate OC to advertise or promote ImproveNet or its Services in any
manner unacceptable to OC.

3.       SERVICE FEES AND CHARGES

         3.1 SERVICE FEES.

              (a) During the first three (3) "Contract Years" (as defined in
SECTION 8.1 below) of the Term, OC shall pay ImproveNet the fees set forth on
EXHIBIT B ("Initial Fees"). The Initial Fees shall cover all Services to be
provided by ImproveNet hereunder during such 3-Contract Year period, and shall
also provide the consideration required by ImproveNet in exchange for its
agreement to make

                                      2.

<PAGE>

Services available to CC throughout the entire Term of this
Agreement.

              (b) Following the first three (3) Contract Years of the Term,
ImproveNet shall have the right to increase the fees for Services hereunder upon
ninety (90) days prior written notice to CC, provided that such fees shall be
increased no more than once during any Contract Year, and in no increase can
exceed five percent (5%) over the fees charged during the immediately preceding
Contract Year.

              (c) If the parties hereunder agree to modify the scope of Services
at any time throughout the Term of this Agreement, there will be an appropriate
modification to the Service fees. Such modification of Service fees is, however,
subject to the mutual written agreement of the parties, and any disputes
regarding such modifications shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions
of Article 9 below.

         3.2 PAYMENT. The Service fees for each Contract Year shall be paid by
OC in equal monthly installments, and ImproveNet shall invoice OC each month in
the amount of such installment (net of any credits or offsets for which OC is
entitled to receive against such installment as described in Section 3.3 below).
OC shall pay the net amount of each invoice received from ImproveNet hereunder
within thirty (30) days following its receipt thereof. OC may, however, withhold
payment of any amounts which it disputes, in good faith, provided that OC pays
to ImproveNet any amounts that are determined under Article 9 to be payable by
OC within thirty (30) days of such determination.

         3.3 OC SERVICES TO IMPROVENET. Throughout the Term of this Agreement,
ImproveNet agrees to purchase certain advertising services from OC or wholly,
owned subsidiaries of CC. The parties agree to discuss and negotiate in good
faith the nature, extent and value of such services throughout the Term of this
Agreement. However, the parties specifically agree that ImproveNet shall
purchase from OC or wholly-owned subsidiaries of OC, the advertising coop
services in accordance with Exhibit B attached hereto. OC shall invoice
ImproveNet for the agreed-upon value of the advertising provided by OC or
wholly-owned subsidiaries of OC, and the amount of such invoice shall be offset,
or netted against, ImproveNet's invoice for the immediately following month.

         3.4 AFFILIATE CONTRACTOR CREDITS. OC shall be entitled to the
"Affiliate Contractor" credits described on EXHIBIT C attached hereto. Within
the first term (10) business days of each month, OC shall provide ImproveNet
with a Summary of ail credits to which OC is entitled for the immediately


                                      3.

<PAGE>

preceding month. Such credits will be reflected on ImproveNet's invoice for the
immediately following month.

         3.5 MOST FAVORED PRICING. Throughout the Term of this Agreement, OC
shall be charged Service fees by ImproveNet that are the lower of (i) the
lowest Service fees charged to any other ImproveNet customer that is
comparable to OC in terms of breadth and volume of services provided by
ImproveNet, the breadth and volume of services purchased by ImproveNet from
such customer and the size of the equity investment by such customer in
ImproveNet, or (ii) [...***...]([...***...]) below ImproveNet's prevailing
market rates for such Services. For purposes of this Agreement, ImproveNet's
"prevailing market rate" for each Service shall be the average rate quoted
for such Service to new customers with no pre-existing commercial or equity
relationship with ImproveNet.

4.       CONTRACTOR FEES.

         4.1 In connection with the "Private-Label Contractor Matching
Services" (as defined on Exhibit A) to be provided by ImproveNet for and on
behalf of OC (e.g., DIF-me or other co-branded services), ImproveNet shall
charge participating OC Preferred Contractors the fees set forth on Exhibit C
attached hereto ("OC Contractor Fees"). The parties acknowledge and agree
that OC Contractor Fees are to be charged to OC Preferred Contractors only in
connection with leads and jobs that are generated by OC, whether through OC's
DIF-me program or otherwise ("OC-Generated Job"). With respect to any other
lead or job (i.e., other than an OC-Generated Job) that is provided by
ImproveNet to an OC Preferred Contractor, ImproveNet's standard fees and
rates shall apply.

         4.2 For each OC-Generated Job resulting in a "won job" exceeding
$[...***...] in value, ImproveNet will pay OC a referral fee equal to
$[...***...] ("OC Referral Fee"). Throughout the Term of this Agreement, the
amount of the OC Referral Fee shall be increased by the same percentage as
any increase in "Win Fees" pursuant to Section 4.3 below.

         4.3 OC Contractor Fees may, from time to time, be increased by
ImproveNet as follows:

              (a) Throughout the first Contract Year of this Agreement,
ImproveNet shall have the right subject to Section 3.5, to increase the OC
Contractor Fees upon sixty (60) day's prior written notice to OC. Thereafter,
ImproveNet shall have the right to increase the OC Contractor Fees upon
ninety (90) day's prior written notice to OC.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      4.

<PAGE>

              (b) With respect to the Win Fee component of the OC Contractor
Fees, no such increase shall exceed [...***..] ([...***...]) over the Win
Fees for the prior Contract Year, and there shall be no more than one such
increase in any Contract Year. With respect to the Lead Fee component, the
total of such increases shall not exceed [...***..] dollars ($[...***..])
during any 6-month period of the first Contract Year and shall not exceed
[...***...] ($[...***...]) during any 6-month period of the second Contract
Year. Thereafter, there shall be no more than one (1) increase in Lead Fees
during any Contract Year and no increase shall exceed $[...***...]over the
Lead Fees for the immediately prior Contract Year.

         4.4 In the event that ImproveNet materially modifies its standard
non-OC Contractor Fees such that they become inconsistent with the OC
Contractor Fees in terms of structure, format and/or amounts, OC and
ImproveNet agree to discuss in good faith whether it Ps commercially
reasonable and appropriate to make corresponding modifications to the OC
Contractor Fees and the OC Referral Fee hereunder.

         4.5 OC "Affiliate Contractor" fees shall be determined pursuant to
Exhibit C attached hereto.

         4.6 Upon request from OC, ImproveNet agrees to allow ImproveNet
contractors who are not OC Preferred Contractors to receive and enjoy the
benefit of OC Contractor Fees when they are matched to OC-Generated Jobs.

5.       REGULAR AND SPECIAL MEETINGS/REPORTS

         5.1 REGULAR MEETINGS. On a regular basis (no less often than
quarterly), OC and ImproveNet shall meet, in person, to discuss the Services
being provided hereunder as well as the fees being charged for Services and
any general market issues that are of concern to either party. The parties
agree to discuss any problems and/or issues which may have occurred or are
occurring, and to discuss any ways in which the Services may be ImproveNet or
made more effective. The parties agree that the meeting date four regular
meetings shall be determined within the first ten days of each month.

         5.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS. In the event that either party desires to call
a special meeting to discuss issues of concern to a party not generally
discussed at the regular meeting described in Section 5.1, that party can
request a special meeting to discuss such issues. Such request must be in
writing and must provide the other party with at least five (5) business days
notice of the requested meeting and must briefly describe the issues to be

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      5.

<PAGE>

discussed. The parties agree to then meet with one another as soon as is
reasonably practical to discuss in good faith how such issues might be
resolved.

6.       DATA/REPORTS

         6.1 OC DATA. In connection with the Services provided by ImproveNet
for OC hereunder, ImproveNet will collect and maintain data and information
relative to OC-Generated Jobs as well as OC Preferred Contractors
(collectively, "OC Data"). OC will have unrestricted access to such OC Data
alt all times and it shall be provided to OC upon OC's written request or
upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason.
ImproveNet shall have the right to use such OC Data in connection with its
business subject to limitations or restrictions imposed by OC's internet
privacy/policy, but in no event will ImproveNet use OC Data in connection
with the provision of services to or for any competitor of OC identified on
EXHIBIT D, nor will it provide such OC Data to or for the benefit of any
third party. OC may, from time to time, modify the list of competitors
identified on Exhibit D upon forty-five (45) days' prior written notice to
ImproveNet.

         6.2 IMPROVENET DATA. ImproveNet will also collect data and
information in connection with the Contractor Matching Services that it
provides generally through its Internet service ("ImproveNet Data"). All such
data is the Sole property of ImproveNet and/or the originator, unless
otherwise assigned to a third party. ImproveNet agrees to provide OC with
statistical information regarding the ImproveNet Data provided that OC agrees
to allow similar statistical data collected from OC-Generated Jobs to be
included as part of the overall pool of jobs. Any ImproveNet Data provided to
OC shall be subject to limitations and restrictions imposed by ImproveNet's
Internet privacy policy and other commercial agreements to which ImproveNet
may be a party.

         6.3 REPORTS. By the tenth day of each month during the Term of this
Agreement, ImproveNet shall submit to OC a report, in the form agreed to by
OC and ImproveNet, describing the Services provided by ImproveNet during the
preceding month, including without limitation, the number of OC-Generated
Jobs, the number of won jobs by OC Preferred Contractors, and the specific
information related to each such won job.

7.       EXCLUSIVITY. In consideration of the commitments made by OC
hereunder, ImproveNet agrees not to provide Private Label Contractor Matching
Services to any of the direct category competitors of OC identified on
EXHIBIT E attached hereto ("OC Competitors") for a period commencing on the
"Effective Date" (as defined in Section 8.1 below) and ending on December 31,
2000.

                                      6.

<PAGE>

8.       TERM AND TERMINATION.

         8.1 TERM. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first
written above ("Effective Date") and shall continue for a period of twelve (12)
years thereafter. ("Term") unless terminated earlier as provided below in
Sections 8.2 or 8.3 below. Each consecutive twelve (12) month period commencing
on the Effective Date and continuing through the expiration of the Term shall be
referred to herein as a "Contract Year". The Term of the Agreement may be
extended upon the mutual written agreement of the parties.

         8.2 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding the term of this Agreement
as provided in Section 8.1 above, this Agreement may be terminated at any time
by either party upon the following terms and conditions:

              (a) If either party breaches any material provision of this
Agreement, and such breach is not cured within thirty (30) days following the
breaching party's receipt of written notice of such breach from the
non-breaching party, or if such breach cannot be cured within such thirty (30)
day period, then the non-breaching party may terminate this Agreement, subject
to the procedures and notice requirements set forth in Section 14.3 below, with
immediate effect upon written notice to the breaching party. The termination
right provided in this Section 8.2(A) is not exclusive of any remedies to which
either party may otherwise be entitled in law or in equity in the event of a
breach of this Agreement:

              (b) If either party (i) ceases generally to pay its debts as they
become due; or (ii) becomes the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding, whether
voluntarily or involuntarily, and such proceeding is not dismissed or vacated
within thirty (30) days after filing, then the other party shall have the right
to immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to the insolvent or
bankrupt party.

         8.3 OC TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. Following the initial three (3)
Contract Years of this Agreement, OC may terminate this Agreement for
convenience and without cause, at any time upon twelve (12) months' prior
written notice to ImproveNet. In the event that a purported termination for
cause by OC under Section 8.2 is finally determined by a competent authority
under Section 9.2 or Section 9.3 not to be properly a termination for cause,
then such termination shall be deemed to be a termination for convenience under
this Section 8.3, effective from the date of the notice first delivered pursuant
to Section 8.2(A) above.

9.       DISPUTE RESOLUTION

                                      7.

<PAGE>


         9.1 INFORMAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION. The parties shall attempt in good
faith to resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement
through negotiation between representatives who have authority to resolve the
matter. Either party may give the other party written notice of any dispute
not resolved in the normal course of business, it being understood that a
notice delivered by a party pursuant to Section 8.2(A) above shall constitute
the delivery of a written notice of dispute pursuant to this Section 9.1.
Within five (5) days after its receipt of the notice, the receiving party
shall submit to the other party a written response. The notice and response
shall each include (a) a statement of the party's position and a summary of
the arguments supporting that position, and (b) the name and title of the
company representative who will represent that party. Within ten (10) days
following delivery of the original dispute notice the parties' respective
representatives shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and
thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary to attempt to resolve
the dispute. Ali reasonable requests for information made by either party to
the other will be honored.

         9.2 ARBITRATION. If a dispute has not been resolved within thirty
(30) days of the disputing party's original notice under Section 9.1, or if
the parties fail to meet within the ten (10) days following such notice under
Section 9.1, then either party may initiate arbitration of the dispute. The
dispute shall then be submitted to mandatory and binding arbitration in
Chicago, Illinois in accordance with the commercial rules and procedures of
the American Arbitration Association before a single arbitrator. Judgment
upon the award may be entered by any. court having appropriate jurisdiction.
The arbitrator shall not, however, be empowered to award damages in excess of
compensatory damages.

         9.3 LITIGATION. The only circumstance in which a dispute between the
parties will no be subject to the provision of Sections 9.1 and 9.2. above, is
when a part) makes a good faith determination that a breach of the terms of this
Agreement by the other party is such that the damages to such party resulting
from the breach will be so immediate, so large or severe, and so incapable of
adequate redress after the fact that a temporary restraining order or other
immediate injunctive relief is the only adequate remedy. Except for such relief,
the parties shall resolve their disputes, whether or not such relief is granted,
in accordance with the provisions set forth in Sections 9.1 and 9.2.

         9.4 CONTINUED PERFORMANCE. Each party agrees to continue performing its
obligations under this Agreement when any dispute is being resolved under his
Article 9, unless and until such obligations are terminated by

                                      8.

<PAGE>


the expiration or termination of this Agreement or by order of a court of
competent authority under SECTION 9.2 or SECTION 9.3.

10.      LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         10.1 LIMITATION. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY, OR ITS RESPECTIVE
OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, POTENTIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS) EVEN IF A PARTLY HAS BEEN
PREVIOUSLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER
PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY IN AN AMOUNT GREATER THAN THE AMOUNTS
ACTUALLY PAID BY OC TO IMPROVENET HEREUNDER DURING THE TWELVE (12) MONTHS
PRECEDING THE CLAIM. THIS LIMITATION OF EACH PARTY S LIABILITY IS CUMULATIVE,
WITH ALL PAYMENTS FOR CLAIMS OR DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT BEING
AGGREGATED DURING SUCH TWELVE (12) MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE CLAIM TO DETERMINE
SATISFACTION OF THE LIMIT. THE EXISTENCE OF ONE OR MORE CLAIMS WILL NOT ENLARGE
THE LIMIT.

         10.2 EXCLUSIONS FROM LIMITATION. The limitation on liability set forth
in Section 10.1 above will not apply with respect to damages arising from or
relating to (i) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of a party; or (ii)
either parties indemnification obligations in Article 11.

11.      INDEMNITIES

         ImproveNet and OC each agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
other, including its officers, directors, employees, agents, successors, and
assigns from any and all losses, liabilities, damages, judgments and expenses
(including reasonable attorneys' fees and witness fees) ("Losses") arising from
or in connection with any of the following: (a) the death or bodily injury of
any agent, employee, customer, business invitee, or business visitor or other
person caused by the tortuous conduct of the indemnitor, its agent or employee;
(b) the damage, loss or destruction of any real or tangible personal property
caused by the tortuous conduct of the indemnitor, its agent or employer; and (c)
any Loss asserted against the indemnitee but resulting from an act of omission
of the indemnitor in its capacity as an employer of a person.

12.      CONFIDENTIALITY.

         12.1 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Each party acknowledges that the other
will receive or have access to confidential or proprietary information of such


                                      9.

<PAGE>


party or of a third party (e.g., OC Preferred Contractors) and in such party's
possession (the "Confidential Information").

         12.2 OBLIGATIONS. Each party will use at least the same degree of care
to prevent disclosing to third parties the Confidential Information of the other
as it employs to avoid unauthorized disclosure, publication or dissemination of
its own information of a similar nature, but in no event less than a reasonable
standard of care. A party may disclose Confidential Information of the other to
third parties performing services hereunder where(i) the use of such entity is
authorized under this Agreement, (ii) such disclosure is reasonably necessary to
or otherwise naturally occurs in that entity's scope of responsibility, and
(iii) the disclosure is in accordance with the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Neither party will (1) make any use or copies of the Confidential
Information of the other except as necessary to perform its obligations under
this Agreement, (2) acquire any right in or assert any lien against the
Confidential Information of the other, or (3) refuse for any reason (including a
default or material breach of this Agreement by the other party) to promptly
provide the other party's Confidential Information (including all copies
thereof) to it if requested in writing to do so. Upon the expiration or
termination for any reason of this Agreement and the concomitant completion of a
party's obligations under this Agreement, each arty shall (except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement), return or destroy, as the other may direct, all
documentation in any medium that contains, refers to, or relates to the other
party s Confidential Information, and retain no copies. In addition, the parties
shall take reasonable steps to ensure that their employees comply with these
confidentiality provisions. The steps taken by a party to ensure such compliance
will be deemed reasonable if they are no less onerous than the steps taken by
the other party.

         12.3 The obligations of this Article 12 will not apply to any
particular information which either party can demonstrate: (i) was, at the
time of disclosure to it, in the public domain; (ii) after disclosure to it,
is published or otherwise becomes part of the public domain through no
fault of the receiving party; (iii) was rightfully in the possession of the
receiving party at the time of disclosure to it; (iv) is received from a
third party who had a lawful right to disclose such information to it; or (v)
was independently developed by the receiving party without reference to
Confidential Information of the furnishing party, in addition, a party shall
not be considered to have breached its obligations under this Article 12 for
disclosing Confidential Information of the other party as required to satisfy
any legal demand of a government, judicial or administrative body; provided,
however, that, promptly upon receiving any such request and to the extent
that it may legally do so, such party advises the other party so

                                      10.

<PAGE>


that the other party may take appropriate actions in response to the demand.

         12.4 In the event of any disclosure or loss of, or inability to account
for, any Confidential Information of the furnishing party, the receiving party
will notify the furnishing party promptly upon the occurrence of any such event.

         12.5 Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as
obligating a party to disclose its Confidential Information to the other party,
or as granting to or conferring on a party, expressly or impliedly, any rights
or license to the Confidential Information of the other party.

         12.6 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent either
party from obtaining, developing or using services or products itself or
provided by a third party as permitted by this Agreement which are similar or
competitive with the services and/or products furnished under this Agreement or
from using ideas, concepts, expressions, skills or experience possessed by
either party prior to, or developed or learned by either party in the
performance of this Agreement, except to the extent inconsistent with the terms
of this Agreement.

13.      INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

         13.1 OC TRADEMARKS. OC grants to ImproveNet, during the Term of this
Agreement, a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the OC name
trademarks or logo solely in connection with the Services provided to OC
hereunder. Any such use is, however, subject to the prior review and written
approval of OC and must be in accordance with standards and specifications for
such use provided to ImproveNet by OC. Except for the foregoing right to use, no
right or license to any trademark or tradename of OC shall be deemed to be
granted to ImproveNet by any provision hereof or by the performance of this
Agreement by either party. This license expires immediately upon termination or
expiration of this Agreement.

         13.2 IMPROVENET TRADEMARKS. ImproveNet grants to OC during the Term of
this Agreement a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the ImproveNet
name, trademarks and logo solely in connection with the promotion and
advertising of the Services provided to OC by ImproveNet hereunder. Any such use
is, however, subject to the prior review and written approval of ImproveNet, and
must be in accordance with standards and specifications for such use provided to
OC by ImproveNet. Except for the foregoing right to use, no right or license to
any trademark or tradename or logo of ImproveNet shall be deemed to be granted
to OC

                                      11.

<PAGE>


by any provision hereof or by the performance of this Agreement by either
party. This license expires immediately upon termination or expiration of this
Agreement


14.      GENERAL PROVISIONS

         14.1 BINDING NATURE AND ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding on
each of the parties and its respective successors and permitted assigns. Except
as provided below, neither party may assign this Agreement or any rights or
obligations created herewith in whole or in part to any third party without the
prior written consent of the other, and any attempt to do so will be void and of
no effect. Either party may assign its rights and obligations under this
Agreement with the prior written approval of the other party to (i) a third
party that acquires all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the
assigning party, (ii) any subsidiary or Affiliate of the assigning party, or
(iii) a successor in a merger or acquisition of the assigning party; provided,
however that in no event shall such assignment relieve the assigning party of
any of its obligations under this Agreement. For the purposes of this SECTION
14.1, any assignment by operation of law or under an order of any court shall be
deemed an assignment for which prior written consent is required, and any
assignment made without such consent shall be void and of no effect as between
the parties.

         14.2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties, and supersedes all other prior or center
contemporaneous communications between the parties (whether written or oral),
with respect to the subject matter contained in this Agreement, including
without limitation that certain agreement titled "General Services Agreement."
No modification or amendment of this Agreement will be effective unless made in
a writing executed by both parties.

         14.3 NOTICES. All notices required or permitted under this Agreement
(other than routine operational communications) shall be in writing and shall be
deemed received if sent by one of the following means: (i) upon receipt if
delivered by hand; (ii) one (1) day after being sent by an express courier with
a reliable system for tracking delivery; (iii) three (3) days after being sent
by certified or registered first class mail, postage prepaid and return receive
requested; or (iv) upon confirmed facsimile transmission provided that a copy is
sent by another of the foregoing means all notices will be addressed by a party
to the other as follows:

         In the case of IMPROVENET:

                  ImproveNet, Inc,
                  720 Bay Road, Suite 200

                                      12.

<PAGE>


                  Redwood City, CA 94063
                  Attention: Ron Cooper, CEO

         In the base of OC:

                  Owens Coming
                  One Owens Corning Parkway
                  Toledo, Ohio 43659
                  Attention: President - North America Building Materials

         With a copy to:

                  Owens Corning
                  Corporate Law Dept.
                  One Owens Corning Parkway
                  Toledo, Ohio 43659

         A party may change its address from time to time upon prior written
notice to the other specifying the effective date of the new address.

         14.4 HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this Agreement are for
reference and convenience only and shall not enter into the interpretation of
this Agreement.

         14.5 RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. ImproveNet, in furnishing Services to
OC hereunder, is acting as an independent contractor and has the sole right and
obligation to supervise, manage, contract, direct, procure, perform or cause to
be performed, all Services to be performed by ImproveNet under this Agreement.
Neither ImproveNet or OC is an agent, partner, joint venturer or fiduciary of
the other party and neither has the authority to represent the other party as to
any matters or to bind the other party to any third parties, except as expressly
authorized in this Agreement.

         14.6 SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is
found to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to replace
such provision with a substitute provision that most nearly reflects the
original intentions of the parties and is enforceable under applicable law, and
the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and affect.

         14.7 WAIVER OF DEFAULT; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

              (a) A delay or omission by either party hereto to exercise any
right or power under this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver

                                      13.

<PAGE>


thereof. A waiver by either party under this Agreement will not be effective
unless it is in writing and signed by the party granting the waiver. A waiver by
a party of a right under, or breach of, this Agreement will not be construed to
operate as a waiver of any other or successive rights under, or breaches of,
this Agreement.

              (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all
remedies provided for in this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to
and not in lieu of any other remedies available to either party at law, in
equity or otherwise.

         14.8 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into solely
between, and may be enforced only by, CC and ImproveNet. This Agreement shall
not be deemed to create any rights in any third parties, including any suppliers
and customers of a party, or to create any obligations of a party to any third
parties.

         14.9 PUBLICITY AND ADVERTISING. The parties agree that any notices or
disclosures to third parties concerning this Agreement or the Services shall be
jointly coordinated and approved in advance by both parties. In addition,
neither party shall use the corporate name or any brand or proprietary name,
mark or logo of the other party for any advertising or promotional purpose
without first submitting such advertising or promotional materials to the other
party and obtaining the prior written consent of such party. Each party agrees
to provide prompt and timely turnaround, not to exceed five (5) business days,
of all such materials submitted to it by the other party hereto.

         14.10 FORCE MAJEURE. No party shall be liable for any default or delay
in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement due to an act of God
or other event to the extent that: (i) the non-performing party is without fault
in causing such default or delay; (ii) such default or delay could not have been
prevented by reasonable precautions; and (iii) such default or delay not
reasonably be circumvented by the non-performing party through the use of
alternate sources, work around plans or other means.

         14.11 CHOICE OF LAW. This Agreement, and the rights and duties of the
parties arising from or relating to this Agreement or its subject matter, shall
be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without
regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

         14.12 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall
be deemed to be one and the same instrument.


                                      14.

<PAGE>

         14.13 JOINTLY DRAFTED. This Agreement represents the joint drafting
efforts of the parties and shall not be construed more strictly against one
party than the other.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the Effective
Date.

                                  OWENS CORNING


                                  By: /s/ Jerry Oleschansky
                                     ---------------------------------

                                  Name:    Jerry Oleschansky
                                       ---------------------------------

                                  Title:   Vice President - Marketing
                                        ---------------------------------

                                  Date:    October 22, 1999
                                       ---------------------------------


                                IMPROVENET, INC.

                                By: /s/ Ronald Cooper
                                   ---------------------------------

                                Name:   Ronald Cooper
                                     ---------------------------------

                                Title:  President and CEO
                                      ---------------------------------


                                Date:   October 26, 1999
                                     ---------------------------------


                                      15.

<PAGE>



                                LIST OF EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A         Description of Services

EXHIBIT B         Fees for Services

EXHIBIT C         Contractor Fees

EXHIBIT D         OC Competitors (For Data Protection)

EXHIBIT E         OC Competitors (For Exclusivity)




                                      16.

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

                             DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

A-1      PRIVATE-LABEL CONTRACTOR MATCHING. ImproveNet agrees to provide its
         Contractor Matching Service to OC on a Private-Label basis. That is,
         ImproveNet will provide an OC branded Contractor Matching Service
         through OC's Internet home page and OC's toll-free telephone number.
         Such service to be marketed as OC's "Do-it-for-me" Service ("DIF-Me")
         or such other name as OC may select. In all situations where DIF-Me
         brand is prominently displayed, it shall be followed by the text
         "powered by ImproveNet" or such other text as may be agreed to by the
         parties. Where OC publishes information regarding the structure and
         functionality of the DIF-Me program, OC will use reasonable efforts to
         include therein a reference to ImproveNet and an explanation of
         ImproveNet's role in the DIF-Me program, but in no event shall OC have
         any liability for its failure to so reference ImproveNet.

         Customer leads generated through the DIF-Me program will be routed
         directly to ImproveNet and managed through its Contractor Matching
         Service. All OC-Generated Jobs will be directed, on a priority basis to
         OC's "Preferred Contractors" (as defined below). If no Preferred
         Contractor is successfully matched to the OC-Generated Job within
         forty-eight (48) hours, ImproveNet shall have the right to match such
         OC-Generated Job to other ImproveNet Contractors.

A-2      PREFERRED CONTRACTOR SCREENING. OC and/or OC's wholly-owned
         subsidiaries, has developed a promotional program with certain
         contractors that satisfy and continuously maintain certain criteria
         ("Preferred Contractors"). Such ImproveNet qualified Preferred
         Contractors shall be those to whom ImproveNet shall direct OC-Generated
         Jobs. These Preferred Contractors are subjected to an initial
         certification and ongoing re-certification by OC in order to maintain
         their "Preferred" status. ImproveNet agrees to screen and qualify
         contractors for inclusion as Preferred Contractors on behalf of OC in
         accordance with selection criteria which are mutually agreed upon by OC
         and ImproveNet. During the Term of this Agreement, ImproveNet shall
         assist OC with the recruitment of ImproveNet qualified contractors to
         OC's Preferred Contractor Program.

A-3      ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL SERVICES. During the Term of this
         Agreement, ImproveNet shall provide the following advertising and
         promotional services to OC, or at the request of OC, to any
         wholly-owned subsidiary of OC (provided that if OC requests ImproveNet
         to perform such services for an OC subsidiary, such services will be
         performed in lieu of, rather than in addition to, providing such
         services to OC):


                                      17.

<PAGE>


         A. BANNER ADVERTISING. OC will be represented with continuous banner
advertisements on the ImproveNet Consumer Site and the ImproveNet ProSite at all
time over the term of the Agreement. The style, format and content of such
banner advertising shall be determined by OC in consultation with ImproveNet.

         B.       BUTTON ADVERTISING. OC will be represented with a continuous
                  presence on the "button bar" in the relevant sections of both
                  the ImproveNet Consumer Site and ProSite. Each OC product line
                  will be represented on the appropriate pages. The style,
                  format and content of such button shall be determined by OC in
                  consultation with ImproveNet.

         C.       ON-LINE PRODUCT BROCHURE. OC's home and building related
                  products will be continuously featured in an on-line product
                  brochure on the ImproveNet Consumer Site and the ProSite (if
                  such brochure is offered on the ProSite). Such brochures will
                  link directly to the appropriate section of OC's Internet home
                  page. The placement of OC brochures will be at least as good
                  as any other brochure on the site. The specific products
                  included in the brochure, as well as the style, format and
                  content of the brochure shall be determined by OC, in its sole
                  discretion but after consultation with ImproveNet.

         D.       CONSUMER SMARTLEADS. OC has the right to submit SmartLeads to
                  every ImproveNet customer initiating on the OC site and the
                  ImproveNet system who submits a job related to any of OC's
                  product lines throughout the term of this Agreement. In
                  addition, OC will receive an additional 15,000 SmartLeads per
                  Contract Year during the Term of this Agreement to use, at its
                  discretion, from customers initiating on other manufacturers'
                  sites (e.g., "Find-a-Contractor"). ImproveNet will seek the
                  permission of the respective manufacturer from whose site the
                  customer originated ("Host Manufacturer") for OC to submit the
                  SmartLeads. The Host Manufacturer retains the full authority
                  to accept or reject OC SmartLeads to consumers originating on
                  its site. OC, as a Host Manufacturer will also retain this
                  "veto" right regarding SmartLeads from other manufacturers to
                  consumers generated by OC. OC SmartLeads will be consistent in
                  nature (e.g., currently 3 messages per lead) with those agreed
                  to by other manufacturers in standard signed insertion orders.

         E. CONTRACTOR SMARTLEADS. OC has the right to submit SmartLeads to
every ImproveNet contractor responding to a job related to any of OC's product
lines throughout the Term of this Agreement that is generated either by OC or by
the ImproveNet system, provided that such contractor has not opted out of
receiving such third-party promotions. These leads will be submitted to
contractors who are both online and not online through a combination of emails
via the ProSite and fax via the SmartPro


                                      18.

<PAGE>

fax. In addition, OC will receive an additional 15,000 SmartLeads per
Contract Year throughout the Term of this Agreement subject to the host
manufacturer rules as specified in Section D above, on the contractor ProSite
to use at its discretion. OC SmartLeads to contractors will be consistent in
nature with those agreed to by other manufacturers in standard signed
insertion orders.

         F. CONTENT INTEGRATION ON IMPROVENET. OC products will continuously
appear in the relevant sections of ImproveNet's Product Showcase. OC will have
the right to have OC products listed in at least as many total listings under
each of the relevant product categories as any other manufacturer displayed,
ImproveNet will work closely with OC to develop advertorial material that will
appear no less than three months each Contract Year in the relevant section of
the ImproveNet Consumer Site and ProSite, assuming that suitable material is
available from OC.

         G. HOT LINKS. The ImproveNet Consumer Site and ProSite will be
continuously "hot linked" to the OC Internet site in all places where OC
products are referenced.

                                      19.

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT B

                                FEES FOR SERVICES

Contract Year 1       -        $[...***...]

Contract Year 2       -        $[...***...]

Contract Year 3       -        $[...***...]

Fees to be invoiced and paid in monthly installments.

OC Fees for Co-op Advertising.

1) For advertisements that mention ImproveNet, and provide some promotion of
its services, OC will receive fees in an amount not less than [...***...]
([...***...]) of the total cost of the advertisement but not more
than [...***...] ([...***...]) of the total cost of the
advertisement, the exact percentage for each advertisement to be agreed upon
by the parties based upon the degree of the ImproveNet promotion. OC shall
have the right to receive fees only up to [...***...] ([...***...])
of the Service Fees for any Contract Year hereunder with fees from these
types of advertisements, subject to the overall cap on all such fees set
forth in Section 3 below.

2) For advertisements that prominently feature ImproveNet and promote
ImproveNet's services, OC will receive fees in an amount not less than
[...***...] ([...***...]) of the cost of the advertisement, but not
more than [...***...] ([...***...]) of the cost of advertisement, the
exact percentage for each advertisement to be agreed upon by the parties,
based upon the degree of the ImproveNet promotion.

3) In no event shall OC have the right to total receive fees, pursuant to
this EXHIBIT B, in excess of [...***...] ([...***...]) of the total Service
Fees during any Contract throughout the Term of this Agreement. ImproveNet
shall have the right Year to approve the creative content directly related to
the ImproveNet portion of the advertisements and promotions mentioned above,
which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


                                      20.

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C

                                 CONTRACTOR FEES

         OC Preferred Contractors who elect to respond and bid on OC-Generated
Jobs will pay ImproveNet Lead Fees according to the following schedule:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     LEAD FEE                     JOB SIZE
                  -----------------        -------------------------
                   <S>                      <C>
                    $[...***...]            $[...***...]
                    $[...***...]            $[...***...]
</TABLE>
Such OC Preferred Contractors who are awarded jobs OC-Generated Jobs will pay
ImproveNet Win Fees according to the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Win Fee                                Job Size
          -------------------------------------      ---------------------------
          <S>                                        <C>
                   [...***...]%                      $[...***...] and [...***...]
          [...***...]% with cap of $[...***...]      $[...***...] - $[...***...]
          [...***...]% with cap of $[...***...]      $[...***...] - $[...***...]
          [...***...]% with cap of $[...***...]      $[...***...] - $[...***...]
          [...***...]% with cap of $[...***...]      $[...***...] - $[...***...]
          [...***...]% with cap of $[...***...]      $[...***...] and [...***...]
</TABLE>
          OC and ImproveNet will jointly agree how to best implement this fee
schedule, in light of ImproveNet technical capabilities and OC Preferred
Contractor acceptance, no later than December 31,1999.

AFFILIATE CONTRACTOR CREDITS

         For purposes of this Agreement, an "Affiliate Contractor" shall mean
either OC or a wholly-owned or controlled subsidiary of OC that is in the
business of providing contracting or other services directly to customers.
With respect to any Affiliate Contractor that participates in ImproveNet's
Contractor Matching Service, ImproveNet agrees that each Affiliate Contractor
shall not be obligated to pay any Lead Fees for OC-Generated Jobs provided to
it, and shall be obligated to pay only [...***...] ([...***...]) of any
applicable Win Fee for jobs awarded to it from such OC-Generated Jobs.
However, the parties agree that Affiliate Contractors will be billed and will
pay the full amount of such Lead Fees and Win Fees, but that OC will then be
given a corresponding equal offset or credit against service fees due to
ImproveNet.

         ImproveNet will not be obligated to pay a Referral Fee to OC for any
jobs won by Affiliate Contractors or sent exclusively to Affiliate Contractors.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      21.

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT D

                                 OC COMPETITORS
                              (FOR DATA PROTECTION)

         The following is a current listing of competitors of Owens Corning,
which listing may be added to, deleted from or amended by Owens Corning from
time to time:

<TABLE>
          <S>      <C>
          A.       INSULATION:
                   1)      [...***...]
                   2)      [...***...]
                   3)      [...***...]
                   4)      [...***...]
                   5)      [...***...]
                   6)      [...***...]
                   7)      [...***...]
                   8)      [...***...]
                   9)      [...***...]
                   10)     [...***...]
                   11)     [...***...]
                   12)     [...***...]
                   13)     [...***...]
                   14)     [...***...]

          B.       INSULATION: [...***...]
                   1)      [...***...]
                   2)      [...***...]
                   3)      [...***...]
                   4)      [...***...]
                   5)      [...***...]
                   6)      [...***...]

          C.       [...***...] & [...***...]
                   1)      [...***...]
                   2)      [...***...]
                   3)      [...***...]
                   4)      [...***...]
                   5)      [...***...]
                   6)      [...***...]
                   7)      [...***...]
                   8)      [...***...]
                   9)      [...***...]
                   10)     [...***...]
                   11)     [...***...]


* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                     22.

<PAGE>

                   12)     [...***...]
                   13)     [...***...]
                   14)     [...***...]
                   15)     [...***...]
                   16)     [...***...]
                   17)     [...***...]
                   18)     [...***...]
                   19)     [...***...]
                   20)     [...***...]
                   21)     [...***...]
                   22)     [...***...]
                   23)     [...***...]
                   24)     [...***...]
                   25)     [...***...]

          D)       EXTERIOR SYSTEMS - [...***...]
                   1)      [...***...]
                   2)      [...***...]
                   3)      [...***...]
                   4)      [...***...]
                   5)      [...***...]
                   6)      [...***...]
                   7)      [...***...]
                   8)      [...***...]
                   9)      [...***...]

          E)       EXTERIOR SYSTEMS - [...***...]

                   1)      [...***...]
                   2)      [...***...]
                   3)      [...***...]
                   4)      [...***...]
                   5)      [...***...]
                   6)      [...***...]
                   7)      [...***...]
                   8)      [...***...]
                   9)      [...***...]

          F)       EXTERIOR SYSTEMS - [...***...]
                   1)      [...***...]
                   2)      [...***...]
                   3)      [...***...]
                   4)      [...***...]
                   5)      [...***...]

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      23.

<PAGE>


                   6)      [...***...]
                   7)      [...***...]
                   8)      [...***...]
                   9)      [...***...]

          G)       EXTERIOR SYSTEMS - [...***...]
                   1)      [...***...]
                   2)      [...***...]
                   3)      [...***...]
                   4)      [...***...]
                   5)      [...***...]
                   6)      [...***...]
                   7)      [...***...]
                   8)      [...***...]
                   9)      [...***...]
                   10)     [...***...]

          (H)      EXTERIOR SYSTEMS - [...***...]

                   1)      [...***...]
                   2)      [...***...]
                   3)      [...***...]
</TABLE>



* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      24.

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT E

                                 OC COMPETITORS
                                (FOR EXCLUSIVITY)
<TABLE>
                           <S>    <C>
                           1.     [...***...]
                           2.     [...***...]
                           3.     [...***...]
                           4.     [...***...]
                           5.     [...***...]
                           6.     [...***...]
                           7.     [...***...]
                           8.     [...***...]
                           9.     [...***...]
                           10.    [...***...]
                           11.    [...***...]
                           12.    [...***...]
</TABLE>



* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


                                      25.



<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.17
                                            ***TEXT OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                          UNDER 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4),
                                                            200.83 AND 240.24b-2


                             COLLABORATION AGREEMENT

         This Agreement is dated the 3rd day of December 1999 (the "Effective
         Date") and is made between E. I du Pont de Nemours and Company
         ("DuPont"), a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of
         business at 1007 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19803, and
         ImproveNet, Inc. ("ImproveNet") a Delaware corporation, having its
         principal place of business at 720 Bay Road, Redwood City, California
         94063.

                                    WHEREAS:

A.       ImproveNet has developed and operates an internet based service
         providing content on products and services to consumer endusers and
         matching consumer endusers with builders/remodelers.

B.       DuPont, among other businesses, develops, manufactures and sells
         materials for countertops and other residential products.

C.       ImproveNet wishes to receive from DuPont content for consumer endusers
         and both wish to collaborate in the areas of brand awareness, marketing
         and revenue generation.

D.       Further, the parties acknowledge and understand that DuPont's
         participation in the collaboration contemplated by this Agreement and
         its corresponding obligations are limited to DuPont's
         Corian-Registered Trademark- surfaces SBU and no other business of
         DuPont is bound by any provision of this Agreement or arrangements
         contemplated hereby unless and until such DuPont business agrees to
         participate.

E.       The parties intend to exchange with each other the services described
         in this Agreement at a mutually agreed upon value in recognition that a
         precise valuation of the services provided by one party to the other
         party is not readily quantifiable.

                         IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS;

1.       IMPROVENET OFFERING TO DUPONT

1.1      During the entire term of this Agreement, ImproveNet agrees to
         provide the following to DuPont:

(a)      BANNER ADVERTISING - ImproveNet will add and maintain at least one
         banner advertisement on consumer site and prosite ("Sites") rotating
         through pages of the Sites that are most relevant to DuPont
         Corian-Registered Trademark- surfaces products ("Products") as
         mutually agreed upon by the parties and documented in Exhibit I to
         this Agreement. The content for each banner shall be provided by
         DuPont in a form to be mutually agreed upon with the content subject
         to change up to twelve times each year at no cost to DuPont.

                                       1

<PAGE>

(b)      BUTTON ADVERTISING - ImproveNet will add and maintain a button
         identifying DuPont with continuous presence on button bar for the Sites
         rotating through pages of the Sites that are most relevant to DuPont
         Products as mutually agreed upon by the parties and documented in
         Exhibit I to this Agreement. The content for each button shall be
         provided by DuPont in a form to be mutually agreed upon with the
         content subject to change up to twelve times each year at no cost to
         DuPont.

(c)      ON-LINE PRODUCT BROCHURE - ImproveNet will add and maintain an on-line
         brochure for Products using content supplied by DuPont in a form to be
         mutually agreed upon and linked to the DuPont Corian-Registered
         Trademark- website. The content will be subject to change up to three
         times each year at no cost to DuPont.

(d)      MESSAGE BOARD SPONSORSHIP - DuPont will be credited as an official
         sponsor and the countertop sponsor as defined in Section I, 1(g) below
         of Kitchen Ideas message board with a banner permanently added and
         maintained on top of the message board. DuPont may provide information
         to respond to messages received. DuPont, or parties authorized by
         DuPont shall use reasonable efforts to respond to messages received
         with objective information. ImproveNet will have the final editorial
         authority.

(e)      PRODUCT SHOWCASE - ImproveNet will prominently feature Products in all
         product categories on the Sites most relevant to Products as mutually
         agreed upon by the parties and documented in Exhibit I to this
         Agreement. The content for Products shall be provided by DuPont in a
         form to be mutually agreed upon with the content subject to change up
         to six times each year at no cost to DuPont. DuPont will have at least
         as many products featured as any other manufacturer in each relevant
         category.

(f)      HOT LINKS - ImproveNet will add and maintain hot links between the
         Sites and the DuPont Corian-Registered Trademark- website.

(g)      COUNTERTOP CONTENT SPONSORSHIP - DuPont shall be the exclusive provider
         of Countertop content on the Sites. For the purposes of this
         Agreement, "Countertop" is defined as a horizontal work surface
         located in a residential kitchen, bathroom, wet bar, or home office.
         DuPont shall provide to ImproveNet fully developed content to add and
         maintain on the Sites. ImproveNet reserves the right to edit the
         content provided by DuPont but not to change the substantive
         information without giving DuPont the ability to comment on the
         proposed edit. If ImproveNet wishes to make available to its users
         certain Countertop content, and such content either is not available
         from DuPont or, in the reasonable opinion of ImproveNet, is not of
         acceptable quality, then ImproveNet will notify DuPont of the content
         ImproveNet wishes to obtain. If DuPont is not able to commence
         provision of such content within thirty (30) business days of such
         request, then ImproveNet shall be permitted to present such content
         provided by a third party.

(h)      SERVICE PROVIDER SCREENING - ImproveNet will screen/evaluate service
         providers identified by DuPont using criteria established by ImproveNet
         for all service providers to ImproveNet, ImproveNet will work with
         DuPont to inform and educate DuPont's

                                          2

<PAGE>


         fabricator and distributor network on ImproveNet's offering through
         attendance at meetings/conferences of DuPont's fabricator and
         distributor network at no cost to DuPont.

(i)      SITE ENHANCEMENT - ImproveNet will modify its site to enable early
         indication of consumer's interest in Countertops and. other aspects
         necessary for effective utilization of Smart Lead Messaging (as
         hereinafter defined in section 4 below).

(j)      DATABASE ACCESS - ImproveNet will provide DuPont information drawn from
         ImproveNet's databases of consumers and contractors. The information
         will be defined by DuPont and be necessary for effective utilization of
         Smart Lead Messaging subject to ImproveNet's privacy policy as
         communicated on the Sites.

1.2      CONSIDERATION. In consideration for the ImproveNet offering to DuPont
         for the year 2000, DuPont agrees to pay ImproveNet the amount of
         [...***...] Dollars ($[...***...]). The consideration for subsequent
         calEndar years during the term of this Agreement shall be negotiated by
         the parties prior to the beginning of each calendar year with the
         expectation that the value of each Party's offering to the other Party
         shall be commensurate. The Parties shall invoice each other on a
         calendar quarter basis for one fourth of the total amount of
         consideration charged for each calendar year of this Agreement.
         Invoices shall be payable net 30 days from the date of such invoice.

2.       DUPONT OFFERING TO IMPROVENET

2.1      During the entire term of this Agreement, DuPont agrees to provide
         the following to ImproveNet;

(a)      CO-BRANDED ADVERTISING - DuPont will develop co-branded advertising
         with ImproveNet to build awareness of ImproveNet's Sites. ImproveNet
         will participate in all aspects of creative development and media
         placement that pertains to ImproveNet's presence in the co-branded
         advertising campaign. DuPont retains final editorial and creative
         decision with ImproveNet having a right of refusal. DuPont will not be
         required to materially alter or revise its advertising strategies and
         plans to implement the co-branded advertising campaign.

(b)      DIRECT MAIL INSERTS - DuPont will include promotional material supplied
         by ImproveNet in direct mailings sent by DuPont in response to certain
         programs identified by DuPont. The material from ImproveNet shall be
         developed at no cost to DuPont and must be in a mutually agreed upon
         format appropriate to the direct mailing and DuPont's brand aesthetics.
         DuPont's material for direct mail it send shall be developed at no cost
         to ImproveNet. The total value to ImproveNet of the Co-Branded
         Advertising and Direct Mail Inserts, should be equal to or greater than
         $[...***...] annually and will be determined on the following scale:

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                          3

<PAGE>


         -    For advertisements and inserts that mention ImproveNet and provide
              some promotion of its services. DuPont will receive credit in an
              amount not less than [...***...] ([...***...]) of the total net
              media value of the advertisement, but not more than [...***...]
              ([...***...]) of the total Net media value of the advertisement,
              exact percentage to be mutually agreed upon by the parties based
              upon the degree of the ImproveNet promotion.

         -    For advertisements and inserts that prominently feature
              ImproveNet, and promote ImproveNet's services, DuPont will receive
              credit in an amount not less than [...***...] ([...***...]) of the
              total net media value of the advertisement, but not more than
              [...***...] ([...***...]) of the total net media value of the
              advertisement, the exact percentage to be mutually agreed upon by
              the parties based upon the degree of the ImproveNet promotion.

         -    For advertisements and inserts that prominently feature ImproveNet
              more than DuPont, and promote ImproveNet's services, DuPont will
              receive credit in an amount not less than [...***...]
              ([...***...]) of the total net media value of the advertisement,
              but not more than [...***...] ([...***...]) of the total net
              media value of the advertisement, the exact percentage to be
              mutuallY agreed upon by the parties based upon the degree of the
              ImproveNet promotion.

(c)      TRADE SHOW PRESENCE - DuPont will make available to ImproveNet
         reasonable space in DuPont's trade show booth at selected major
         industry shows for signage and live site demonstrations by ImproveNet.
         The signage, content and structure of the materials for inclusion in
         the trade show booth shall be supplied at no cost to DuPont and must be
         in a mutually agreed upon format appropriate to DuPont's booth and
         DuPont's brand aesthetics identity.

2.2      CONSIDERATION.  In consideration for the DuPont offering to ImproveNet
         for the year 2000, ImproveNet agrees to pay DuPont the amount of
         [...***...] Dollars ($[...***...]). The consideration for subsequent
         calendar years during the term of this Agreement shall be negotiated
         by the parties prior to the beginning of each calendar year with the
         expectation that the value of each Party's offering to the other Party
         shall be commensurate. The Parties shall invoice each other on a
         calendar quarter basis for one fourth of the total amount of
         consideration charged for each calendar year of this Agreement.
         Invoices shall be payable net 30 days from the date of such invoice.

3.       EXCLUSIVITY.  During the term of this Agreement, ImproveNet agrees
         not to enter into relationships with (i) other manufacturers of
         [...***...] other than with DuPont for advertising (including
         banners and buttons), sponsorships, and other mutually agreed upon
         ImproveNet offerings in the Sites and (ii) other manufacturers of
         [...***...] other than DuPont for Smart Leads and Brochure Showcase.
         In addition, only for Smart Leads and Brochure Showcase, ImproveNet
         may enter into relationships with the specifically identified brands
         of [...***...] identified on Attachment A to this Agreement. Upon
         written request from ImproveNet, DuPont may waive this restriction
         for other manufacturers of [...***...] DuPont will

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                        4

<PAGE>

         inform ImproveNet whether it will waive this restriction within
         sixty (60) days of receiving the request, ImproveNet retains the
         right to include any manufacturer in the Design Gallery, Product
         Showcase and any other editorial feature provided DuPont products
         are always prominently featured in all relevant sections of the
         Sites as mutually agreed upon by the parties. ImproveNet retains the
         right to charge any manufacturer for live links from ImproveNet to
         the manufacturer's site except Banners and Burtons. During the term
         of this Agreement, DuPont agrees that the DuPont Corian-Registered
         Trademark- business will not establish a similar relationship with
         another third party, non- DuPont, based residential remodeling
         contractor referral site.

4.       SMART LEADS MESSAGING.  ImproveNet has a system of issuing leads to
         customers who access the Sites arid contractors who are service
         providers qualified with ImproveNet during certain steps in the
         process of project or job evolution ("Smart Leads Messaging"), DuPont
         desires to participate in ImproveNet's Smart Leads Messaging Program
         at times currently designed by ImproveNet and upon ImproveNet's
         enhancing the Sites at times other than currently designed by
         ImproveNet; for example, prior to job submission for referrals and
         upon job completion. DuPont and ImproveNet shall mutually agree upon
         the timing and content and other criteria for each Smart Lead sent by
         ImproveNet based on meeting DuPont's objective to increase brand
         awareness and revenue generation. DuPont agrees to pay for Smart Leads
         generated wing this criteria at rates to be attached as Exhibit II to
         this Agreement. The cost for Smart Leads shall be fixed for the term
         of the Agreement with the total cost varying based on number of
         messages sent during a billing period.

5.       FIND A CONTRACTOR.  DuPont will place a button to ImproveNet, entitled,
         "Find A Contractor", on the DuPont Corian-Registered Trademark-
         website. Consumers submitting a project to ImproveNet through this
         button link will be referred, on an exclusive basis, to DuPont service
         providers qualified with ImproveNet. If after forty eight hours after
         the initial referral a sufficient number (a maximum of four) of DuPont
         service providers have not responded to the lead, the project will be
         offered to other qualified service providers in the ImproveNet
         network. ImproveNet agrees to pay DuPont a fee of $[...***...] on all
         real billable jobs valued greater than [...***...] Dollars
         ($[...***...]) submitted to ImproveNet that originate from the DuPont
         Corian-Registered Trademark- website. A "real billable job" means that
         all information required from consumer is obtained and interest
         request sent to an ImproveNet service provider. ImproveNet shall
         report on a calendar quarter basis the billable jobs and submit
         payment to DuPont for the fees on the billable jobs.

6.       BRAND PROTECTION. Recognizing the importance of maintaining the
         strength, market presence, and integrity of DuPont's brand, ImproveNet
         will consult with DuPont on removing or modifying any ImproveNet
         service or other offerings which DuPont deems will dilute or adversely
         impact the DuPont brand.

7.       IMPLEMENTATION. Implementation of the arrangements as described in this
         Agreement including content providing and access to sites shall require
         execution of licenses and other agreements by the parties containing
         terms and conditions typical of interact based

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                           5

<PAGE>

         business. Such agreements shall be completed promptly (within forty
         five (45) days from execution) after execution of this Agreement and
         must be in place before sharing of data or providing access.

8.       TERM; TERMINATION.

8.1      TERM. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall
         continue in full force and effect until December 31, 1999 ("1999 Term")
         and thereafter automatically renew for a period of four(4) years
         ("Initial Term") subject to the provisions hereof, as provided for
         below, Prior to the end of the Initial Term of this Agreement, if
         DuPont decides to continue this Agreement it will notify ImproveNet and
         a new agreement will be executed containing the same or different terms
         and conditions, Termination shall nor relieve either party of any
         rights, obligations, or liabilities arising prior to termination of
         this Agreement, Termination of this Agreement in accordance with the
         provisions of this Agreement shall be without liability and neither
         DuPont or ImproveNet shall be liable, or responsible to the other for
         termination compensation or payments of any kind, including but not
         limited to, investment, promotion or selling expense payments.

8.2      EARLY TERMINATION. Either party may terminate this Agreement without
         cause upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to the other party to
         be effective at any time after December 31, 2000, or any renewal term
         of this Agreement. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any
         time during the Initial Term or any renewal term immediately by notice
         to the-other party upon the occurrence of any of the following events
         of default by the other party:

         (a)      The other party fails to observe, perform or fulfill any of
                  its obligations or warranties (other than confidentiality
                  obligations) under the Agreement and fails to cure such
                  default within thirty (30) days after the non-defaulting party
                  gives written notice of such failure;

         (b)      The other party fails to observe, perform or fulfill any
                  confidentiality obligation imposed hereunder and fails to cure
                  such default within ten (10) days after the non-defaulting
                  party gives notice of such failure;

         (c)      The other party's business is liquidated, dissolved or
                  suspended;

         (d)      The other party's adverse change in financial condition that
                  materially impairs its ability to perform its obligations
                  under this Agreement; or

         (e)      The other party's organization, ownership, operation, or
                  business philosophy change in a manner which in the other
                  party's judgment conflicts with such party's business
                  objectives set forth in this Agreement.

8.3      SURVIVAL. The provisions of the Agreement, which by their nature are
         intended to survive termination or expiration of this Agreement, shall
         survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

                                      6

<PAGE>


9.       MANAGEMENT OF THE COLLABORATION

9.1      To facilitate the anticipated scope and importance of the alliance
         created by this Agreement, the parties will jointly establish teams to
         execute the terms of this alliance, and these teams will be located to
         facilitate communications, e.g., Redwood City, Wilmington.

9.2      If ImproveNet considers an international development and deployment of
         the ImproveNet strategy, ImproveNet will consult with DuPont. If
         interested, DuPont and ImproveNet may enter into a separate alliance
         for the international development and deployment of the ImproveNet
         strategy.

9.3      The parties will meet periodically in person or by telephone (and at
         least once per calendar quarter) to discuss operations of this
         collaboration, possible changes to the collaboration and possible
         additional areas of collaborative activity,

9.4      The parties work together to maximize opportunities between the
         companies and to mutually agree on goals and measurable metrics to
         demonstrate increase in desired economics.

10.      PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY.

10.1     PROPRIETARY INFORMATION. "Proprietary Information" means any data or
         information regarding (i) the business operations of a party which is
         not generally known to the public and affords such party a competitive
         advantage, including but not limited to, information regarding its
         products and product development, suppliers, marketing strategies,
         finance, operations, customers, sales, and internal performance
         results; (ii) proprietary software, including but not limited to;
         concepts, designs, documentation, reports, data, specifications, source
         code, object code, flow charts, file record layouts, databases,
         inventions and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or
         copyrightable; and (iii) the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

10.2     OWNERSHIP AND PROTECTION. Each parry agrees that it has no interest in
         or right to use the Proprietary In. formation of the other except in
         accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each party acknowledges
         that it may disclose Proprietary Information to the other in the
         performance of this Agreement. The party receiving the Proprietary
         Information shall (i) maintain it in strict confidence and take all
         reasonable steps to prevent its disclosure to third panics, except to
         the extent necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement,, in
         which case these confidentiality restrictions shall be imposed upon the
         third parties to whom the disclosures are made; (ii) use at least the
         same degree of care as it uses in maintaining the secrecy of its own
         Proprietary Information (but no less than a reasonable degree of care);
         and (iii) prevent the removal of any proprietary, confidential or
         copyright notices placed on the Proprietary Information.

                                       7

<PAGE>

10.3     LIMITATION. Neither party shall have any obligation concerning any
         portion of the Proprietary Information of the other which (i) is
         publicly known prior to or after disclosure hereunder other than
         through acts or omissions attributable to the recipient or its
         employees or representatives; (ii) as demonstrated by prior written
         records, is already known to the recipient at the time of disclosure
         hereunder; (iii) is disclosed in good faith to the recipient by a third
         party having a lawful right to do so; or (iv) is the subject of written
         consent of the party which supplied such information authorizing
         disclosure; (v) is required to be disclosed by the receiving party by
         applicable law or legal process, provided that the receiving party
         shall immediately notify the other party so that it can take steps to
         prevent its disclosure; or (vi) is independently developed by the
         recipient by personnel having no knowledge of the disclosure hereunder.

10.4     REMEDIES FOR BREACH. In the event of a breach of this Section 9, the
         parties agree that the non-breaching party may suffer irreparable harm
         and the total amount of monetary damages for any injury to the
         non-breaching party may be impossible to calculate and would therefore
         be an inadequate remedy. Accordingly, the parties agree that the
         non-breaching party may be entitled to temporary, preliminary and
         permanent injunctive relief against the breaching party, its officers
         or employees, in addition to such other rights and remedies to which it
         may be entitled at law or in equity.

11.      INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MATTERS.

11.1     Each party shall retain sole rights to any intellectual property
         developed by that party independently of the collaboration pursuant to
         this Agreement;

11.2     The parties shall jointly own any intellectual property which arises
         out of the collaboration pursuant to this Agreement provided that if
         one party specifies and funds particular research activities, such
         party shall have sole rights to any intellectual property arising out
         of such research activities

11.3     All content and material provided in any format by DuPont for use by
         ImproveNet under this Agreement shall remain the sole property of
         DuPont. DuPont retains all rights of ownership and use including
         copyright, trademark, patent, etc. to the content and material
         including the right to use on any other interact based medium.

11.4     Nothing contained in this Agreement shall, by express grant,
         implication, estoppel or otherwise, creates in either party any right,
         title, interest, or license in or to the inventions, patents, technical
         dam, computer software, or software documentation of the other party.

12.      DISPUTE RESOLUTION.  In the event of a dispute between the parties and
         for which dispute the parties are unable to reach a mutually agreeable
         resolution, the dispute shall be submitted to arbitration under the
         commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association
         then in effect. There shall be one arbitrator mutually agreed to by
         both parties; such arbitrator shall have experience in the area of
         controversy. After the hearing, the arbitrator shall decide the
         controversy and render a written decision

                                        8

<PAGE>


         setting forth the issues adjudicated, the resolution thereof and the
         reasons for the award. The award of the arbitrator shall be
         conclusive. Payment of the expenses of arbitration, including the
         fee of the arbitrator, shall be assessed by the arbitrator based on
         the extent to which each party prevails.

13.      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

13.1     INVESTMENT. This Agreement is subject to the execution and delivery of
         the Series E Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement on or about
         November 19, 1999.

13.2     FEES; NO BROKERS. Except as expressly provided herein, each party shall
         bear its own costs incurred in performing under this Agreement. Without
         limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, ImproveNet
         represents and warrants to DuPont, and DuPont represents and warrants
         to ImproveNet that no broker, finder, investment banker or other party
         is entitled to any brokerage, finder's or other fee or commission in
         connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

13.3     SEVERABILITY. If any term of this Agreement is held as invalid or
         unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected,
         and each term and provision shall be valid and enforced to the fullest
         extent permitted by law.

13.4     ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement and any interest hereunder shall inure to
         the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective
         successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Upon prior
         notice to the other party, either party may assign this Agreement (i)
         to any legal entity in connection with the merger or consolidation of
         the assigning Party into such entity or the sale of all or
         substantially all of the assets of the assigning Party to such entity;
         or (ii) to any direct or indirect subsidiary of the assigning parry in
         connection with any corporate reorganization. Except as stated in the
         previous sentence, neither party may assign or delegate this Agreement
         without the other party's prior written consent, which consent shall
         not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempt to assign, delegate or
         otherwise transfer the Agreement in violation of this Section 10 is
         voidable by the other party.

13.5     INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS. It is expressly agreed that ImproveNet and
         DuPont are acting under this Agreement as independent contractors, and
         the relationship established under this Agreement shall not be
         construed as a partnership, joint venture or other form of joint
         enterprise. Neither parry is authorized to make any representations or
         create any obligation or liability, expressed or implied, on behalf of
         the other party, except as may be expressly provided for in this
         Agreement.

13.6     ACCESS TO BOOKS AND RECORDS. The parties shall keep complete, accurate
         and up-to-date books and records in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting principles and sound business practices covering all
         transactions relating to this Agreement. Either party and/or its
         authorized representatives shall upon reasonable notice have the right
         (not more than once annually) to inspect, audit, and/or copy such
         records in order to determine whether all provisions of this Agreement
         have been met. The parties agree

                                        9

<PAGE>


         that all information and records obtained in such audit shall be
         considered Proprietary Information. This right to audit shall be
         available to either party for up to two (2) years following the
         termination of this Agreement.

13.7     NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands and other communications
         (collectively, "Notices") required or permitted by this Agreement shall
         be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, telex, telegraph,
         facsimile or like method of transmission or mailed by registered or
         certified mail, return receipt requested, first class postage prepaid,
         addressed as follows:

         If to DuPont:
         DuPont Corian-Registered Trademark-
         E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
         P.O. Box 80012
         Wilmington, DE 19850-0012
         Attn: Global Communications Manager
         Fax:

         If to ImproveNet:
         ImproveNet, Inc.
         720 Bay Road
         Redwood City, California 94063
         Attn:
         Fax:

         If delivered by hand, telex, telegraph, facsimile or like method of
         transmission, the date on which a Notice is actually delivered shall be
         deemed the date of receipt and if delivered by mail, the date on which
         a Notice is actually received shall be deemed the date of receipt.
         Either party may change the address or designated person for receiving
         Notices by providing notice in accordance with this Section 11.g.

13.9     EXHIBITS. This Agreement incorporates the attached Attachment, Exhibits
         and any subsequent Attachments, Exhibits or schedules referencing this
         Agreement.

13.10    Y2K.

         Each party covenants and agrees that it will not permit a Year 2000
         Problem to computer systems, software or equipment owned, leased or
         licensed by it, its affiliates or subsidiaries to interfere with its
         performance under this Agreement. This undertaking is subject to any
         standard of performance or any excuse for non-performance provided in
         this Agreement, at law, or in equity. Each party further agrees, to the
         extent that the party deems it appropriate, to request, from those of
         its suppliers whose performance may materially affect that party's
         performance hereunder, that each such supplier undertake the same
         obligation with respect to such material performance. The parties will
         use reasonable commercial efforts to cooperate and share information to
         further comply with this section, and to minimize the impact of any
         Year 2000 Problem

                                          10

<PAGE>


         on performance of this Agreement. Each party will inform the other
         party of any circumstance indicating a possible obstacle to such
         compliance, and the steps being taken to avoid or overcome the
         obstacle. Provided a party complies with the previous paragraph, it
         will not be liable to the other party for any failure to perform
         obligations under this Agreement to the extent such failure arises
         from a Year 2000 Problem (l) affecting one of the non-performing
         party's suppliers or (2) beyond that party's reasonable control
         (e.g., a Year 2000 Problem affecting a governmental entity). IN
         PARTICULAR, SUCH NON-PERFORMING PARTY SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR
         ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
         CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OK EXEMPLARY DAMAGES.

         A "Year 2000 Problem" means a date handling problem relating to the
         Year 2000 date change that would cause a computer system, software or
         equipment to fail to correctly perform, process and handle date-related
         data for the dates within and between the twentieth and twenty-first
         centuries and all other centuries.

13.10    GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is to be construed, and the respective
         rights of DuPont and ImproveNet are to be determined, according to the
         laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to choice of law or
         conflicts principles of such other state which might otherwise be
         applicable, and the courts of Delaware shall have exclusive
         jurisdiction over any disputes, controversies or issues arising under
         this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be governed by the United
         Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.

13.11    ENTIRE AGREEMENT/AMENDMENTS. This Agreement including all exhibits
         attached hereto, contains the entire agreement between the parties
         covering the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and
         contemporaneous proposals, discussions and writings by and between the
         parties and relating to the subject matter hereof. None of the terms of
         this Agreement shall be deemed to be waived by either party or amended
         or supplemented unless such waiver, amendment or supplement is written
         and signed by both parties. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
         particular provision of this Agreement, as determined by any court of
         competent jurisdiction or any appropriate legislature, shall not affect
         the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in
         all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had been
         omitted. No usage of trade or industry course of dealing shall be
         relevant to explain or supplement any term expressed in this Agreement.

                                         11

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ImproveNet and DuPont, intending to be legally bound by the
terms of this Agreement, have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives.

E.I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY       IMPROVENET, INC.

By: /s/ Keith R. McLoughlin               By: /s/ Ronald B. Cooper
   --------------------------------          --------------------------------

Name:  Keith R. McLoughlin                Name:  Ronald B. Cooper
     ------------------------------          --------------------------------

Title: Vice President and                 Title: President and CEO
       General Manager                          -----------------------------
     ------------------------------

                                         12

<PAGE>

                                    Exhibit I

    Pages of Consumer Site and Prosite Relevant to DuPont Corian-Registered
    Trademark- Products

CONSUMER SITE
Design Gallery - Top Page
Design Gallery - Kitchens
Design Gallery - Baths
Product Showcase - Top Page
Product Showcase - Counters
Product Showcase - Bath Collections
Product Showcase - Kitchen Sinks
Product Showcase - Bath Sinks
Product Showcase - Shower and Tub Enclosures
Product Showcase - Tub and Shower Combos
Expert Advice - Top Page
Expert Advice - Pro Advice Library
Expert Advice - Message Boards - Top Page
Expert Advice - Message Boards - Kitchen Ideas
Expert Advice - Message Boards - Bath Ideas
Expert Advice - Message Boards - Cabinetry and Counters
Manufacturer Listings - Counters

PRO SITE
Design Gallery - Top Page
Design Gallery - Kitchens
Design Gallery - Baths
Product Ideas - Bath
Collections Product Ideas - Bath Sinks
Product Ideas - Counters
Product Ideas - Kitchen Sinks
Product Ideas - Shower & Tub Enclosures
Product Ideas - Tub and Shower Combos
Manufacturer Listings - Counters

Important Notes regarding relevant pages

         -        Not all relevant pages accept banner and button advertising.
                  This is not a guarantee that a banner/button for DuPont
                  Corian-Registered Trademark- will always be found on one of
                  these pages.

         -        New pages are added to both the consumer and ProSite on a
                  regular basis. Part of the management of the collaboration
                  will be keeping DuPont up to speed on planned editorial
                  changes in the site and determining the relevance of each.

                                         13

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit II

                               Smart Leads Program

The  base cost per message ($[...***...] - $[...***...] based on segmentation)
     will remain the same for duration of the Agreement, but the total cost will
     change depending upon the number of messages sent and the return to DuPont
     from the SmartLeads. The estimated costs below are for 2000, ImproveNet
     will update the projections annually during DuPont's budgeting cycle.
     DuPont will be billed only for the actual number of messages sent if the
     true number falls below the estimates. If the number of messages surpasses
     estimates, DuPont will be receiving those additional messages at no
     additional charge.

ImproveNet will send custom SmartLeads to the following groups:

1.       To selected homeowners submitting a kitchen or bath remodeling project
         - Estimated number of jobs submitted to ImproveNet - [...***...]
         - Cost per message - $[...***...], with no segmentation of budget or
           geography, additional $[...***...] per segment.
         - Total Net Maximum Cost - $[...***...]
2.       To contractors working with homeowners on above projects
         - [...***...] contractor messages sent
         - Cost per message - $[...***...]
         - Total Net Maximum Cost - $[...***...]
3.       To recent purchasers of DuPont products
         Post project offer to recent purchasers to include DuPont
         Corian-Registered Trademark- on their next project
         -    Estimated [...***...] messages
         -     Cost per message - $[...***...]
         -     Total Net Maximum Cost - $[...***...]
4.       To "Early Birds" consumers who have submitted a project to ImproveNet,
         too early to be matched with a service provider.
         -    Estimated number of "Early Bird" kitchen and bath remodeling jobs
              submitted - [...***...]
         -    Cost per message - $[...***...]
         -    Total Net Maximum Cost - $[...***...]


* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


                                        14


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18



                                            ***TEXT OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                          UNDER 17 C.F.R. SECTIONS 200.80(b)(4),
                                                            200.83 AND 240.24b-2


           INTERNET DEVELOPMENT, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

         This INTERNET DEVELOPMENT, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (the
"Agreement") is dated as of September 10, 1999 (the "Effective Date"), by and
between ImproveNet, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of
business at 1286 Oddstad Drive, Redwood City, CA 94063 ("ImproveNet"), General
Electric Company, a New York corporation, ("GE") by and through its General
Electric Appliances operating unit having a place of business at Appliance Park,
Louisville, Kentucky 40225 ("GEA") and GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc.

(solely with regard to Article IV, Section 4.2 hereof).

                                    RECITALS

         WHEREAS, ImproveNet, itself and through its affiliates, has developed
and operates a proprietary Internet-based service for matching consumer
end-users with builders/remodelers;

         WHEREAS, GEA manufactures and/or sells appliance products and services
to builders/remodelers and desires to strengthen its relationship with
builders/remodelers through a commercial arrangement with ImproveNet;

         WHEREAS, ImproveNet wishes to provide builder/remodeler customers and
consumer end-users utilizing the ImproveNet System with linkage to certain
content and capabilities owned or licensed by GEA relating to various GEA
products and services; and

         WHEREAS, ImproveNet, GE, GEA and GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc.
have determined that it is in their respective interests to enter into this
agreement;

         NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, and in
consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein set forth, and with
the intent to be legally bound thereby, ImproveNet and GEA hereby agree as
follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1    DEFINED TERMS. Unless the parties, in writing, agree
otherwise, the following defined terms shall have the meanings set forth herein:

                    (a) "ABD" means a GEA Authorized Builder-Distributor.

                    (b) "AFFILIATE" means any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with the named entity, whether
directly or through one or more intermediaries. For purposes of this definition
"under common control with," "controlled by" and "control" each refer to
ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting capital stock or other
interests having voting rights with respect to the election of the board of
directors or similar governing authority.

                    (c) "HPS" means GEA's Home Products and Services business.

                                         1.

<PAGE>

                    (d) "IMPROVENET MARKS" means any and all trademarks, trade
names and/or service marks owned by ImproveNet and related to the ImproveNet
System.

                    (e) "IMPROVENET SYSTEM" means the current ImproveNet.com web
site and all ImproveNet business processes created in support of the
ImproveNet.com website consisting of: (i) ImproveNet's Internet website(s) as of
Effective Date, or ImproveNet's successor websites thereto; (ii) any other
websites or means of electronic display or presentation relating to the
builder/remodeler service process controlled by ImproveNet or its Affiliates
relevant to the builder/remodeler or service process; (iii) software developed
or utilized to create and publish product or service catalogs; and (iv) any
proprietary communications links between the ImproveNet System website and GEA.

                    (f) "COVERED ITEMS" means any products or services offered
for sale to builders and/or remodelers and End Users by GE in the following
categories: refrigeration, cooking, speed cooking, microwave, laundry,
dishwasher, and room air conditioners.

                    (g) "CUSTOMER" means any builder or remodeler that uses the
ImproveNet System to obtain access to potential End User buyers of building or
remodeling goods or services.

                    (h) "END USER" means a visitor to the ImproveNet System,
other than a Customer, who may be an actual or potential purchaser or consumer
of building or remodeling goods and services.

                    (i) "GEA CONTENT" means GEA product specifications and
descriptions for Covered Items, digitized representations of GEA products, and
any other proprietary informational content provided by GEA for placement on or
linkage from or to the ImproveNet System.

                    (j) "GEA MARKS" means any and all trademarks, trade names,
and/or service marks owned by GE and used in connection with the GEA Content.

                    (k) "GEA TECHNOLOGY" means: (i) GEA's CustomerNet and
Interactive Design Center sites and related software; (ii) GEA's order entry and
order fulfillment system; and (iii) any Proprietary Information of GEA provided
to ImproveNet under this Agreement.

                    (l) "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS" means intellectual
property and/or proprietary rights, including, without limitation, copyrights
(including, but not limited to, rights in audiovisual works, whether or not
registered); moral rights and all other rights in works of authorship; patent
rights (including patent applications and disclosures); rights of priority;
publicity rights, trade secret rights; registered or otherwise protected
trademarks, trade names, and service marks, and protections from trademark
dilution; to the extent that any of the foregoing are recognized in any country
or jurisdiction in the world.

                    (m) "MEMBER" means a manufacturer or distributor of building
or remodeling supplies or services who contracts with ImproveNet to market goods
or services to Customers or End-users through the ImproveNet System. Members
include those manufacturers and distributors, such as GEA, which are designated
as "Founding Members" by virtue of contracting for terms such as GEA has been
accorded in section 3.3 hereof.

                    (n) "PROPRIETARY INFORMATION" of a party means any
confidential, proprietary or trade secret information disclosed by a party that
is identified in writing as such at the time of its initial disclosure, or if
initially disclosed in intangible form, is reduced to tangible form and properly

                                       2

<PAGE>

identified as such within thirty (30) days of initial unmarked disclosure,
however, disclosed, whether orally, visually, electronically, in writing or
otherwise, including without limitation: (i) information disclosed by a party
relating to product development strategy and activity, corporate assessments
and strategic plans, financial and statistical information, accounting
information, software, systems, processes, formulae, inventions, discoveries,
policies, guidelines, procedures, practices, disputes or litigation; (ii)
trade information relating to such party's employees, advertisers, suppliers,
contractors or customers which, if released, would cause an unlawful or
actionable invasion of privacy; and (iii) compilations or summaries of
information or data that is itself Proprietary Information. For purposes of
this Agreement, information shall be deemed to be disclosed by a party if
such information is disclosed by any of its officers, employees, directors,
consultants, agents, representatives or Affiliates.

                    (o) "STATEMENT OF WORK" means the description of the
parties' responsibilities and implementation schedules set forth in EXHIBIT A.

                    (p) "ImproveNet Consumer Site" means ImproveNet's
location on the internet where individual consumers access any of
ImproveNet's product and service offering. Currently defined as
www.improvenet.com. In the event ImproveNet defines other URL's for consumers
to access its product and service offering in the future, these sites will
also be included under this definition.

                    (q) "ImproveNet ProSite" means location or locations on
the internet where individual contractors or groups of contractors access
ImproveNet's complete product and service offering to the contractor network.
The ProSite offering is still under development and will be defined with
specific URLs after completion of this Agreement. All URLs where contractors
will access ImproveNet's product and service offering are included in this
definition.

                    (r) "SmartLeads" means targeted email messages, either
stand alone messages or embedded as part of a broader message from
ImproveNet, sent to consumers and contractors on behalf of ImproveNet's
manufacturing and service partners such as GEA Appliances.

                    (s) "Smart Pro Fax" means faxes sent to contractors which
includes a targeted message from an ImproveNet manufacturing and service
partner such as GEA.

                    (t) "GEA Find A Contractor" means capability to access
ImproveNet content directly on the GE Appliances web site via clicking on a
button on the GE Appliances site that indicates this feature. The name of
such button may vary from "Find a Contractor", per GEA's discretion but must
suggest to the consumer that they will be sent to a site offering content
consistent with ImproveNet's product and service offering and value
proposition.

                    (u) "Six Sigma Process" means a business process that is
designed using GE's "Six Sigma" quality assurance and improvement process
methodology. This methodology is defined based on GE's internal training
materials for Six Sigma and includes but is not limited to the use of process
mapping and statistics to design and improve processes that best meet the
defined objectives of a company's customers.

                    (v) "Competitor" means any person, corporation or other
business entity, including their successors, in whole or in part, that
produces or sells Covered Items, including but not limited to the following
corporations: [...***...].

*CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       3

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

              DEVELOPMENT AND INTEGRATION OF THE IMPROVENET SYSTEM

     Section 2.1 DEVELOPMENT OF IMPROVENET SYSTEM. ImproveNet will develop
the ImproveNet System and link GEA Content and transactional capabilities in
accordance with the specifications and schedule set forth in the Statement of
Work. In connection with such development efforts, ImproveNet and GEA will
perform the activities specified in this Article II and the Statement of Work.

     Section 2.2 IMPROVENET SYSTEM DESIGN. In consultation with ImproveNet,
GEA will provide design input with respect to ImproveNet's links to GEA
Content and will have final approval of the results of the linkage of the GEA
Content and GEA Technology with the ImproveNet System before such results are
made publicly available. No changes to the overall "look and feel" relating
to GEA Content or GEA Covered Items will be made without prior approval of
GEA. ImproveNet shall not alter the wording or context of any GEA Content
without the prior written approval of GEA.

     Section 2.3 RISK MANAGEMENT CONTACT. ImproveNet and GEA will each
designate a risk management contact (collectively, the "Risk Management") as
the primary individuals responsible for facilitating communication between
GEA and ImproveNet regarding the Statement of Work and for coordinating the
development and integration efforts contemplated herein.

                    (a) MODIFICATIONS TO STATEMENT OF WORK. Upon mutual
written agreement, GEA and ImproveNet may from time to time modify the
Statement of Work, provided that any modifications to the Statement of Work
will be made in a writing executed by each of the parties.

                    (b) SCHEDULE. GEA and ImproveNet will confer on a regular
basis to assess the status of the development effort with respect to the
agreed-upon schedule for such effort ("Schedule") as indicated on EXHIBIT B
hereto, which may be updated or modified by the parties at any time in a
writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

     Section 2.4 DEVELOPMENT PERSONNEL. ImproveNet will dedicate, as mutually
agreed upon by GEA and ImproveNet, sufficient personnel with appropriate risk
management skill to the development and integration effort contemplated by
this Agreement in order to ensure that the ImproveNet System is developed and
integrated in accordance with the Schedule.

     Section 2.5 "BEST OF BREED" PERFORMANCE STANDARDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY
IMPROVENET. ImproveNet shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to
perform its responsibilities set forth in this Agreement so that, to the
extent applicable, the ImproveNet System is competitive with or superior to
any other commercial consumer service-oriented web sites offered in similar
markets to similar customers ("Best of Breed Performance Standards"). For
purposes of this Section, competitiveness or superiority shall be ascertained
on the basis of material, objective performance factors, including response
time, functionality, and reliability. Without limiting the foregoing,
ImproveNet shall, (i) exercise reasonable commercial efforts to ensure that
the ImproveNet System operates twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week,
with no more than five percent (5%) Scheduled Downtime (periods of
unavailability for scheduled maintenance or installation of upgrades), and
(ii) ensure that there is no Scheduled Downtime between 6am and 9pm EST

     Section 2.6 GEA ASSISTANCE. GEA will use reasonable commercial efforts
to provide appropriate and timely support to ImproveNet's development and
integration efforts

                                      4

<PAGE>

     Section 2.7 DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES. Except as expressly stated in this
Agreement, ImproveNet will be responsible for its own cost of development of
the ImproveNet System and integration with GEA and will pay for the costs of
the personnel, materials, and facilities it contributes to such effort.

     Section 2.8 MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS. ImproveNet shall update the
ImproveNet System as promptly as is practicable and at least as often as is
necessary to maintain compliance with any applicable government regulations
and standard industry practices. GEA shall update the GEA Content linked to
the ImproveNet System as promptly as is practicable and at least as often as
is necessary to maintain compliance with any applicable government
regulations and standard industry practices. In addition, the parties will
cooperate to maintain any transactional capabilities between GEA and
ImproveNet as the ImproveNet System upgrades are released.

                                   ARTICLE III

                           MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

     Section 3.1 IMPROVENET MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION RESPONSIBILITIES TO GEA

                    (a) Paid Banner Advertising - GEA will be represented
with at least [...***...] paid banner [...***...] on the ImproveNet
Consumer Site and the ProSite (a contractor site now in development), at all
times over the life of the Agreement, including in one or more of the
following four locations on the ImproveNet Consumer Site at ImproveNet's
discretion: kitchen section of the product showcase, kitchen section of the
design gallery, lead banner advertisement on the ImproveNet homepage, or
kitchen sections of version 2.0. Both parties agree that banner locations may
be relocated on the ImproveNet System, provided both parties agree, as the
nature of the ImproveNet System changes over time. GEA, working with
ImproveNet, will determine the GEA Content and linkages associated with the
advertisements. ImproveNet guarantees minimum impressions for each
advertisement at a level at least as high as that guaranteed within its
normal signed Insertion Orders with other manufacturers. Banner sizes and
nature will be at least consistent with (e.g. 488x60), but may exceed the
standard advertisement terms agreed to by other manufacturers in signed
Insertion Orders.

                    (b) Paid Button Advertising - GEA will be represented
with [...***...] paid button [...***...] on both the ImproveNet Consumer Site
and ProSite over the life of the Agreement. This paid button will be
prominently placed and will be present on all pages of the ImproveNet
Consumer Site and ProSite where there is relevant content for the Covered
Items; provided, however, ImproveNet will place a GEA button in all places
where a [...***...]appears on the ImproveNet Consumer Site and ProSite except
the home page of the ImproveNet Consumer Site, provided that it is free of
any [...***...]. In the event, ImproveNet makes the editorial decision to add
any button advertising to the home page of the ImproveNet Consumer Site, a
GEA button will be present on the home page at all times that other button
advertising is present on the ImproveNet Consumer Site homepage. GEA, working
with ImproveNet, will determine the GEA Content and linkages associated with
the advertisements. ImproveNet guarantees minimum impressions for each
advertisement at a level at least as high as that guaranteed within its
standard signed Insertion Orders with other manufacturers. Button sizes and
nature will be at least consistent (e.g. 66 x33) but may exceed the standard
advertisement terms agreed to by other manufacturers in signed Insertion
Orders.

                    (c) On-line Product Brochure - A GEA product brochure,
linked to the

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                        5

<PAGE>

GEA site, will be part of the ImproveNet Consumer Site and ProSite site for
the entire life of the agreement. GEA and ImproveNet will both work together
in good faith to provide the resources needed to co-design the brochure to be
launched as soon as possible. ImproveNet will agree to link the brochure to
the GEA site if appropriate to eliminate the need for GEA to maintain
multiple versions of brochures.

                    (d) Hot Links - The ImproveNet Consumer Site and ProSite
will be "hot linked" to the GEA site for the entire life of the Agreement, in
all places where GEA is referenced, unless GEA specifically agrees not to
link specific references.

                    (e) Consumer SmartLeads - GEA has the right to submit
SmartLeads to [...***...] ImproveNet [...***...] initiating on the GEA site
and the ImproveNet System who submits a job related to kitchen designing and
remodeling or general designing and remodeling that include kitchens, for the
entire life of the Agreement. In addition, GEA will receive an additional
[...***...]SmartLeads per year during this three-year Agreement to use at its
discretion from customers initiating on other manufacturers sites (e.g. find
a contractor). ImproveNet will seek the permission of the respective
manufacturer whose site the customer originated on ("host manufacturer") for
GEA to submit the SmartLeads. The host manufacturer retains the full
authority to reject GEA SmartLeads to consumers originating on its site. GEA
as a host manufacturer will also hold this veto right regarding leads from
other manufacturers to consumers originating on its site. GEA SmartLeads will
be consistent in nature (e.g. currently 3 messages per lead) with those
agreed to by other manufacturers in standard signed Insertion Orders.

                    (f) Contractor SmartLeads - GEA has the right to submit
SmartLeads to [...***...] ImproveNet [...***...] (including general and
specialty remodeling contractors, designers and architects) responding to a
job related to kitchen designing and remodeling or general designing and
remodeling that include kitchens, for the entire life of this Agreement that
comes from the ImproveNet System or GEA; provided, that such contractor has
not opted out of receiving third-party promotions. These leads will be
submitted to contractors who are both on-line and not on-line through a
combination of e-mails via the ProSite and fax via the Smart ProFax. In
addition, GEA will receive an additional [...***...] SmartLeads per year
during the three-year agreement subject to the same host manufacturer rules
as specified in Section 3.1(e) above, on the contractor ProSite to use at its
discretion. GEA SmartLeads to contractors will be consistent in nature with
those agreed to by other manufacturers in standard signed Insertion Orders.

                    (g) Product Showcase - Over the entire life of the
Agreement, GEA product will be listed prominently under each of the "covered
product categories" in the Product Showcase and will have the right to have
GEA products listed in [...***...] under each of the "covered product
categories" as [...***...].

                    (h) Support resource - ImproveNet agrees to assign a
full-time individual to maximize opportunities between ImproveNet and GEA. In
addition, ImproveNet agrees to provide the resources required to implement
GEA "Find a Contractor," GEA product brochure, and other system requirements
to ensure GEA is connected to ImproveNet as quickly as possible following the
signing of this Agreement.

                    (i) GEA contractor screening - (1) ImproveNet agrees to
screen/evaluate any contractors, builders and remodelers suggested by GEA for
inclusion in the ImproveNet System, and (2) said screening/evaluation process
shall be reviewed by GEA pursuant to its Six Sigma Process and GEA will make
suggestions to ImproveNet as to potential changes or improvement; provided,
however, ImproveNet shall in its sole discretion have the right to approve
its screening and evaluation process and

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       6

<PAGE>

determine if a contractor, builder or remodeler is included in the ImproveNet
System.

                    (j) Marketing Data: Consistent with the terms of Article
VII, (1) CUSTOMERS INITIATED ON GEA "FIND A CONTRACTOR": ImproveNet will,
during the term of this Agreement, provide GEA with aggregated customer data
for all customers initiating from the GEA "Find a Contractor" location. Such
data will include, but not be limited to, consumer demographic data captured
by ImproveNet, consumer click through data, and job/purchase basket analysis.
ImproveNet will not share GEA specific data with any other parties, except to
the extent that such data is aggregated with other manufacturer data and is
not identifiable as GEA-specific data, and (2) CUSTOMERS INITIATED ON
IMPROVENET SITE AND OTHER HOST MANUFACTURER SITES: During the term of this
Agreement, ImproveNet will make commercially reasonable efforts to seek
approval of all host manufacturers to provide to ImproveNet overall site and
category level data for all product categories. The host manufacturers retain
the full authority to reject any request for marketing data that includes
consumers originating on their sites.

     Section 3.2 GEA MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION RESPONSIBILITIES TO IMPROVENET

                    (a) "Find A Contractor": GEA agrees to institute and
support the "Find a Contractor" service for the entire life of the Agreement.
GEA and ImproveNet will work together to execute the foregoing with two
objectives in mind: (1) GEA customers will remain framed within GEA's
websites (unless GEA, at its sole discretion, agrees otherwise). GEA will not
become subject to ancillary liability for customer-contractor-ImproveNet
disputes, except as may pertain to actual or alleged defects in GEA Covered
Items. The precise form of this linkage will be determined by GEA in
consultation with ImproveNet.

                    (b) GEA Point Person: GEA will support ImproveNet with a
full-time dedicated person devoted to maximizing opportunities between
ImproveNet and GEA (GEA Point Person). This person will be Six Sigma trained
and their job will based on, but not limited to, undertaking the following
activities:

                         (1) Promotion of Find a Contractor - GEA will work
with marketing and other GEA functional groups to incorporate the ImproveNet
"message" and GEA's implementation of "Find a Contractor" into GEA's general
promotional and communications materials to the trade. GEA will work in good
faith in this area but ImproveNet agrees to understand the broad and diverse
nature of GEA communication materials, the needs and desires of the receiving
parties of the materials, and the lead time associated with working to
include such information in its materials, in its interpretation of "good
faith."

                         (2) External Communications - GEA will work with
ImproveNet and GEA communications to develop press releases and
communications to other targeted manufacturers regarding the GEA-ImproveNet
relationship and the ImproveNet value proposition.

                         (3) Trade shows - GEA will coordinate GEA-ImproveNet
co-marketing activities at industry trade shows and events.

                         (4) Authorized builder distributors - GEA will work
with HPS Marketing to fold the ImproveNet relationship into the ABD Prestige
Remodeling Program including local ABD remodeling events

                         (5) Sales - GEA will work with GEA sales management
to communicate the ImproveNet relationship to the GEA field sales force.

                                     7

<PAGE>

                         (6) BuildNet - GEA will facilitate conversations to
identify and implement mutually agreed upon opportunities between BuildNet,
Inc., ImproveNet, and GEA.

                         (7) Six Sigma-GEA will complete a project to analyze
ImproveNet's core business processes. Train key ImproveNet personnel on Six
Sigma. Provide ongoing Six Sigma support.

                    (c) Call center key word search: GEA will build an
ImproveNet marketing message into the Answer Center database by connecting it
to keywords associated with remodeling and the ImproveNet value proposition.
GEA will communicate this added feature to all service representatives in the
Answer Center and will train all GEA service representatives in the Answer
Center to use it. ImproveNet and GEA will work together to script the message
and identify the list of keywords to be used.

                    (d) Automated call center message: GEA is currently
developing automated, IVR, dealer locator functionality in the Answer Center.
An ImproveNet message will be built into this new feature under remodeling.

                    (e) Direct marketing: GEA agrees to provide ImproveNet
with the opportunity to insert ImproveNet promotional materials in [...***...]
third class direct mailings of GEA's affiliate Warranty Management Inc. each
year for the entire term of the Agreement. Materials to be inserted will be
developed by ImproveNet at their cost and must fit within the specifications
used by GEA with other advertisers. Improvenet's third class mailing
opportunities with GEA are anticipated to number at least [...***...]
individual mailing pieces per year. In the event third class mailing
opportunities fall below [...***...] pieces, GEA will provide opportunities
for ImproveNet to insert in other class mailings until total opportunities
reach [...***...] pieces in a given year.

                    (f) Direct marketing database: GEA to provide ImproveNet
access to up to 12 "cuts" or "runs" of the GEA direct marketing database over
the three year period. ImproveNet's use of the database must comply with the
standards imposed by GEA in working with other third party users of the
database

     Section 3.3 FOUNDING MEMBER AGREEMENT

GEA will be designated as a "founding member" of the ImproveNet manufacturers
partners program. This membership applies to all the Covered Items and
services defined above. As a founding member GEA will receive the following
benefits:

                    (a) Equity investment [...***...]: During the term of
this Agreement, ImproveNet agrees not to sell any capital stock to [...***...];
provided, however, the aforementioned limitation shall not apply to any stock
sold in the public market or sold by the Company in any underwritten
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. GEA maintains the
right to waive this exclusivity right at any time.

                    (b) Preferred SmartLeads placement: GEA SmartLeads will
be the [...***...] manufacturer listed within a message when multiple
manufacturers in the Covered Items categories are submitting a message to a
Customer in the same message. In addition, when both GEA and other
manufacturers in the Covered Items categories submit leads within separate
messages to the same Customer, the GEA SmartLeads will be submitted in
messages that [...***...] the messages containing


* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      8

<PAGE>

leads from other manufacturers in the Covered Items categories.

                    (c) ImproveNet personal project advisors will be trained
to mention GEA first when discussing the Covered Items categories with
consumers.

                    (d) GEA paid banner and button advertising will receive
at least an equal position to other advertisements from other manufacturers
of the Covered Items when located on the same page

                                   ARTICLE IV

                              MARKETING ASSISTANCE

     Section 4.1 CUSTOMER REFERRALS. For a period of three years commencing
on the Effective Date, GEA agrees to pay ImproveNet the sum of [...***...]
dollars ($[...***...]) for each "completed customer" (the "Fee"). This will
be done quarterly as the data is collected with both parties having
appropriate audit rights. For purposes of this provision, a "completed
customer" is defined as a consumer or contractor that is (i) referred to GEA
through a lead initiated by ImproveNet, including both on-line leads sent
electronically and paper-based leads printed off the ImproveNet System, and
(ii) which buys GEA Covered Items in conjunction with that job as
demonstrated by the customer's submission of an ImproveNet generated coupon
pursuant to a promotional program developed and sponsored by GEA in its sole
discretion; provided, however, the aggregate due to ImproveNet under this
Section 4.1 shall not exceed in the aggregate $[...***...]during the first
year of this Agreement, $[...***...] in the second year of this Agreement and
$[...***...] during the third year of this Agreement.

     Section 4.2 WARRANT. In recognition of GEA's strategic contribution,
ImproveNet hereby grants to GEA a warrant in the form attached hereto as
EXHIBIT C, the intent and effect of which shall be that [...***...] GE
Capital Equity Investments, Inc. shall be issued a warrant to purchase
117,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at $0.01 per share. In
consideration for such additional warrant, GE Capital Equity Investments,
Inc. agrees to (a) work with ImproveNet to assist it in obtaining rights for
ImproveNet to receive a preferred choice of time slots in buying remnant
advertising space from NBC, (b) place the "Find a Contractor" Hotlink on the
homepage of at least three of the four strategic GE businesses (i.e. GE
Lighting, GE Plastics, GE Fleet and GE Mortgage) and (c) include ImproveNet
in the GE Advantage program.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       9

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V

                                 LICENSE GRANTS

     Section 5.1 LICENSE FOR GEA CONTENT AND GEA MARKS. During the term of
this Agreement, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
GEA hereby grants to ImproveNet, in conjunction with ImproveNet's activities
pursuant to this Agreement, a non-exclusive, non-transferable and, pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement, revocable right and license:

                    (a) to reproduce and publicly display the GEA Content on
or from the ImproveNet System and on or from any co-branded pages (i.e.,
pages identified with both GEA Marks and ImproveNet Marks, or the names or
descriptions of both GEA and ImproveNet) to End Users and Customers, in the
manner specified in this Agreement or otherwise agreed to by the parties, and
to distribute and transmit the GEA Content for the sole purpose of permitting
End Users and Customers to view it from the ImproveNet System and co-branded
pages;

                    (b) subject to GEA's prior written right (within its sole
discretion) of approval, to reproduce and publicly display the GEA Content on
or from any Internet site, other electronic platform, or computer system that
is not exclusively controlled by ImproveNet, and to electronically distribute
and transmit the GEA Content for the sole purpose of permitting End Users and
Customers to view it from such approved sites, platforms, or systems;
provided, however, ImproveNet agrees to obtain GEA's prior written consent if
it intends to enter into a contract or an arrangement with a third party
which could or would result by virtue of the proposed terms of the applicable
contract or arrangement in less than full pages of GEA Content being pulled
through to a third party's website or any material alteration of GEA Content;

                    (c) to display the GEA Marks in direct connection with
GEA Content on or from the ImproveNet System website and on or from any
co-branded pages (i.e., pages identified with both GEA Marks and ImproveNet
Marks, or the names or descriptions of both GEA and ImproveNet) as provided
in this Agreement and, subject to GEA's prior written right of approval, (in
its sole discretion) to display the GEA Marks in direct connection with GEA
Content on any Internet site, other electronic platform, or computer system
that is not exclusively controlled by ImproveNet, and

                    (d) to modify the selection, arrangement, and look and
feel of the GEA Content, only such that ImproveNet may determine what
portions of the GEA Content will be incorporated into the ImproveNet System
or the co-branded pages referred to above and how that content is arranged
and displayed, provided that ImproveNet shall have no right to alter the
wording or context of the portions of the GEA Content selected, without the
prior written approval of GEA, in its sole discretion.

     Section 5.2 LIMITATIONS.

               (a) The use of the GEA Marks shall always be in connection
with GEA Content, be with appropriate attributions displayed to End Users and
Customers, and as otherwise agreed by the parties, provided that: (i)
ImproveNet shall at all times use an appropriate trademark or service mark
legend as GEA may from time to time specify with respect to any use of the
GEA Marks; (ii) GEA may request that ImproveNet correct the appearance of any
GEA Marks by giving ImproveNet seven (7) calendar days prior written notice;
and (iii) ImproveNet shall not modify the GEA Marks or use them for any
purpose other than as set forth above. ImproveNet shall not engage in any
activity associated with the GEA Marks that, in GEA's sole judgement,
adversely affects the good name, good will, image or

                                   10

<PAGE>

reputation of GEA, and ImproveNet shall take commercially reasonable steps to
ensure that Customers do not do so. All uses of the GEA Marks hereunder shall
inure only to the benefit of GE, including GEA.

               (b) ImproveNet shall use the GEA Content, the GEA Marks, and
the GEA Technology (to the extent that the parties agree that ImproveNet may
use the GEA Technology) in accordance with any and all standards, policies,
and/or guidelines adopted by GEA; provided, however, that GEA agrees to
deliver to ImproveNet a written copy of any such standards, policies and/or
guidelines adopted by GEA and ImproveNet shall not be required to conform to
such policies until fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such
materials from GEA, and GEA shall have the right to proscribe any use of the
GEA Content, the GEA Marks, and the GEA Technology pursuant to the exercise
of the foregoing license that is not in accordance with any and all such
standards, policies and/or guidelines.

     Section 5.3 NO UNAUTHORIZED USE. ImproveNet shall not:

                    (a) copy, use, display, distribute, or transfer the GEA
Content, the GEA Marks, or the GEA Technology, except as expressly
contemplated in this Agreement;

                    (b) create any derivative works based upon the GEA
Technology; and

                    (c) reverse engineer, disassemble, or decompile the GEA
Technology.

     Section 5.4 NO OTHER LICENSES. ImproveNet's rights in and to the GEA
Content, the GEA Marks, and the GEA Technology shall be limited to those
expressly granted in this Agreement. All other uses, reproduction, or display
of the GEA Content, the GEA Marks, and the GEA Technology shall be subject to
GEA's prior written approval, in GEA's sole discretion.

     Section 5.5 LICENSE REGARDING IMPROVENET MARKS. Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, ImproveNet hereby grants to GEA a
non-exclusive, non-transferable and, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,
revocable right and license to display ImproveNet Marks in links from any GEA
websites to the ImproveNet System and in links to the ImproveNet System from
any co-branded pages (i.e., pages identified with both GEA Marks and those of
third parties, or with the names or descriptions of both GEA and third
parties) hosted by GEA, and subject to the approval of ImproveNet (which
shall not be unreasonably withheld), to display ImproveNet Marks in GEA
marketing collateral. The use of ImproveNet Marks shall be with appropriate
attributions displayed, and as otherwise agreed by the parties, provided
that: (i) GEA shall at all times use an appropriate trademark or service mark
legend as ImproveNet may from time to time specify with respect to any use of
ImproveNet Marks; (ii) ImproveNet may request that GEA correct the appearance
of any ImproveNet Marks by giving GEA seven (7) calendar days prior written
notice; and (iii) GEA shall not modify ImproveNet Marks or use them for any
purpose other than as set forth above. GEA shall not engage in any action
associated with ImproveNet Marks that, in ImproveNet's sole judgment,
adversely affects the good name, goodwill, image or reputation of ImproveNet.
All uses of ImproveNet Marks hereunder shall inure to the benefit of
ImproveNet. GEA's rights in and to ImproveNet Marks shall be limited to those
expressly granted in this Agreement. All other uses, reproduction, or display
of ImproveNet Marks shall be subject to ImproveNet's prior written approval.

     Section 5.6 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Nothing in this Agreement
shall be construed to transfer from one party to another the ownership of any
property subject to Intellectual Property Rights, or any rights to use,
reproduce, or exhibit such property except as provided in this Article V.
Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing: (i) GEA Technology and GEA
Content, and all Intellectual

                                     11

<PAGE>

Property Rights therein, are and will remain the sole and exclusive property
of GEA and its licensors; (ii) the ImproveNet System and all Intellectual
Property Rights therein will remain the sole and exclusive property of
ImproveNet and its licensors.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                FEES AND PAYMENTS

     Section 6.1 CUSTOMER REFERRAL FEES Shall be as provided in section 4.2
hereof.

     Section 6.2 GEA PAYMENTS TO IMPROVENET. In consideration for the
ImproveNet services set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, GEA will pay to
ImproveNet, annually in advance, the sum of $[...***...] in l999, $[...***...]
in 2000 and $[...***...] in 2001. The first payment shall be due and payable
within 30 days of the Effective Date and each subsequent payment shall be due
and payable within 30 days of the anniversary date of the Effective Date.

     Section 6.3 IMPROVENET PAYMENTS TO GEA. In consideration for the GEA
services provided in Section 3.2 hereof, ImproveNet will pay to GEA the sum
of $[...***...] in l999, $[...***...] in 2000 and $[...***...] in 2001. The
first payment shall be due and payable within 30 days of the Effective Date
and each subsequent payment shall be due and payable within 30 days of the
anniversary date of the Effective Date.

     Section 6.4 PAYMENTS. Disputes related to any payments due under this
Agreement shall not constitute grounds for any party hereto to cease to
perform any of its obligations under this Agreement and shall be handled in
accordance with Article XI. Any payments not made when due shall accrue
interest from the date due until the date paid at twelve percent (12%) per
annum or, if less, the maximum per annum rate permitted by law.

     Section 6.5 TAXES. Each party shall be responsible for all taxes of any
sort due on any fees received by that party pursuant to this Agreement.

     Section 6.6 TRANSACTION FEES. In the event GEA elects to utilize its
relationship with ImproveNet to sell Covered Items to Customers or End-Users,
whether directly or through GEA authorized intermediaries such as
distributors or dealers, ImproveNet will not be entitled to any fees or
payments other than as expressly set forth in this provision and in Article
IV.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                PROPRIETARY INFORMATION, USAGE DATA AND PUBLICITY

     Section 7.1 PROTECTION. All Proprietary Information disclosed by a party
hereto to any other party hereto in the course of performing under this
Agreement or to which a party hereto gains access in connection with this
Agreement shall be deemed to be the property of the disclosing party. The
receiving party shall during the life of this Agreement: (i) receive such
Proprietary Information in confidence; (ii) during the life of this Agreement
and for two (2) years thereafter maintain the confidentiality of such
Proprietary Information and not disclose such Proprietary Information to
third parties (except for the receiving party's representatives, agents and
contractors who have a need to know, are under a duty of non-disclosure, and
are acting for the sole benefit of the receiving party), and shall

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                        12

<PAGE>

accord such Proprietary Information at least the same level of protection
against unauthorized use and disclosure as the receiving party customarily
accords its own information of a similar nature; (iii) use or permit the use
of such Proprietary Information solely in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement; and (iv) promptly notify the disclosing party in writing of any
loss or unauthorized use or disclosure of or access to the disclosing party's
Proprietary Information of which it becomes aware. The terms and conditions
of this Agreement (as well as all information regarding the negotiation of
this Agreement) shall be deemed to be the Proprietary Information of the
parties hereto. The parties hereto shall each abide by and reproduce and
include any restrictive legends or proprietary rights notices that appear in
or on any Proprietary Information of the other parties hereto that it is
authorized to reproduce. Each party shall also not remove, alter, cover or
distort any trademark, trade name, copyright or other proprietary rights
notices, legends, symbols or labels appearing in any Proprietary Information
of any other party hereto. Confidentiality obligations and restrictions
arising under this Section 7.1 shall continue to exist unless and until such
Proprietary Information falls into one of the exclusions set forth in Section
7.2 hereto, but in no event longer than three (3) years following the
expiration or termination of this Agreement.

     Section 7.2 EXCLUSIONS. The restrictions on disclosure set forth above
shall not apply when, and to the extent that the Proprietary Information: (i)
is or becomes generally available to the public through no fault of the
receiving party; (ii) was previously rightfully known to the receiving party
free of any obligation to keep it confidential; (iii) is subsequently
disclosed to the receiving party by a third party who may rightfully transfer
and disclose such information without restriction and free of any obligation
to keep it confidential; (iv) is independently developed by the receiving
party or a third party without reference to the disclosing party's
Proprietary Information and such disclosing party is able to document such
independent development; or (v) is required to be disclosed by the receiving
party as a matter of law, provided that the receiving party uses all
reasonable efforts to provide the disclosing party with at least ten (10)
days prior written notice of such disclosure; provided, further, ImproveNet
shall be permitted to disclose this Agreement, without GEA's consent, and the
Related Agreements (as defined in the Series D Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement entered into between the parties on the date hereof) publicly to
the extent mandated by any applicable federal or state law or regulation.

     Section 7.3 DATA RIGHTS. All data generated through the ImproveNet
System shall be the property of the originator, unless otherwise assigned.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, GEA acknowledges and agrees
that ImproveNet may request and obtain all rights from Customers and/or
Members using the system (including GEA) in order for ImproveNet to make use
of aggregated data for forecasting or other commercial purposes. ImproveNet
will protect the confidentiality of all GEA transactions. Assuming that GEA
obtains appropriate Customer and/or End User authorization, GEA will have the
right to use all data generated by and through its Customers or End-Users for
Covered Items and may use such transaction data gathered by GEA (whether or
not such transactions flow through the ImproveNet System) in any manner GEA
deems appropriate.

     Section 7.4 SECURITY. ImproveNet will ensure the security of individual
customer account, pricing, purchasing, and credit information and agrees not
to share, sell, allow access to, or otherwise make available any such
customer-related information supplied by GEA which GEA deems confidential,
except on an aggregated basis pursuant to Section 7.3. GEA and ImproveNet
agree to provide adequate security around the ImproveNet System, GEA Content
and GEA Technology (to the extent utilized) and to protect proprietary system
design, content, and functionality from unauthorized use or access by third
parties.

     Section 7.5 PUBLIC STATEMENTS REGARDING AGREEMENT. The parties hereto
shall jointly prepare a press release regarding the existence of this
Agreement at a mutually agreed upon time. The

                                     13

<PAGE>

parties acknowledge that each may have internal constraints that may affect
the timing of issuance and the content of any such press releases. Subject to
Section 7.2, unless required by law or to assert its rights under this
Agreement, and except for disclosure on a "need to know basis" to its own
employees and consultants, and its legal, investment, financial and other
professional advisers and their respective representatives or agents on a
confidential basis, each party shall not disclose the existence of or any of
the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other
party. The breach of this Section 7.5 by either GEA or ImproveNet, shall
constitute a material breach of this Agreement and shall accord the
non-disclosing party the immediate right to terminate this Agreement as
provided in Section 11.2.

     Section 7.6 EQUITABLE RELIEF. The parties acknowledge that a breach of
any portion of this Article VII would cause the non-disclosing party
irreparable harm for which monetary damages would be inadequate. Accordingly,
the non-disclosing party shall be entitled to seek injunctive or other
equitable relief to remedy any threatened or actual breach of any portion of
this Article VII by the other party.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                          OTHER BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS

     Section 8.1 OTHER GE BUSINESSES. So long as (a) ImproveNet has not
already established, or entered into discussion with a third party to
establish a Founding Member for a major product category (as described in
Section 3.3) as of the Effective Date, and (b) ImproveNet receives a list of
GEA Affiliates in the building supply industry (such as GE Supply, GE
Silicones, etc.) (collectively, the "GEA Affiliates"), ImproveNet will
contact GEA Affiliates named on such list provided to ImproveNet within
thirty (30) days of the receipt of such list and agrees not to establish a
Founding Member relationship with any third party without speaking to the
relevant GEA Affiliate first.

     Section 8.2 RELATIONSHIPS WITH THIRD PARTIES. Except for ImproveNet's
obligations under Section 3.1 and 3.3 hereof, no provision of this Agreement
shall be construed so as to preclude or limit a party (or its Affiliates)
from: (i) creating or operating any other websites; (ii) maintaining any and
all existing relationships and performing all existing agreements entered
into prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement; or (iii) providing
content, technology and other services to third parties; or (iv) with respect
to GEA, entering into relationships with third parties with respect to
services similar to the ImproveNet System.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     Section 9.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF IMPROVENET. ImproveNet
represents and warrants as follows, as of the Effective Date and for the term
of this Agreement:

                    (a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and
compliance by ImproveNet with all provisions of this Agreement (i) are within
the corporate power and authority of ImproveNet, and (ii) have been duly
authorized by all requisite corporate proceedings on the part of ImproveNet.

                                       14

<PAGE>

                    (b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall
not conflict with or result in a material breach of the terms, conditions or
provisions of, or give rise to a right of termination under, or constitute a
default under, or result in any material violation of, the organizational
documents of ImproveNet or any agreement, contract, instrument, order,
judgment, decree, statute, law, rule or regulation to which ImproveNet is
subject. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof shall result in any violation
of any franchise, certificate, license, permit, or other authorization
necessary for the ownership, maintenance and operation by ImproveNet of the
ImproveNet System.

                    (c) To the best of its knowledge, ImproveNet is in
compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and
local laws and regulations and has obtained all licenses required or
necessary for the conduct of the ImproveNet System. There are no claims,
notices, civil, criminal or administrative actions, suits, hearings,
investigations, inquiries or proceedings pending or threatened against
ImproveNet with respect to the ImproveNet System.

                    (d) To the best of the its knowledge, ImproveNet owns, or
has the right to use under valid and enforceable agreements, all of the
Intellectual Property Rights related to the operation of the ImproveNet
System. The operation of the ImproveNet System as presently conducted or
proposed to be conducted by ImproveNet does not infringe or violate any
Intellectual Property Rights of any other person, and ImproveNet has not
received any charge, complaint, claim, demand or notice alleging any such
infringement or violation. ImproveNet represents and warrants to GEA that (i)
the technology as utilized by the ImproveNet System, and (ii) any material
originated by ImproveNet or provided to GEA by ImproveNet (other than the GEA
Content) ("ImproveNet Material") which is displayed on the ImproveNet System
shall not (A) violate any criminal laws or any rights of any third parties,
including, but not limited to, such violations as infringement or
misappropriation of Intellectual Property Right or other proprietary or
property right, false advertising, unfair competition, defamation, invasion
of privacy or rights of celebrity, violation of any anti-discrimination law
or regulation or (B) contain any material that would constitute a criminal
offense, give rise to civil liability, or otherwise violate any applicable
local, state or federal law.

                    (e) All computer systems, software, and hardware used in
the operation of the ImproveNet System are able to accurately process date
data, including, calculating, comparing, and sequencing from, into and
between the twentieth century (through year 1999), the year 2000 and the
twenty-first century, including leap year calculations. ImproveNet is taking
all commercially reasonable steps to assure that the ImproveNet System is not
adversely and materially affected by Year 2000 or other date-related
processing failures affecting the performance of its suppliers and business
partners.

                    (f) The ImproveNet System will comport with reasonable
commercial or industry standards, including standards for firewalls,
antivirus protection, and system security.

                    (g) ImproveNet represents and warrants that it will
fulfill the obligations defined in Exhibit A, Statement of Work, which sets
forth a Risk Management Plan the execution of which GEA deems material to its
decision to enter into this Agreement and related investment agreements with
ImproveNet.

                    (h) In accordance with the particulars set forth in
Exhibit B hereof, ImproveNet represents and warrants that it will carry
sufficient third party liability insurance with an insurer and insurance
arrangement acceptable to GEA to ensure its ability to fulfill its
indemnification obligations to GEA and generally as required to meet its
obligations for third party claims and dispute costs arising from or related
to consumer and contractor interaction on the ImproveNet System.

                                     15

<PAGE>

                    (i) In the event that GEA notifies ImproveNet that the
ImproveNet System is failing to conform to any of the above warranties,
ImproveNet, without charge, shall promptly and in no event more than thirty
(30) days thereafter (or such longer period as GEA may agree to in writing)
(the "Cure Period"), repair, replace or otherwise remedy the cause of such
failure. The foregoing represents GEA's sole and exclusive remedy, and
ImprovNet's sole and exclusive liability for any breach of the foregoing
warranties; provided, however, that in the event that ImproveNet fails to
cure any breach of warranty within the applicable Cure Period, GEA retains
the right to obtain any and all remedies available to GEA at law or in equity.

     Section 9.2 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GEA. GEA represents and
warrants as follows, as of the Effective Date and for the term of this
Agreement:

                    (a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and
compliance by GEA with all provisions of this Agreement (i) are within the
corporate power and authority of GEA, and (ii) have been duly authorized by
all requisite corporate proceedings on the part of GEA.

                    (b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall
not conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or
provisions of, or give rise to a right of termination under, or constitute a
default under, or result in any violation of, the organizational documents of
GEA or any agreement, contract, instrument, order, judgment, decree, statute,
law, rule or regulation to which GEA is subject.

                    (c) GEA is in compliance in all material respects with
all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations and has
obtained all licenses required or necessary for the provision of GEA Content
or GEA Technology under this Agreement. There are no claims, notices, civil,
criminal or administrative actions, suits, hearings, investigations,
inquiries or proceedings pending or threatened against GEA with respect to
the GEA Content or GEA Technology.

                    (d) GEA owns, or has the right to use under valid and
enforceable agreements, all of the Intellectual Property Rights related to
the GEA Technology and the GEA Content. GEA represents and warrants to
ImproveNet that (i) GEA Technology, and (ii) the GEA Content which used with
or displayed on the ImproveNet System shall not (A) violate any criminal laws
or any rights of any third parties, including, but not limited to, such
violations as infringement or misappropriation of Intellectual Property Right
or other proprietary or property right, false advertising, unfair
competition, defamation, invasion of privacy or rights of celebrity,
violation of any anti-discrimination law or regulation, or any other right of
any person or (B) contain any material that would constitute a criminal
offense, give rise to civil liability, or otherwise violate any applicable
local, state or federal law.

                    (e) All computer systems, software, and hardware used in
the operation of the GEA Technology are able to accurately process date data,
including, calculating, comparing, and sequencing from, into and between the
twentieth century (through year 1999), the year 2000 and the twenty-first
century, including leap year calculations. GEA is taking all commercially
reasonable steps to assure that the GEA Technology is not adversely and
materially affected by Year 2000 or other date-related processing failures.

                    (f) The GEA Technology will comport with reasonable
commercial or industry standards as applicable, including standards for
firewalls, antivirus protection, and system security.


                                      16

<PAGE>

                    (g) In the event that ImproveNet notifies GEA that the
GEA System is failing to conform to any of the above warranties, GEA, without
charge, shall promptly and in no event more than thirty (30) days thereafter
(or such longer period as ImproveNet may agree to in writing) (the "GEA Cure
Period"), repair, replace or otherwise remedy the cause of such failure. The
foregoing represents ImproveNet's sole and exclusive remedy and GEA's sole
and exclusive liability for any breach of any of the foregoing warranties;
provided, however, that in the event GEA fails to cure any breach of warranty
within the applicable GEA Cure Period, ImproveNet retains the right to obtain
any and all remedies available to ImproveNet at law or in equity.

     Section 9.3 DISCLAIMER. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS
AGREEMENT, NO PARTY HERETO MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WITH
RESPECT TO THE IMPROVENET SYSTEM, THE GEA CONTENT, THE GEA TECHNOLOGY, OR ANY
OTHER TECHNOLOGY, CONTENT, OR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, OR ANY OTHER
INFORMATION, DATA, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, ACCURACY OR RESULTS OF USE, RIGHTS OR
OTHER SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY MAY
NOT BE DISCLAIMED AS A MATTER OF APPLICABLE LAW, THE SCOPE AND DURATION OF
SUCH WARRANTY SHALL BE THE MINIMUM PERMITTED UNDER SUCH LAW.

                                    ARTICLE X

                             LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION
12.1 OF ARTICLE XII, BREACH OF THE NONDISCLOSURE OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE
VII, AND INSTANCES OF GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, IN NO EVENT
SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY FORM
OF SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND (WHETHER OR NOT FORESEEABLE), EVEN IF INFORMED IN ADVANCE OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE), OR OTHERWISE.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                              TERM AND TERMINATION

     Section 11.1 TERM. This Agreement shall continue in force for three (3)
years from and after the Effective Date, or longer if renewed by mutual
written consent of the parties, or until the valid termination hereof as
provided herein.

     Section 11.2 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. ImproveNet and GEA shall each have
the right to terminate this Agreement if: (i) the other party breaches any
material term or condition of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach
within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as the non-breaching party may
agree to in writing, in its sole discretion) after receipt of written notice
from the non-breaching party; (ii) the other party breaches the same material
term or condition of this Agreement three (3) or more times during the same
one year term, and was given notice and an opportunity to cure

                                     17

<PAGE>

in each instance as provided above and even if the party did, in fact, cure
on any or all such three (3) occasions; (iii) the other party materially
breaches this Agreement more than five (5) times during the same one year
term, and was given notice and an opportunity to cure in each instance as
provided above and even if the other party did, in fact, cure on any or all
such five (5) occasions; (iv) the other party becomes the subject of a
voluntary petition in bankruptcy or any voluntary proceeding relating to
insolvency, receivership, liquidation, composition, or comparable proceeding
or any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (v) the other party
becomes the subject of an involuntary petition in bankruptcy or any
involuntary proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation,
composition, or comparable proceeding or any assignment for the benefit of
creditors, if such petition or proceeding is not dismissed within ninety (90)
days of filing.

     Section 11.3 TERMINATION IN THE EVENT OF CHANGE OF CONTROL. In the event
of a Change of Control of ImproveNet, GEA may terminate this Agreement by
providing ImproveNet with thirty (30) days written notice of such intent to
terminate. For purposes of this Section 11.3, a "Change of Control" shall
mean: (i) the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or
sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a
party; or (ii) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group of
beneficial ownership of a controlling interest in ImproveNet (as defined in
Section 1.1(a) above); provided that a "Change of Control" does not include a
reorganization of ImproveNet that does not result in a change in the
effective control of ImproveNet or an initial public offering of ImproveNet's
voting stock or an assignment or transfer of this Agreement that is permitted
pursuant to Section 14.4.

     Section 11.4 SURVIVAL. All accrued and outstanding payment obligations
hereunder, any remedies for breach of this Agreement, Articles VII, IX, X,
XII, XIII and XIV, and Sections 5.6, 11.4 and 11.5 shall survive the
termination and expiration of this Agreement; provided, that if any such
provision explicitly sets for the duration for such survival, such term shall
survive only for the period explicitly set forth therein.

     Section 11.5 RETURN OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION UPON TERMINATION OR
EXPIRATION OF AGREEMENT. Upon the termination or expiration of this
Agreement, each party shall promptly return all materials subject to
Intellectual Property Rights of the other party, all Proprietary Information
of the other party, and other information, documents, manuals and other
materials belonging exclusively to the other party, except as may be
otherwise provided in this Agreement. Each party shall have the right to
request, and the other party shall provide, written certification from an
executive officer of the other party stating that all such material has been
returned or destroyed.

                                      18

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

     Section 12.1 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNIFICATION.

                    (a) Each of GEA and ImproveNet, respectively, shall
defend, indemnify and hold each other, and each other's Affiliates, partners,
officers, employees, directors, agents, consultants, contractors,
representatives, successors and assigns, as such, harmless from and against
any third party claims, demands, liabilities, actions, judgments and
expenses, including attorneys fees, ("Losses") which arise out of or result
from any claim that such party does not have sufficient right, title or
interest in any software, data, or any other materials used or supplied by
such party in performance of such party's obligations under this Agreement
that are subject to any Intellectual Property Rights (the "Protected
Material") or that such Protected Material violates any Intellectual Property
Right of any third party.

                    (b) In the event that any such claim is made against
either GEA or ImproveNet, or in one of the parties' (the "Indemnifying
Party") opinion is likely to be made against the other party (the
"Indemnified Party"), such Indemnifying Party reserves the right, in its sole
discretion, to avoid infringement by (i) procuring for the Indemnified Party
the right to use the subject Protected

Material, (ii) replacing the subject Protected Material with materials of
equal or superior content and functionality, or (iii) to modify the subject
Protected Material without materially and adversely affecting their content
and functionality.

     Section 12.2 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION. ImproveNet shall defend, indemnify
and hold GEA and its Affiliates, officers, directors, agents, consultants and
employees harmless from and against any and all Losses arising out of or
related to ImproveNet's material breach of ImproveNet's obligations,
representations, and warranties hereunder or any legal liability arising out
of or relating to the ImproveNet System.

     Section 12.3 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION. GEA shall defend, indemnify and
hold ImproveNet and its Affiliates, officers, directors, agents, consultants
and employees harmless from and against any and all Losses arising out of or
related to GEA's material breach of GEA's obligations, representations, and
warranties hereunder or any legal liability arising out of or relating to the
GEA Technology.

     Section 12.4 INDEMNIFICATION PROCEDURES.

                    (a) Only claims for indemnification during the term of
this Agreement and for one year following the termination of this Agreement
shall be permitted under this Agreement. Any party claiming indemnification
pursuant to this Agreement shall notify the indemnifying party within thirty
(30) days after learning of the occurrence of any event (including, without
limitation, the commencement of any audit by any taxing authority) that such
party asserts is an indemnifiable event pursuant to this Agreement. If such
event involves the claim of any third party and the indemnifying party
confirms in writing its responsibility for such liability, if established,
the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent
it shall wish, assume control over (in which case the indemnifying party
shall assume all expense with respect to) the defense, settlement, adjustment
or compromise of such claim.

                           (b) The indemnified party shall have the right to
employ separate counsel in any action or claim and to participate in the
defense thereof at the expense of the indemnifying party (i) if the retention
of such counsel has been specifically authorized by the indemnifying party,
or (ii) if the

                                  19

<PAGE>

counsel is retained because the indemnifying party does not notify the
indemnified party within twenty (20) days after receipt of a claim notice
that it elects to undertake the defense thereof. The indemnified party shall
have the right to employ counsel at the indemnified party's own expense and
to participate in such action or claim, including settlement or trial, so
long as such participation does not substantially interfere in the
indemnifying party's defense of such claim or action.

                    (c) The indemnifying party shall obtain the prior written
approval of the indemnified party, not to be unreasonably withheld, before
entering into any settlement, adjustment, or compromise of such claim or
ceasing to defend against such claim, if pursuant to or as a result of such
settlement, adjustment, compromise, or cessation, injunctive or other relief
would be imposed against the indemnified party.

                    (d) If the indemnifying party does not assume control
over the defense of such claim as provided in Section 12.3(a), the
indemnified party shall have the right to defend the claim in such manner as
it may deem appropriate at the cost and expense of the indemnifying party,
and with the consent of the indemnifying party, not to be unreasonably
withheld, to settle, adjust, or compromise such claim. The indemnified party
may settle, adjust, or compromise any such claim without the consent of the
indemnifying party if the indemnified party waives indemnification for such
claim.

                                         20

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                               DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     Section 13.1 INFORMAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

                    (a) DISPUTES. Any dispute, controversy, claim or
disagreement between or among any of the parties hereto arising from,
relating to or in connection with this Agreement, any agreement, certificate
or other document referred to herein or delivered in connection herewith, or
the relationships of the parties hereunder or thereunder, including questions
regarding the interpretation, meaning or performance of this Agreement, and
including claims based on contract, tort, common law equity, statute,
regulation, order or otherwise ("Dispute") shall be resolved in accordance
with this Section 13.1. The parties agree that all disputes will involve
interstate commerce in fact, and accordingly, the FAA applies and governs the
arbitration.

                    (b) LEVEL 1 REVIEW. Upon written request of any party,
each of GEA and ImproveNet shall appoint a designated representative familiar
with the dealings among the parties hereto whose task it shall be to meet (by
conference telephone call or in person at a mutually agreeable site) for the
purpose of endeavoring to resolve such Dispute ("LEVEL 1 REVIEW"). The
designated representatives shall meet as often as the parties reasonably deem
necessary to discuss the Dispute and negotiate in good faith in an effort to
resolve the Dispute without the necessity of any formal proceeding.

                    (c) LEVEL 2 REVIEW. If the Dispute cannot be resolved
within the earlier of (i) fifteen (15) days of the first Level 1 Review
meeting or (ii) such time as when either party gives the other notice of an
impasse ("LEVEL 1 TERMINATION DATE"), an executive vice president (or a
functional equivalent) of GEA and chief executive officer of ImproveNet shall
meet (by conference telephone call or in person at a mutually agreeable site)
within thirty (30) days after the Level 1 Termination Date for the purpose of
resolving such unresolved Dispute ("LEVEL 2 REVIEW).

     Section 13.2 ARBITRATION.

                    (a) If the Dispute is not resolved within fifteen (15)
days after the Level 2 Review and any extension of such periods as mutually
agreed to by the parties, either party may submit the Dispute to binding
arbitration in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 13.2.

                    (b) Any such arbitration shall be conducted by
JAMS/Endispute in accordance with its current rules ("JAMS RULES"), before a
single arbitrator selected under such JAMS Rules. The arbitration shall be
conducted in Redwood City, California, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.

                    (c) Except as necessary in court proceedings to enforce
this arbitration provision or an award rendered hereunder, or to obtain
interim relief or as otherwise provided in Section 13.3 or pursuant to lawful
compulsion, no party nor any arbitrator shall disclose the existence, content
or results of any arbitration conducted hereunder without the prior written
consent of the other party to the arbitration.

                    (d) To the extent that the relief or remedy granted in an
award rendered by the arbitrator is relief or a remedy on which a court could
enter judgment, a judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any
court having jurisdiction thereof. Otherwise, the award shall be binding

                                         21

<PAGE>

on the parties in connection with their obligations under this Agreement and
in any subsequent arbitration or judicial proceedings among any of the
parties.

                    (e) The parties shall share equally the cost of
arbitration, including any required administrative fee, the compensation of
the arbitrators and the costs of any neutral witnesses or proof produced at
the direct request of the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall have the power to
grant injunctive relief or any other relief allowed by the substantive law of
the State of Delaware.

     Section 13.3 RECOURSE TO COURTS AND OTHER REMEDIES. Notwithstanding the
Dispute resolution procedures contained in Sections 13.1 and 13.2, any party
may apply to the appropriate division of the courts of the State of
California having proper jurisdiction (i) to enforce this agreement to
arbitrate, (ii) to decide issues of arbitrability, (iii) to seek interim
injunctive relief so as to maintain the status quo until the arbitration
award is rendered or the Dispute is otherwise resolved, (iv) to avoid the
expiration of any applicable limitation period, (v) to preserve a superior
position with respect to other creditors, (vi) to challenge or vacate any
final judgment, award or decision of the arbitrator under the circumstances
and to the effect allowed, (vii) to enforce the payment of undisputed
amounts, or (vii) to seek post-arbitration injunctive relief for the
protection of any Intellectual Property Rights of a party.

     Section 13.4 MISCELLANEOUS. It is the intent of the parties that
reasonable discovery be allowed prior to the arbitration, in the discretion
of the arbitrator, and as further provided by any applicable JAMS Rules.
Disputes submitted shall be governed by the substantive law of the State of
Delaware, not inconsistent with the Federal Arbitration Act ("FAA"), 9 U.S.C.
Section 1 et seq. A prevailing party may petition the arbitrator for reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                          GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

     Section 14.1 FORCE MAJEURE. Neither party shall be liable to the other
for delays or failures in performance resulting from causes beyond the
reasonable control of that party, including, but not limited to, acts of God,
labor disputes or disturbances, material shortages or rationing, riots, acts
of war, changes in governmental regulations, or casualties.

     Section 14.2 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP. The parties to this
Agreement are independent contractors. Neither party is an agent,
representative or partner of the other party. Neither party shall have any
right, power or authority to enter into any agreement for or on behalf of, or
to incur any obligation or liability for, or to otherwise bind, the other
party. This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an
association, joint venture or partnership between the parties or to impose
any partnership obligation or liability upon either of the parties hereto.

     Section 14.3 SEVERABILITY. If any term, provision, or restriction of
this Agreement and any appendix, exhibit, or schedule hereto is held by a
court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or
unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and
restrictions of this Agreement and such exhibits shall remain in full force
and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The
parties will negotiate in good faith appropriate modifications to the
invalidated provision or this Agreement to most nearly effect the intent of
such provision.

     Section 14.4 ASSIGNMENT. Neither party shall assign, sublicense or
otherwise transfer (voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise) this
Agreement or any right, interest or benefit under this

                                 22

<PAGE>

Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other party, except in
the event of its merger, corporate reorganizations, or sale of all, or
substantially all, of its assets, provided that such assignee (a) is not a
direct competitor of the other party, (b) has financial assets equal to or
greater than that of the assigning party, and (c) is bound by law or written
agreements to all of the obligations of the assigning party under this
Agreement. Any attempted assignment, sublicense or transfer in derogation
hereof shall be null and void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall
be fully binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

     Section 14.5 AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT. No change,
amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement or waiver of any
of its terms shall be valid unless set forth in writing and signed by the
party to be bound thereby.

     Section 14.6 CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE. This Agreement shall be
interpreted, construed and enforced in all respects in accordance with the
laws of the State of Delaware.

     Section 14.7 WAIVER OF COMPLIANCE OR ENFORCEMENT. The failure of any
party hereto to insist upon or enforce strict performance by the other party
of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right under this
Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent
of such party's right to assert or rely upon any such provision or right in
that or any other instance; rather the same shall be and remain in full force
and effect.

     Section 14.8 NOTICES. Any notice, approval, request, authorization,
direction or other communication under this Agreement shall be given in
writing, shall reference this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been
delivered and given (a) when delivered personally; (b) three (3) business
days after having been sent by registered or certified U.S. mail, return
receipt requested, postage and charges prepaid, whether or not actually
received; or (c) one (1) business day after deposit with a commercial
overnight courier, with written verification of receipt. All communications
shall be sent to the addresses set forth below or to such other address as
may be designated by a party by giving written notice to the other party
pursuant to this Paragraph 14.8.

         IF TO GEA:

         General Electric Appliances
         Appliance Park
         Louisville, KY 40225
         Attn.:  Vice-President and General Counsel

         IF TO IMPROVENET:

         ImproveNet, Inc.

         --------------------

     Section 14.9 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement among the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior
agreements or understandings among the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof. No party hereto shall be bound by, and each party hereto
specifically objects to, any term, condition or other provision or other
condition which is different from or in addition to the provisions of this
Agreement (whether or not it would materially alter this Agreement) and which
is proffered by any other party hereto in any correspondence or other
document, unless the party to be bound thereby specifically agrees to such
provision in writing. The parties

                                    23

<PAGE>

understand and agree that the main body of this Agreement, and all the terms
and conditions contained herein, shall govern and take precedence over any
inconsistent terms and conditions (including inconsistent choice of law or
forum provisions) that are or may be contained in those certain ancillary
agreements attached as Exhibits hereto, including by way of example not
limitation, Exhibit B (Founding Member Agreement) and Exhibit E (Services
Agreement). The fact that said ancillary agreements may be executed
subsequent to this Agreement shall not alter the intent of this provision.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, GEA shall in all instances be accorded terms
and conditions in such ancillary agreements at least as favorable as accorded
other Founding Members.

     Section 14.10 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same
agreement, and shall become effective when one or more of the counterparts
have been signed by each party and delivered to the other parties, it being
understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

                                   ARTICLE XV

ImproveNet agrees for a period of 60 days following the Effective Date of
this Agreement not to engage in active negotiations with other parties in
order to allow GE Warranty Management Inc. the opportunity to negotiate a
business agreement with ImproveNet to offer warranty products and services
for Covered Items through the ImproveNet System. The specific terms and
conditions of such an arrangement, if any, would be in the subject of a
separate agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Agreement to
be executed on its behalf as of the date first above written.

                                 IMPROVENET, INC.


                                 By: /s/ Ronald B. Cooper
                                    -------------------------------

                                 Name: Ronald B. Cooper
                                      -----------------------------

                                 Title: President and CEO
                                       ----------------------------


                                 GE Appliances, on behalf of

                                 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY


                                 By: /s/ Smith W. Holland
                                    -------------------------------

                                 Name: Smith Holland
                                      -----------------------------

                                 Title: General Manager Business Development
                                       -------------------------------------


                                 GE CAPITAL EQUITY INVESTMENTS, INC.


                                  By: /s/ Brian S. Graff
                                     -------------------------------

                                  Name: Brian S. Graff
                                       -----------------------------

                                  Title: Vice President
                                        ----------------------------

                                        24

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A:  STATEMENT OF WORK

ImproveNet, Inc. Risk Management Plan

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        TIMING
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
         A.       MANAGING CONSUMER RISK

                  1. On-line Guidelines and Practices
- -    Clear (but user-friendly) policy statement: ImproveNet is providing public      Draft By closing (Implemented
     service advice only, not paid advice which consumer's are intended to rely      within 90 days)
     on in choosing a contractor.
- -    Consumers would be encouraged to consult a competent lawyer regarding           Draft By closing (Implemented
     contracts, permits, and other necessary job documentation and their             within 90 days)
     insurance agent regarding the contractor's and their own insurance
     coverage.
- -    ImproveNet would affirmatively disclaim consequential, incidental, and
     punitive damages.
- -    ImproveNet would complete a legal survey to determine the exact form and        Draft By closing (Implemented
     enforceability of such a disclaimer in all states in which ImproveNet will      within 90 days)
     do business.


                                                                                     Post-closing (within 90 days)
                  2. Consumer Waiver of Litigation in Favor of Arbitration
- -    In the event of any dispute with ImproveNet arising from or related to
     advice provided, consumers would affirmatively waive their rights to
     judicial recourse (i.e., jury trial) in favor of mandatory arbitration. For     Post-closing (within 90 days)
     small claims (under $2,500), the BBB might be used; larger claims would be
     referred to either JAMS (Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service) or CPR
     (Center for Public Resources).
- -    This would be done initially in as user-friendly a manner as possible with
     detailed terms and conditions provided later in the process.

                  3. Affirmative Consumer Acceptance of Disclaimer and               Post-closing (within 90 days)
                     Arbitration
- -    Consumers would have to "click" on-line their acceptances of both the
     Post-closing (within 90 days) disclaimer and arbitration.
- -    Consumers would be sent a prepared set of terms and conditions via mail or
     e-mail early in the process.                                                    Post-closing (within 90 days)
- -    ImproveNet should complete a legal survey to confirm enforceability of this
     approach.                                                                       Post-closing (within 90 days)

                  4. Third Party Warranty                                            Post-closing (within 90 days)
- -    Upon job completion, ImproveNet would encourage consumers to evaluate third
     Post-closing (within 90 days) party warranty coverage for work performed,
     explaining the benefits of doing so.
- -    ImproveNet would make available to consumers the names of possible home         Post-closing (within 90 days)
     warranty providers

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                         25

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------
                                                                                     Post-closing (within 90 days)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
         B.       MANAGING CONTRACTOR RISK

                  1. Intensify Screening Techniques.

- -    Develop alternatives to formal licensing data for key large states with no      Post-closing (rep & warranty)
     licensing requirements (e.g., NY, Illinois, Pa.). Options include
     professional designations, trade or industry group certifications.
- -    In states with no licensing requirements, conduct a more thorough review of     Post-closing (rep & warranty)
     contractor insurance and referrals.
- -    Subscribe to a national "watch" service that provides an alert about            Post-closing (within 90 days)
     contractors which get into legal, regulatory or financial trouble.
                  2. Strengthen ImproveNet's Contractor Agreement
- -    Add a disclaimer for consequential, incidental and punitive damages.            Post-closing (within 90 days)
- -    Revise the reps and warranties under the "Performance" section to include       Draft By closing (Implemented
     (i ) a "best in class" standard of care (ie "best efforts consistent with       within 90 days)
     the highest prevailing industry standards), and (ii) a representation
     regarding the solvency and sufficiency of assets and insurance adequacy
- -    Add a mandatory mediation/arbitration clause in lieu of litigation.
                                                                                     Draft By closing (Implemented
                                                                                     within 90 days)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------

         C.       NATIONAL CLAIMS MANAGEMENT

                  1. To ensure uniformity of claims management practices,            Post-closing ("best efforts")
                     ImproveNet would set up an initial program to manage
                     contracts, monitor claims, and oversee dispute resolution.
                     This would include appointing national counsel to supply
                     local attorneys with a standard prepared package to support
                     the ADR (Alternative Dispute Resolution) process.
                  2. Third Party Insurance:
- -    ImproveNet would evaluate what levels of insurance are practicable and          Post-closing ("good faith
     sensible for its contractors in any given region of the country, and would      undertaking")
     then monitor to ensure that coverage levels are maintained, and that
     insurance certificates are duly issued for ImproveNet.
- -    ImproveNet would work with insurance partner, possibly AllState, to develop     By closing
     low-cost standardized contractor insurance program (including making
     ImproveNet as insured in all instances.

                  3. First Party Insurance: ImproveNet would, together with its
                     equity investors, including GE, determine appropriate
                     coverage levels for ImproveNet in view of potential risks.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                        26

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.19

                                            ***TEXT OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                          UNDER 17 C.F.R. SECTIONS 200.80(b)(4),
                                                            200.83 AND 240.24b-2



              MICROSOFT-Registered Trademark-  HOMEADVISOR/IMPROVENET
                             RELATIONSHIP AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of the
later of the two signature dates below (the "Effective Date") by and Between
IMPROVENET, INC. ("Company"), a Delaware, U.S.A. corporation, and MICROSOFT
CORPORATION ("MS"), a Washington, U.S.A. corporation.

         The parties agree as follows:

1.       DEFINITIONS

         1.1 "Availability Date" means the first date on which HomeAdvisor
contains a hyperlink to the Company Site as contemplated by this Agreement.

         1.2 "Company Site" means the Web site operated by or for Company,
currently located on the Internet at http://www.improvenet.com, as modified
from time to time to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, and future
versions, upgrades, successors and replacements thereof.

         1.3 "HomeAdvisor" means the real estate related product and/or
service currently named HomeAdvisor created by or for MS (including any
portions, future versions, upgrades, successors and replacements thereof)
that are published via the Internet or via any and all other means of
electronic delivery now or hereafter known.

         1.4 "HomeAdvisor Third Party Sites" means the real estate related
products and/or services created by or for MS (including any portions, future
versions, upgrades, successors and replacements thereof) that are published
via the Internet or via any and all means of electronic delivery (now or
hereafter known) by third party Licenses under MS or third party trademarks
or branding.

         1.5 "Intermediate Page" means the HomeAdvisor page created and
hosted by MS that requests information from a HomeAdvisor user and then
hyperlinks that user to a relevant page of the Company Site based on the
information provided.

         1.6 All other initially capitalized terms shall have the meanings
assigned to them in this Agreement.

2.       RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

         2.1      HOMEADVISOR RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.

                  (a) MS shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to
develop and operate HomeAdvisor and maintain uptime consistent with industry
standards, as set forth in EXHIBIT A hereto.

                  (b) MS shall place links on HomeAdvisor to Company Site as set
forth in EXHIBIT B hereto.

                  (c) MS will actively seek to drive increasing levels of
traffic to the Company Site via the Home Improvement area of the HomeAdvisor
Site. MS will employ reasonable commercial efforts to promote the Company
Site in such manner, consistent with its marketing strategy for HomeAdvisor.
Promotion options to be investigated by MS will include, but not be limited
to: (a) adding links on [...***...] and [...***...] which take users to the
Home Improvement area of the HomeAdvisor site; (b) pursuing promotions on
[...***...] and (c) including ImproveNet in potential HomeAdvisor and
[...***...] Newsletters.

                  (d) MS shall actively seek to leverage its [...***...] to
sign up contractors into the ImproveNet certified network.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                      1.

<PAGE>

                  (e) MS shall use reasonable commercial efforts to comply with
the testing and other technical specifications set forth in EXHIBIT A hereto.

                  (f) MS and Company will negotiate in good faith to have
HomeAdvisor's financing section on the Company Site offered up to
non-HomeAdvisor customers (e.g., Dow, Owens-Corning, etc.). This is
non-exclusive, in that Company will also be able to offer links to other
financing sites to Company's non-MS customers. Notwithstanding the preceding,
MS HomeAdvisor's finance section will be the only financing section on the
Company Site offered up to a HomeAdvisor user (which means both a user who is
currently coming to the Company Site from the HomeAdvisor Site and a user who
previously came to the Company Site from the HomeAdvisor Site, so long as the
Company is able to track such user via a "persistent" cookie or other
method), at no charge to HomeAdvisor. If the user later comes to the Company
Site via a non-MSN advertising banner or a non-co-branded HomeAdvisor/Company
banner or via another Company partner's site, he or she will receive the
generic Company financing experience.

                  (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in
this Agreement, any rights provided to MS under this Agreement with respect
to HomeAdvisor shall also be provided without additional cost to HomeAdvisor
Third Party Sites if MS and Company so elect. Revenue generated by the users
sent to the Company Site via these HomeAdvisor/Third Party Sites will accrue
to MS under the same terms and conditions of this Agreement unless otherwise
specified.

         2.2      COMPANY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.

                  (a) Company shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to
develop and operate the Company Site and maintain uptime consistent with
industry standards, as set forth in EXHIBIT A hereto. MS shall first discuss
with Company any proposed updates to EXHIBIT A, and will not implement such
changes without Company's consent, not to be unreasonably withheld.

                  (b) Company will develop a tracking mechanism to identify
HomeAdvisor referred users and be able to track their usage and Company
marketing/promotional efforts associated with these unique users. Such
tracking method shall be via a "persistent" cookie (or other similar method
agreeable to the parties) which shall be delivered to every HomeAdvisor user
on his or her first visit to the Company Site. There are situations in which
Company may engage in reduced rate advertising. In any such situation where a
reduction off Company's established rate card is given (i) to partners that
have taken an equity interest in Company (no such agreement currently being
in existence), or (ii) to persons for the beneficial interest of Company and
not MS (e.g., if the Company gives away advertising, or trades advertising in
exchange for advertising on another site), Company will accrue
button/banner/showcase/smart lead, etc., revenue to MS at a minimum of
[...***...] of Company's established rate card. In other situations not
contemplated above, including, for example, in case of a volume discount, no
adjustment will be made to the amounts ordinarily received by MS.

                  (c) Company will offer for sale, on terms mutually
agreeable to MS and Company, bCentral web site hosting, business service
packages, and desktop tools to its existing and future contractor network.
This includes those services currently available and new services as they
become available. Company will be paid based on existing and future
commercial sales incentive programs used by bCentral. An example of the
agreement terms and conditions is attached in EXHIBIT C, but these will
change from time to time, and Company and bCentral will work together to
reach mutually agreeable terms. This is a non-exclusive offering in that
Company may also sell up to [...***...] competing services to its contractor
network.

                  (d) Company shall maintain a HomeAdvisor logo and
navigation structure on sessions generated via a direct link from the
HomeAdvisor site (reflecting top level HomeAdvisor navigation, currently
containing "home page," "getting started," "neighborhoods," "homes,"
"financing," "offer and closing," and "help," but likely to change, and as
changed by HomeAdvisor user; and such logo and navigation structure shall
contain hyperlinks to such HomeAdvisor page(s) as specified by MS. Such logo
and navigation shall be

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    2.

<PAGE>

provided by MS, and the exact page placement thereof shall be mutually agreed
upon by the parties, but must be at a minimum, located on the top third of
each page on the Company Site.

                  (e) Company shall provide a monthly report to MS, within 21
days of calendar month end, setting forth the following information: (1) the
number of unique HomeAdvisor users that clicked through to any areas of the
Company Site (broken down to show how many users clicked through from a query
box on the Intermediate Page and how many clicked through from different
links throughout the HomeAdvisor site), (2) the number of page views by such
users with respect to each page of the Company Site (with such pages being
described in an understandable manner based on the content thereof and not by
URL or IP address), and (3) the number of qualified job leads passed by the
Company Site to its professionals (e.g., contractors, architects and
designers).

                  (f) Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to
comply with the testing and other technical specifications set forth in
EXHIBIT A hereto.

3.       MARKETING

         3.1 USE OF NAME OR MARKS. Each party hereby grants to the other the
right during the term of this Agreement to use, reproduce and publish, the
name and logos of the other party in the manner contemplated by this
Agreement. Company must use the HomeAdvisor names and logos in accordance
with the logo guidelines provided by MS from time to time (these guidelines
are currently located at http://homeadvisor.msn.com/ie/help/policies.asp.).
MS must use the ImproveNet names and logos in accordance with the logo
guidelines provided by ImproveNet from time to time. Company shall provide
Company logos in accordance with the logo specifications provided by MS. MS
and Company acknowledge that nothing contained herein shall give either party
any interest in any logo, trade name, trademark or service mark owned by the
other party. The mark owner may terminate the foregoing license if, in its
reasonable discretion, the licensee's use of the marks tarnishes, blurs or
dilutes the quality associated with the marks or the associated goodwill and
such problem is not cured within ten (10) days of notice of breach;
alternatively, instead of terminating the license in total, the owner may
specify that certain pages of the licensee's web site may not contain the
marks. The licensee shall not take any action inconsistent with the owner's
ownership of the marks, and any benefits accruing from use of such marks
shall automatically vest in the owner.

         3.2 PRESS RELEASES. Neither party shall issue any press release
relating to the relationship contemplated by this Agreement without giving
the other party three business days to review and approve such release, with
such approval to not be unreasonably withheld. If a party has not responded
in such three business day period, the other party may issue such press
release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall not issue any press
release prior to the Availability Date.

4.       PAYMENTS

         4.1 FEES. Company shall pay the greater of: (1) the Minimum Annual
Fee (as stated in 4.2); (2) the Unique User Referral Fee (as stated in 4.3);
and (3) a [...***...] Revenue Share (as stated in 4.4).

         4.2 MINIMUM ANNUAL FEE. Company shall pay MS a minimum annual fee of
$[...***...] for year one, $[...***...] for year two, and $[...***...] for
year three. The first two payments (total of $[...***...]) [...***...]. The
third payment of $[...***...] will be paid as follows: [...***...] on the
first day of the third year, and [...***...] one hundred and twenty days
following the first day of the third year.

         4.3 UNIQUE USER REFERRAL FEE: Company will accrue an obligation to
MS of $[...***...] per unique customer sent to the Company Site. These fees
will be tallied monthly and accrue against the minimum

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                      3.

<PAGE>


annual fees. Once such fees cumulative exceed the annual minimum, Company
will start to make payment of such fees to MS 30 days following the end of
each month they are accrued. The total annual user fee due under this Section
4.3 will be [...***...] the greater of [...***...], or $[...***...] in year
one, $[...***...] in year two, and $[...***...] in year three.

         4.4 REVENUE SHARE - COMPANY TO MS. Company shall track all gross
revenues associated with each unique user sent from HomeAdvisor to the Company
Site via the Intermediate Page. For the first contract year, Company will,
within 15 days of the end of such contract year, calculate MS's portion
([...***...] of the total) of such gross revenues and in the event that such
portion exceeds the amount described in 4.2 (Minimum Fee) or 4.3 (Unique User
Referral Fee), Company shall pay the excess within 30 days of such calculation
date. For the second contract year, Company will perform such calculations and
make applicable payments within 15 days of the end of the first six month period
and the end of the year, respectively. For the third contract year, Company will
perform such calculations and make applicable payments within 15 days of the end
of every three month period. The gross revenues exclude all taxes invoiced,
collected or withheld, refunds, credits, rebates and other allowances annually
granted (not to exceed [...***...]) and include all revenues actually received
from (but not limited to):
         - Contractor Lead Fees (currently $10/lead accepted by contractors)
         - Completed Job Revenue
         - Product Showcase & Design Gallery Integration
         - Banners & Brand Buttons
         - Brochure Showcases
         - SmartLeads Emails
         - Category Message Boards

         4.5 CONTRACTOR REFERRAL FEE: Company will pay MS [...***...] of all
gross revenues actually received by ImproveNet (excluding all taxes invoiced,
collected or withheld, refunds, credits, rebates and other allowances
actually granted, not to exceed [...***...]) from contractor signup fees for
each contractor MS enlists into the ImproveNet certified network through the
[...***...]. These fees are independent from the fees due under 4.1, and are
due 30 days following the end of the month they are accrued.

         4.6 REVENUE SHARE - MS TO COMPANY. In the event that MS agrees to
embed and host Company content on the HomeAdvisor Site, the parties shall
discuss a mutually beneficial arrangements which shall include, at a minimum,
payment by MS to Company of [...***...] of all gross revenues actually
received by MS (excluding all taxes invoiced, collected or withheld, refunds,
credits, rebates and other allowances actually granted, not to exceed
[...***...]) associated with each unique user that visits pages on
HomeAdvisor's site that contain Company content. This includes all revenues
from banner & button advertisements on such HomeAdvisor pages, and are due 30
days following the end of the month they are accrued.


* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                   4.

<PAGE>


5.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Each party hereby represents and warrants as follows: (i) it has full
corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out
the provisions hereof, (ii) it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this
Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, (iii) this Agreement is a
legal and valid obligation binding upon and enforceable according to its
terms, (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it
does not conflict with any agreement to which it is a party or by which it
may be bound, and (v) its website contemplated by this Agreement (HomeAdvisor
in the case of MS, and the Company Site in the case of the Company), and the
services provided pursuant thereto, shall be of a high nature, grade and
quality and shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations throughout
the term of this Agreement.

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH ABOVE, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO ANY MATTER INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OF MERCHANTABILITY.

OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO AN INDEMNIFIED CLAIM UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER
PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM BREACH OF
CONTRACT OR WARRANTY OR FROM NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), EVEN IF SUCH
PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF (OR KNOWS OR SHOULD KNOW OF) THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.

6.       INDEMNIFICATION

         6.1 INDEMNIFICATION BY MS. MS agrees to indemnify, pay the defense
costs of, and hold Company, and its successors, officers, directors and
employees harmless from any and all claims, demands, costs, liabilities,
losses, expenses and damages (including without limitation attorneys' fees)
arising out of or in connection with (a) the HomeAdvisor website, (b) any
claim which, taking the claimant's allegations to be



                                   5.

<PAGE>


true, would result in a breach by MS of any of its warranties, covenants or
other obligations set forth in this Agreement; and (c) any claim arising from
the negligence or willful misconduct of MS.

         6.2 INDEMNIFICATION BY COMPANY. Company agrees to indemnify, pay the
defense costs of, and hold MS, and its successors, officers, directors and
employees harmless from any and all claims, demands, costs, liabilities,
losses, expenses and damages, including without limitation attorneys' fees),
arising out of or in connection with (a) the Company Site (in the form
modified for HomeAdvisor users and in the form unmodified for non-HomeAdvisor
users); (b) any claim which, taking the claimant's allegations to be true,
would result in a breach by Company of any of Company's warranties, covenants
or other obligations set forth in this Agreement; and (c) any claim arising
from the negligence or willful misconduct of Company.

         6.3 PROCEDURE. In the event of an indemnified claim hereunder, the
indemnified party shall give the indemnifying party prompt notice in writing
of the claim (and any failure to provide prompt notice shall relieve the
indemnifying party of liability to the extent it is prejudiced by such delay)
and the indemnifying party shall have sole control over its defense or
settlement, except that the indemnifying party shall not settle or compromise
any such matter without obtaining the indemnified party's written consent,
which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The indemnified party shall have
the right at its own cost and expense to employ separate counsel and
participate in the defense of any claim or action.

7.       NON-DISCLOSURE

If MS and Company have entered into a Microsoft Non-Disclosure Agreement, MS
and Company agree that the terms of such agreement shall be deemed
incorporated herein, and further, that all terms and conditions of this
Agreement shall be deemed Confidential Information as defined therein. If MS
and Company have not entered into such agreement, then MS and Company agree
that any and all information identified by the other as "Confidential" and/or
"Proprietary," or which, under all of the circumstances ought reasonably to
be treated as Confidential and/or Proprietary, will not be disclosed to any
third person without the express consent of the other party for a period of
three (3) years following termination of this Agreement and that neither
party will make use of Confidential Information except under the terms of
this Agreement. These confidentiality obligations shall not apply to any
information which: (i) is or subsequently becomes available to the general
public other than through a breach by the receiving party; (ii) is already
known to the receiving party before disclosure by the disclosing party; (iii)
is developed through the independent efforts of the receiving party; or (iv)
the receiving party rightfully receives from a third party without
restriction as to confidentiality or use. The restriction on disclosure shall
not apply to Confidential Information that a court or governmental agency
requires be disclosed, or which must be disclosed in compliance with
applicable laws and regulations.

8.       DISPUTE RESOLUTION

         8.1 INFORMAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION. The parties shall attempt in good
faith to resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement
through negotiation between representatives who have authority to resolve the
matter. Either party may give the other party written notice of any dispute
not resolved in the normal course of business, it being understood that a
notice delivered by a party pursuant to Section 10.2 below shall constitute
the delivery of a written notice of dispute pursuant to this SECTION 8.1.
Within five (5) days after its receipt of the notice, the receiving party
shall submit to the other party a written response. The notice and response
shall each include (a) a statement of the party's position and a summary of
the arguments supporting that position, and (b) the name and title of the
company representative who will represent that party. Within ten (10) days
following delivery of the original dispute notice, the parties' respective
representatives shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and
thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary to attempt to resolve
the dispute. All reasonable requests for information made by either party to
the other will be honored.

                                    6.

<PAGE>

         8.2 ARBITRATION. If a dispute has not been resolved within thirty
(30) days of the disputing party's original notice under SECTION 8.1, or if
the parties fail to meet within the ten (10) days following such notice under
SECTION 8.1, then either party may initiate arbitration of the dispute. The
dispute shall then be submitted to mandatory and binding arbitration in San
Francisco in accordance with the commercial rules and procedures of the
American Arbitration Association before three arbitrators (one chosen by MS,
one chosen by the Company, and the third chosen by the mutual agreement of
the arbitrators chosen by MS and the Company). Judgment upon the award may be
entered by any court having appropriate jurisdiction. The arbitrators shall
not, however, in the case of a dispute between the parties not involving a
third party claim, be empowered to aware damages in excess of compensatory
damages.

         8.3 LITIGATION. The only circumstance in which a dispute between the
parties will not be subject to the provision of SECTIONS 8.1 and 8.2 above,
is when a party makes a good faith determination that a breach of the terms
of this Agreement by the other party is such that the damages to such party
resulting from the breach will be so immediate, so large o severe, and so
incapable of adequate redress after the fact that a temporary restraining
order or other immediate injunctive relief is the only adequate remedy.
Except for such relief, the parties shall resolve their disputes, whether or
not such relief is granted, in accordance with the provisions set forth in
SECTIONS 8.1 and 8.2.

         8.4 CONTINUED PERFORMANCE. Each party agrees to continue performing
its obligations under this Agreement when any dispute is being resolved under
ARTICLE 8, unless and until such obligations are terminated by the expiration
or termination of this Agreement or by order of a court of competent
authority under SECTION 8.2 or SECTION 8.3.

9.       TERMINATION

         9.1 TERM. The term of the Agreement shall commence on the Effective
Date and shall expire on the third anniversary of the Availability Date,
unless earlier terminated as provided herein.

         9.2 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. In the event either party shall
materially fail to perform or comply with the terms of this Agreement, the
other party may terminate if such failure has not been remedied within 30
days of written notice thereof to the other party.

         9.3 SURVIVAL. Sections 5, 6, 7 and 10 shall survive any expiration
or termination of this Agreement.

10.      GENERAL

         10.1 MISCELLANEOUS. If either MS or Company employs attorneys to
enforce any rights arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees an
costs, including expert witness fees. Neither party may assign all or any
portion of this Agreement unless the other party consents in writing, which
consent will not be unreasonably withheld provided that either party may
assign this Agreement without consent to any of its subsidiaries, affiliates,
joint ventures, partnerships, and limited liability companies in which it has
a majority interest, and to any company into which it merges if it is not the
surviving entity. No partnership, joint venture, employment, agency,
franchise, or other form of agreement or relationship is intended by this
Agreement. The parties agree that this Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
merges all prior and contemporaneous communications. This Agreement shall not
be modified except by a written agreement dated subsequent hereto signed on
behalf of the parties by their duly authorized representatives. Neither party
will be liable for any default or delay in the performance of its obligations
hereunder due to an act of God or other event to the extent that: 1) the
non-

                                    7.

<PAGE>

performing party is without fault in causing such default or delay; 2) such
default or delay could not have been prevented by reasonable precaution; and
3) such default or delay cannot reasonably be circumvented by the
non-performing party through the use of alternate sources, work around plans
or other means. This Agreement, and the rights and duties of the parties
arising from or relating to this Agreement or its subject matter, shall be
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without
regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

         10.2 NOTICES AND REQUESTS. All notices and requests in connection
with this Agreement shall be deemed given as of the day they are (i)
deposited in the U.S. mails, postage prepaid, certified or registered, return
receipt requested; or (ii) sent by overnight courier, charges prepaid, with a
confirming fax; and addressed as follows:

COMPANY:    IMPROVENET, INC.             MS:            MICROSOFT CORPORATION
            720 BAY ROAD, SUITE 200                     One Microsoft Way
            REDWOOD CITY, CA 94063                      Redmond, WA  98052-6399
Attention:  Ron Cooper                   Attention:
Fax:
Phone:
                                         with a cc to:  MICROSOFT CORPORATION
                                                        One Microsoft Way
                                                        Redmond, WA  98052-6399
                                         Attention:     Law & Corporate Affairs
                                                        Department
                                                        U.S. Legal Group
                                         Fax:

or to such other address as the party to receive the notice or request so
designates by written notice to the other.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the dates indicated below.

MICROSOFT CORPORATION                   IMPROVENET, INC.

     /s/ Brian R. Mistere                   /s/ Ronald B. Cooper
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------
By  (sign)                              By  (sign)

     Brian R. Mistere                       Ronald B. Cooper
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------
Name (Print)                            Name (Print)

     Unit Manager                           President and CEO
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------
Title                                   Title

      12/7/99                               12/7/99
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------
Date                                    Date

                                     8.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

         (1) COMPETITORS - The page(s) of the Company Site served after entry
from the Intermediate Page (or other links from HomeAdvisor to the Company
site) shall not contain any categories, hyperlinks, advertisements,
sponsorships, or other content relating to home listings of any kind (real
estate broker or agent, classified, for sale by owner or otherwise), mortgage
loans/services, or any other real estate related products or services. In
addition, the page(s) of the Company served after entry from the Intermediate
Page (or other links from HomeAdvisor to the Company site) shall not contain
any categories, hyperlinks, advertisements, sponsorships, or other content
from any of the following companies: [...***...] or any affiliate of any of
the foregoing. In addition, during the course of this agreement, Company may
not enter into a commercial relationship with [...***...] or any of [...***...]
affiliates.

         (2) The parties shall use their reasonable commercial efforts to
adhere to the following Development Schedule (and shall work together to
revise the action items and due dates as necessary):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              Action Item                     Due Date          Owner
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>               <C>
Intermediate Page Review                     [...***...]       MS/Company
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prototype functioning for HomeAdvisor
(Intermediate Page built and links
working)                                     [...***...]       MS/Company
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intermediate Page & integrated
site/Company Site live date                  [...***...]       MS/Company
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         The current Intermediate Page live on Home Advisor, due to expire
per the current agreement after [...***...], will remain intact until the
relaunch on approximately [...***...] of the new Intermediate Page.

         (3)      The parties shall use their reasonable commercial efforts to
                  adhere to the following testing specifications:

         Company shall test the Company Site and MS shall test HomeAdvisor to
confirm that it operates with Netscape Navigator (domestic USA) versions 4.0
and later, and that it operates with and is optimized for MS Internet
Explorer (domestic USA) versions 4.0 and later, all running on leading
hardware platforms, consisting of (when versions are available): MS Windows
3.1, Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, the Apple Macintosh operating
systems and such other platforms as the parties may mutually agree to add or
remove from time to time. The parties shall mutually determine a process and
software to use for communicating bugs.

         (4) The parties shall use their reasonable commercial efforts to adhere
         to the following specifications:

         Company with respect to the Company Site, and MS with respect to
HomeAdvisor, shall each regularly monitor the operation and performance of
the such site, respond to technical and customer inquiries, and conduct
similar business hours and practices in a manner consistent with the rules,
policies, and procedures consistent with industry standards.

         The parties shall mutually agree on communication processes for
sharing and updating each other's requirements and technical teams. Each
party shall make commercially reasonable efforts to adhere to a mutually
agreed set of technical processes, policies, rules, and procedures for
sharing schedules, screen shots, updates, schedule information, and other
relevant technical information. Each party shall be

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    9.

<PAGE>



responsible for notifying the other in the event that it discovers a
technical problem with the service of the other party.

         MS and Company shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to
support increasing numbers of users, including operating sufficient servers
for user traffic, and shall promptly inform the other party of the failure of
relevant Web servers. Company shall operate its Web server(s) at a capacity
below 30%, where capacity is calculated as a daily average of hourly samples
and represents what % of the system's full capabilities are being met.
Company shall have uptime of 99.5%, where uptime is defined as the portion of
time when the system is accessible and available to users. Uptime shall be
calculated on a monthly basis and based on daily updates. Uptime shall not
include scheduled maintenance.

                                       10.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

The following general guidelines will apply to the placement of hyperlinks
from HomeAdvisor to the Company Site, unless both companies mutually agree
otherwise. Aside from the link in (*) none of the links to Company will
include branding or "ImproveNet.com" related text, but be generically
referred to as "find a contractor" or "home improvement" or something to that
effect. As HomeAdvisor releases new versions of its site, the exact
placement, number and treatment of these links is subject to change (except
for the treatment on the Intermediate Page), but this exhibit is designed to
lay out the spirit of the links MS & Company will work toward implementing.

                                EFFECTIVE 12/3/99

MARKETPLACE - ImproveNet will get a logo, text description, and [...***...]
guaranteed impressions in a combination of HomeAdvisor's MarketPlace and
button rotation across the site.

                       EFFECTIVE APPROXIMATELY [...***...]

LINKS FROM HOMEADVISOR HOME PAGE:  http://homeadvisor.msn.com/ie
There will be a link from the HomeAdvisor home page named "Find a
Professional" or "Professional Services" or something similar in the
"Resources & Services" area. This will link to an "Intermediate Page."

THE INTERMEDIATE PAGES
The Company and MS will work together to create a section of integrated
content similar to that found on the Home Improvement section of the site at
http://homeadvisor.msn.com/ie/services/homeimprovement.asp. The Company will
have a branded link and query fields (supporting navigation by type of
professional, viewing designs, viewing products, and finding remodeler's
resources) that take people directly to the appropriate places on the
company's site. The Company will be branded with a logo link (*) with maximum
pixel size of (77Wx33H) that will take users directly to the Company's home
page.

LINKS FROM THE PARTNERS PAGE*:
http://homeadvisor.msn.com/ie/partnerscenter/infoproviderlist.asp. There will
be one Company text link of a location and representation similar that which
exists for ImproveNet.com on the Partners page as of 11/16/99.

HOMEADVISOR KEYWORDS:  http://homeadvisor.msn.com/ie/
HomeAdvisor and ImproveNet will agree upon list of keywords in the
HomeAdvisor search engine. When results for keywords are returned, links to
ImproveNet's "Find A Professional" area on the HomeAdvisor site will appear.

LINKS IN THE HOMEADVISOR REMODELING SECTION
HomeAdvisor's Version 4.0 (currently slated for [...***...] release) will
have a [...***...] section in the [...***...] area with the following
contemplated sections: [...***...] (titles and content subject to change at
MS sole discretion). We will link to ImproveNet in areas that make editorial
sense, with the following links currently planned (subject to change at MS
sole discretion).

     -    [...***...] - Within this section, we plan to have links
          to:

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       11.

<PAGE>

          -    Visit ImproveNet's Design Gallery for home improvement ideas
               < http://www.improvenet.com/dream/designgallery/index.html >
          -    Make sure the contractor you've found is up to snuff with
               ImproveNet contractor screening
               < http://www.improvenet.com/secure/legalcredit.html >
          -    Make sure your contract is legit with ImproveNet's contract
               review
               < http://www.improvenet.com/secure/contractorview.html >
          -    Find a Professional
               http://www.improvenet.com/tools/form/form_35.asp

     -    [...***...] - Within this section, we plan to have links to:
          -    Visit ImproveNet's DesignGallery for home improvement ideas
               < http://www.improvenet.com/dream/designgallery/index.html >
          -    Find a Professional
               http://www.improvenet.com/tools/form/form_35.asp
     -    [...***...] - Within this section, we plan to have links to:
          -    Link to Kitchen and Bath Design Showcases
               < http://www.improvenet.com/dream/designgallery/KitchenShowcase/
               KitchenShowcase.html > and
               < http://www.improvenet.com/dream/DesignGallery/BathShowcase/
               BathShowcase.html >
          -    Link to Product showcases
               < http://www.improvenet.com/dream/productshowcase/index.html >

CALCULATORS - ImproveNet's kitchen and bathroom estimator will be featured in
the [...***...] section and Resources & Services calculator page. As ImproveNet
develops other calculators, we will explore integrating these as appropriate.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                       12.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C

                                  EXAMPLE ONLY

                               RESELLER AGREEMENT
                     LINKEXCHANGE PREMIUM MEMBERSHIP PROGRAM

         This Agreement, by and between LINKEXCHANGE, INC. ("LinkExchange"), a
California corporation, and a wholly own subsidiary of Microsoft Corporation,
with its principal offices at 2172nd Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, and
_________________________, a ___________a corporation, with its principal
offices at __________________________________ ("Company") is made and entered
into as of the later of the two signature dates below (the "Effective Date").
The parties agree that Company will promote, market, offer for sale and sell to
third party end users Premium Memberships in the LinkExchange Network according
to the terms set forth below and the attached Standard Terms and Conditions. The
Standard Terms and Conditions are incorporated into this Agreement by this
reference.

1.       LAUNCH DATE:  _____________, 1999
2.       TERM:  Commencing on the Effective Date and terminating ____ months
         following the Launch Date.
3.       COMMISSIONS:
         a.       SUGGESTED RETAIL PRICES (subject to change by Microsoft from
                  time to time):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     --------------------------- ---------------------- --------------------
                                                                            Annual Fees
                     --------------------------- ---------------------- --------------------
                     <S>                         <C>                    <C>
                     Business Membership               [...***...]          [...***...]
                     --------------------------- ---------------------- --------------------
                     Professional Membership           [...***...]          [...***...]
                     --------------------------- ---------------------- --------------------
</TABLE>

         b.       COMPANY DISCOUNT:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Monthly Memberships:
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     <S>                                                                          <C>
                     [...***...] or less Monthly Membership                                       15%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Less than [...***...], but more than [...***...], Monthly Memberships        25%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Less than [...***...], but more than [...***...], Monthly Memberships        35%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     More than [...***...] Monthly Memberships                                    45%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      Annual Memberships*:
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     [...***...] or less Annual Memberships (inclusive)                           25%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     [...***...] to [...***...] Annual Memberships (inclusive)                    35%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     [...***...] to [...***...] Annual Memberships (inclusive)                    45%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     [...***...] or more Annual Memberships (inclusive)                           50%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      Pre-paid Annual Memberships:
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     [...***...] or less Pre-paid Annual Memberships (inclusive)                  35%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     [...***...] to [...***...] Pre-paid Annual Memberships (inclusive)           40%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     [...***...] to [...***...] Pre-paid Annual Memberships (inclusive)           45%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     [...***...] to [...***...] Pre-paid Annual Memberships (inclusive)           50%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     [...***...] or more Pre-paid Annual Memberships (inclusive)                  60%
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         *Pre-paid Annual Premium Memberships will not be included when
         determining the discounts applicable to Annual Premium Memberships.

                                         1.

<PAGE>

         This Agreement does not constitute an offer by LinkExchange and it
will not be effective unless and until signed by both parties.

LINK EXCHANGE, INC.                       [                                ]

By                                        By
  --------------------------------          --------------------------------

Name (Print)                              Name (Print)
            ----------------------                    ----------------------

Title                                     Title
     -----------------------------              ----------------------------

Date                                      Date
    ------------------------------            ------------------------------

                                          Address
                                                 ---------------------------

                                                 ---------------------------

                                                 ---------------------------
                                          Fax:   (   )
                                                 ---------------------------

                                        2.

<PAGE>

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

SECTION 1.    DEFINITIONS

Terms contained in this Agreement with the initial letter capitalized will
have the applicable meanings se forth below or elsewhere in this Agreement.

"Discount Rate" means the discount off of the suggested retail price set
forth on the attached cover page.

"Launch Date" means the first day that the sign Up Pages may be accessed
through the Company's web site by third parties.

"Link" means a hypertext link to the LinkExchange web site provided to
Company by LinkExchange.

"Premium Member" means a person registering for a Premium Membership via the
Sign Up Pages.

"Premium Member Terms" means the terms of use applicable to the Premium
Memberships, as the same may be modified by LinkExchange from time to time.

"Premium Memberships" means on or more of the LinkExchange premium
memberships currently consisting of Starter, Business and Professional
memberships described at the URL http:\\premium\linkexchange.com (or any
successor site). Premium Memberships may be sold or distributed by Company on
a monthly or annual subscription basis. "Monthly Membership" means a Premium
Membership with a month to month term. "Annual Membership" means Premium
Membership with a twelve (12) month term. "Pre-paid Annual Membership" means
an Annual Premium Membership for which LinkExchange has received full payment
of the suggested retail price set forth on the attached cover page, less the
applicable Discount Rate, prior to such membership becoming effective.

"Sign Up Pages" means pages located on one or more of Company's web sites,
created pursuant to paragraph 4.2.

"Suggested Retail Price" means the suggested retail prices set forth to
paragraph 3(a) of the attached cover page.

"Term" meant the period described in paragraph 6.1.

SECTION 2.    APPOINTMENT OF RESELLER

2.1 APPOINTMENT. LinkExchange hereby appoints Company, and Company hereby
accepts LinkExchange's appointment, as a reseller of Premium Memberships,
subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

2.2 LIMITATIONS. Company will promote, market, offer for sale and sell
Premium Memberships solely to third party end users. Company may not offer
for sale, sell or otherwise distribute Premium Memberships through a third
party or sublicense any of the rights granted in this Agreement. All Premium
Memberships must be sold or otherwise distributed subject to the Premium
Member Terms.

SECTION 3.    REVENUES AND REPORTS

3.1 CONSIDERATION. On a monthly basis, Company will pay to LinkExchange the
applicable Suggested Retail Price (as the same may be changed by Microsoft
from time to time), less the applicable Discount Rate, for each Premium
Membership sold or otherwise distributed by Company during such month.

3.2 DISCOUNT RATE. The Discount Rate applicable to Company for Premium
Memberships is determined as follows: (a) Monthly Memberships, based upon the
number of Premium Memberships paid by Company to LinkExchange during a given
month; (b) Annual Memberships, based upon the number of Annual Memberships
sold or distributed by Company during the Term; and (c) Pre-paid Annual
Memberships, based upon the number of

                                      1.

<PAGE>

Pre-paid Annual Premium Memberships sold or distributed by Company during the
Term (but not including Annual Memberships).

3.3 PAYMENTS. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, Company
will pay to LinkExchange in readily available funds all amounts owing to
LinkExchange pursuant to paragraph 3.1.

3.4 REPORTS. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, Company
will deliver to LinkExchange a report setting forth the number of Premium
Memberships (itemized by membership type) sold or otherwise distributed by
Company during such month, the number of Premium Members registered through
or otherwise authorized by Company to use the Premium Member services during
such month, the calculation of the amounts owing pursuant to paragraph 3.1,
and such usage data as LinkExchange may specify (including, without
limitation, aggregate demographic data, individual demographic data, and Sign
Up Page usage data). Such reports will be delivered in the form and format
specified by LinkExchange.

3.5 AUDITS. Company will keep usual and customary records and books of
account relating to Premium Members, Premium Memberships sold or otherwise
distributed by Company, and Company's other obligations hereunder.
LinkExchange may inspect such books of account and records at Company's
facilities and during Company's regular business hours upon five (5) days
prior written notice in order to verify Company's compliance with this
Agreement. LinkExchange will bear the cost of such inspection, except that
Company will pay all reasonable costs of inspection if that inspection
uncovers (a) an error of five percent (5%) or greater in the amounts payable
to LinkExchange for such audited period, or (b) Company is in material breach
of the Agreement. Company will promptly pay to LinkExchange any amounts
deemed owing as a result of such inspection, together with all applicable
interest.

3.6 TAXES. Company will bill, collect and remit to the appropriate taxing
authorities all sales, use, value added, and other comparable taxes due or
owing pursuant to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereunder
(other than taxes on LinkExchange revenues), and will provide LinkExchange
with proof of such payments upon request. Company is solely liable for any
and all such taxes, including penalties, interest and other additions
thereon. All amounts to be paid by Company to LinkExchange are exclusive of
all taxes imposed by any federal, foreign, state, provincial, municipal,
local and other taxing authorities, including income, franchise, excise,
gross receipts, sales, use, value added, property or similar tax, now or
hereafter imposed on Company.

3.7 CURRENCY. All amounts owing hereunder will be computed in United States
dollar currency and paid in United States dollar currency.

3.8 INTEREST. Any amounts not paid when due under this Agreement will bear
interest at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum rate
permitted by applicable law, whichever is less. Interest will be compounded
on a monthly basis.

SECTION 4.    COMPANY OBLIGATIONS

4.1 PROMOTION. Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to
promote, market, offer for sale and sell the Premium Membership, and will
cooperate with LinkExchange in promoting and marketing the Premium
Memberships. Without limiting the foregoing, Company will diligently promote
the Premium Memberships through all of Company's standard promotional
vehicles (e.g., newsletters, welcome e-mail, banner advertising and
update/news e-mail), and Company will incorporate into the home page of
Company's web sites a LinkExchange Logo provided by LinkExchange, linked to
the web site specified by LinkExchange. Company will submit all promotional
materials prepared by or for Company related to the Premium Membership to
LinkExchange for review and may not distribute such materials without
LinkExchange's prior written approval.

4.2 SIGN UP PAGES. Company will create and host web pages as part of
Company's web sites that permit third parties to purchase Premium
Memberships. The initial Sign Up Pages will be in the form specified by
LinkExchange in writing, and all Sign Up Pages will be submitted to
LinkExchange for their review and approval prior to implementation. Company
may not modify the Sign Up Pages or any LinkExchange hypertext link without
the prior written approval of LinkExchange. All Sign Up Pages will
prominently contain a hypertext link provided

                                   2.

<PAGE>

by LinkExchange, which link shall be placed "above the fold" in a screen act
at 650 x 480 pixels (i.e., such that a user visiting the a web page
containing the such link is not required to scroll in any direction to view
such link).

4.3 INFORMATION. Company will obtain appropriate contact information from
Premium Members, and will deliver such information to LinkExchange on a
monthly basis at the time and in the form and format specified in
LinkExchange. Company will inform Premium Members, in a manner that satisfies
applicable laws and regulations, that information collected will be
transferred to LinkExchange in connection with the Premium Memberships.

4.4 RESTRICTIONS. Company will not promote, market, offer for sale, sell or
resell any product or service that competes with or may serve as a substitute
(in whole or in part) for the services available through the Premium
Membership program, in whole or in part ("Competing Services"). In addition,
for a period of three (3) months following the expiration or termination of
the Term. Company will not promote, market, offer for sale, sell or resell
any Competing Services to any Premium Member. Company may not disclose
information collected from Premium Members to any third party in any form
that identifies such Premium Members as customers of LinkExchange or for use
in connection with developing, marketing, promoting or selling Competing
Services.

SECTION 5.    LINKEXCHANGE OBLIGATIONS

5.1 LINKEXCHANGE PREMIUM PROGRAM. LinkExchange will provide Company with a
version of the LinkExchange Premium Membership program to be co-branded with
Company's name and logos. Premium Member Terms will be at LinkExchange's sole
discretion including, without limitation, the products and services to be
offered within the Premium Membership program. All persons registering to
become a Premium Member through the Sign Up Pages are subject to the Premium
Member Terms, as the same may be modified from time to time by LinkExchange.
In addition, all Premium Members are subject to acceptance in the discretion
of LinkExchange.

5.2 CUSTOMER SERVICE. Subject to paragraph 4.3, LinkExchange will be
responsible for technical support services relating to the Premium Membership
program.

5.3 LINKEXCHANGE RIGHTS. LinkExchange is entitled to continue to offer the
Premium Memberships separately from this Agreement, as LinkExchange may deem
appropriate in its sole discretion. LinkExchange will further be entitled to
offer and provide additional products or services directly to Premium Members
and other third parties on such terms and conditions as LinkExchange may
determine in its sole discretion. LinkExchange may modify or terminate the
Premium Membership program at any time, in its discretion. LinkExchange (and
its licensors) reserves all rights in all other code, software, logos, links
and other materials provided by or on behalf of LinkExchange hereunder.

SECTION 6.    TERM AND TERMINATION.

6.1 TERM. The Term of this Agreement is set forth in paragraph 2 of the
attached cover page. Upon expiration of the Term and any subsequent extension
thereof, this Agreement will automatically extend for consecutive one (1)
month periods, unless one party notifies the other party in writing of its
intent not to renew the Agreement at least thirty (30) days prior to the
expiration date of then-current Term.

6.2 TERMINATION. In addition to any other rights and/or remedies that either
party may have under the circumstances, all of which are expressly reserved
by the parties, either party may immediately terminate this Agreement upon
written notice to the other party if: (a) such other party materially
breaches this Agreement and fails to cure that breach within fifteen (15)
business days after written notice thereof; (b) LinkExchange terminates the
Premium Membership program; (c) Company breaches paragraph 9.1; or (d) either
party becomes involved or makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors
or similar transfer evidencing insolvency, or suffers or permits the
commencement of any form of insolvency or receivership proceedings or files
or has filed against it any petition under any bankruptcy, debtor relief or
similar law, which petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of such
filing, or appoints or has appointed a trustee or receiver for such party's
business or ____________ or any part thereof.

                                     3.

<PAGE>

6.3 TERMINATION PROCEDURE. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement
for any reason, Company will have no further right to market, promote, offer
for sale or sell Premium Memberships. Company will cooperate in good faith
with LinkExchange to transfer all Premium Member information (including,
without limitation, billing information) to LinkExchange, and to facilitate
an orderly transition of Premium Members to LinkExchange.

6.4 EFFECT OF TERMINATION. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement
for any reason, each and every clause which by its nature is intended to
survive the termination of this Agreement (including, without limitation,
paragraph 4.5, 6.3 and 6.4, and paragraphs 3, 7, 8 and 9) will survive.
Neither party will be liable to the other party for damages arising from or
related to termination of this Agreement in accordance with this paragraph 6.

SECTION 7.    WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITY

7.1 COMPANY. Company warrants and represents that: (a) it has sufficient
authority to enter into this Agreement; (b) the Sign Up Pages and all
materials delivered by Company to LinkExchange pursuant to this Agreement do
not infringe the copyrights, trademarks, service marks, rights of publicity
or privacy, or any other intellectual property or proprietary right of any
third party; (c) the Company web site and the Sign Up Pages, and all actions
occurring therein, are in compliance with all applicable laws; (d) Company
will comply with all applicable laws and governmental regulations related to
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (e) each Company web
site containing a Sign Up Page include a privacy statement available to end
users of such web site, and Company will adhere to the information gathering,
dissemination, privacy protection and other practices specified in such
privacy statement.

7.2 INDEMNIFICATION. Company will defend, indemnify and hold LinkExchange
harmless from and against any loss, claim, liability, damage or expense
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) arising from or
otherwise related to any claim or action threatened or commenced against
LinkExchange by a third party arising from or related to any breach or
alleged breach by Company of this Agreement. LinkExchange will reasonably
cooperate with Company, at Company's expense, in connection with the defense
and settlement of any such claim or action, which settlement will be subject
to LinkExchange's written approval which will not be unreasonably withheld.
LinkExchange will have the right to employ separate counsel and participate
in the defense and settlement of any such claim or action at LinkExchange's
sole expense.

7.3 WARRANTY DISCLAIMER. THE LINKEXCHANGE NETWORK (INCLUDING ALL OF THE
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AVAILABLE THROUGH THE PREMIUM MEMBERSHIP) AND ANY OTHER
MATERIALS OR SERVICES PROVIDED TO COMPANY PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE
PROVIDED "AS IS" AND WITH ALL DEFECTS. LINKEXCHANGE HEREBY DIS-CLAIMS ALL
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE, NONINFRINGEMENT,
COMPATIBILITY, SECURITY, AND CONDITION OR OPERATION OF THE FOREGOING. COMPANY
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE IMPRESSIONS HOSTED TO COMPANY'S SITE ARE PROVIDED BY
THIRD PARTIES AND THAT LINKEXCHANGE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONTENT OF
SUCH ADVERTISEMENTS. IN ADDITION, LINKEXCHANGE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR AND
DOES NOT WARRANT THE CONTINUED OR INTERRUPTED OPERATION OF THE INTERNET.
Company may not make any representations, warranties or conditions with
respect to Premium Memberships, or any product or services available through
the Premium Memberships, except as expressly set forth in the Premium Member
Terms.

SECTION 8.    LIMITATIONS.

8.1 LIMITATION OF REMEDIES. Except to the extent arising pursuant to
paragraph 7.2 or a breach of paragraph 9.1, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE TO
THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT
(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, PROFITS, REVENUES OR
DATA, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES), WHETHER ARISING IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, PRODUCT LIABILITY OR OTHER CAUSE OF ACTION. NOTWITHSTANDING THE
FOREGOING, THIS SECTION WILL NOT LIMIT EITHER PARTY'S ABILITY TO OBTAIN
INJUNCTIVE OR OTHER EQUITABLE RELIEF UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

                                    4.

<PAGE>

8.2 LIMITATION ON DAMAGES. Except to the extent arising pursuant to paragraph
7.2 or a breach of paragraph 9.1, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER
PARTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IN THE AGGREGATE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE
AMOUNTS PROPERLY PAID, OWING AND ACCRUED TO COMPANY HEREUNDER.

SECTION 9.    MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 CONFIDENTIALITY. The parties acknowledge and agree that the LinkExchange
Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of ____________ ("NDA") entered into by and
between the parties applies to this Agreement as if fully set forth herein
and that all of the terms of this Agreement (including but not limited to its
existence) and all discussions and negotiations related thereto are
considered Confidential Information of LinkExchange under the NDA. Upon
termination or expiration of this Agreement, Company will destroy (or upon
the other party's request return) any and all confidential information and
materials of LinkExchange in Company's possession or control.

9.2 NOTICES. All notices and requests in connection with this Agreement will
be deemed given (a) when personally delivered, (b) when delivered by
facsimile or telex, (c) the next business day following delivery to a
nationally recognized courier service guarantying next-day delivery, or (d)
five (5) business days after being placed in the mails of the United States,
postage prepaid, certified or registered, return receipt requested, to the
applicable address set forth on the attached cover page (or to such other
address as the party to receive the notice or request so designates by at
least ten (10) days prior written notice to the other party).

9.3 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. Company is an independent contractor, and not an
employee, agent, franchisee, or representative of LinkExchange. Except as
otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, Company will perform its
obligations under this Agreement at its own expense. Company is not
authorized to, and will not attempt to create or assume any obligation or
liability, express or implied, in the name or otherwise on behalf of
LinkExchange. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Company will
not enter into any contract, agreement or commitment, make any warranty or
guaranty, or incur any obligation or liability in the name or otherwise on
behalf of LinkExchange. This Agreement will not be construed as creating or
evidencing any franchise, agency or partnership among the parties or as
imposing any franchise, agency or partnership obligation or liability on
either party.

9.4 COSTS. Each party is responsible for all costs associated with fulfilling
its obligations hereunder.

9.5 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State
of Washington. Company hereby irrevocably consents to the personal
jurisdiction of, and for any action governed by or on behalf of Company
exclusive venue in the state and federal courts sitting King County,
Washington, USA. In any suit or action to enforce any right or remedy under
this Agreement or to interpret any provision of this Agreement, the
prevailing party will be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees.

9.6 ASSIGNMENT. Company may not assign this Agreement without LinkExchange's
prior written approval. Any attempted assignment, sub-license, transfer,
encumbrance or other disposal of this Agreement by Company without
LinkExchange's prior written approval will be void and will constitute a
material default and breach of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided,
this Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the
parties' successors and lawful assigns.

9.7 HEADINGS. The section headings used in this Agreement are intended for
convenience only and will not be deemed to affect in any manner the meaning
or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

9.8 MODIFICATION. This Agreement will not be modified except by a written
agreement dated subsequent to the date of this Agreement and signed on behalf
of Company and LinkExchange by their respective duly authorized
representatives.

9.9 WAIVER. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement will constitute a
waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the same or any other
provisions hereof, and no waiver will be effective unless made in writing and
signed by the waiving party.

                                      5.

<PAGE>

9.10 SEVERABILITY. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement
conflicts with governing law, or is held to be null, void or otherwise
ineffective or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, (a) such
provision will not be deemed to be restated to reflect as nearly as possible
the original intentions of the parties in accordance with applicable law, and
(b) the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this
Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

9.11 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, all of which taken together will constitute one agreement.

9.12 LANGUAGE. This Agreement has been negotiated in the English language and
it is the express wish of the parties that this Agreement, and all related
documents be drafted in the English language. C'est la volonte expresse des
parties que la presente convention ainsi que les documents qui a y
rattachment soient rediges en anglais.

9.13 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Subject to paragraph 5.1, this Agreement constitutes
the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter
hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements or
communications between the parties.

                                     6.

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20

                                            ***TEXT OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
                                                CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                          UNDER 17 C.F.R. SECTIONS 200.80(b)(4),
                                                            200.83 AND 240.24b-2


                                    AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of the later of the
two signature dates below (the "Effective Date") by and between IMPROVENET,
INC. ("ImproveNet"), a Delaware, U.S.A. corporation, and COMPLETEHOME
OPERATIONS, INC. ("CompleteHome"), a Delaware, U.S.A. corporation.

BACKGROUND

ImproveNet is an Internet-based home improvement market maker in the United
States for contractors, homeowners and suppliers of goods and services
related to home improvement. ImproveNet provides an Interact-based contractor
matching service pursuant to which it screens and qualifies both contractors
and homeowner leads and matches appropriate and interested contractors to
homeowners seeking to have home improvement projects performed. ImproveNet
also provides other informational services to homeowners and contractors as
well as promotional and advertising services to suppliers via its Internet
sites.

CompleteHome is the owner and operator of an Internet-based real estate
portal, known as CompleteHome.com and is engaged, inter alia, in the business
of providing online advertising and certain other promotional activities
associated with residential real estate and real estate-related services.

CompleteHome is interested in having ImproveNet provide certain contractor
matching, informational, promotional and advertising services for the
CompleteHome Site (as defined below), and ImproveNet is willing to provide
such services for CompleteHome, all in accordance with the terms and
conditions set forth below.

In consideration of the mutual promises set forth below and other good and
valuable consideration, the value and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.       DEFINITIONS

         1.1 "ADVERTISING RECURRING FEES" shall mean [...***...] of the
Advertising Shared Revenue.

         1.2 "ADVERTISING SHARED REVENUE" shall mean the aggregate of all
advertising, sponsorship or promotional activity revenue generated from
activity on the Co-Branded Site.

         1.3 "AGGREGATE RECURRING FEES" shall mean, collectively, the General
Recurring Fees and the Advertising Recurring Fees.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                         1

<PAGE>

         1.4 "AGGREGATE SHARED REVENUE" shall mean the aggregate of all
General Shared Revenue and all Advertising Shared Revenue from the Effective
Date through the date of calculation,

         1.5 "ANNUAL MINIMUM GENERAL FEE" shall mean a minimum per annum
General Recurring Fee of $[...***...] for the first Contract Year,
$[...***...] for the second Contract Year, and $[...***...] for the third
Contract Year and any partial Contract Year thereafter during the Term.

         1.6 "AVAILABILITY DATE" shall mean the first date on which the
CompleteHome Site contains a hyperlink to the Co-Branded Site as contemplated
by this Agreement.

         1.7 "BRANDS" shall mean, collectively, Century 21 Real Estate
Corporation, Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation and ERA Franchise
Systems, Inc., the franchisors, respectively, of the CENTURY 21-Registered
Trademark-, COLDWELL BANKER-Registered Trademark- and ERA-Registered
Trademark- real estate brokerage franchise systems.

         1.8 "BUSINESS DAY" shall mean every day other than Saturdays,
Sundays and legal holidays in the State of California.

         1.9 "CLAIMS" shall mean claims, demands, costs, liabilities, losses,
expenses and damages (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees)

         1.10 "CO-BRANDED SITE" shall mean, collectively, the Limited
Co-Branded Site and the Full Co-Branded Site.

         1.11 "COMPLETEHOME SITE" shall mean the Internet portal operated and
maintained by or on behalf of CompleteHome through which various real estate
related products and/or services are offered to the public, currently located
on the Interact at http://www.completehome.com (including any portions,
future versions, upgrades, successors and replacements thereof, including any
and all other means of electronic delivery now or hereafter known).

         1.12 "COMPLETEHOME USERS" shall mean users of the Co-Branded Site,
the ImproveNet Site or services provided by ImproveNet, who by virtue of
having come to the Co-Branded Site or the ImproveNet Site through links with
the CompleteHome Site or Related Sites are tracked by Cookies established by
ImproveNet in accordance with its obligations under Section 2.2(c) hereof. A
user of the ImproveNet Site shall be deemed to be a CompletaHome User if the
user's computer contains a Cookie identifying it as a CompleteHome User and
there is no more recently dated Cookie identifying such User to a different
party with whom ImproveNet then has a contractual obligation to track users
coming to the ImproveNet Site from such other party's Web site(s). In
addition, if a user with a Cookie identifying it as a CompleteHome User
clicks through to the ImproveNet Site through banner advertising or other
links appearing on any Web site other than the CompleteHome Site or the
Related Sites, business transacted on that visit will not be


* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                    2.

<PAGE>

counted as activity of the CompleteHome User for purposes of calculating
General Shared Revenue, but any future access by such user to the ImproveNet
Site not coming through a connection from such other Web sites shall be
counted as activity of the CompleteHome User for such revenue sharing
calculations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all visits by users to the
Co-Branded Site and all business transacted by such users on the Co-Branded
Site shall count as activity of CompleteHome Users.

         1.13 "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" shall mean confidential or
proprietary reformation of a party to which the other party is providing
access which has been so marked or so identified by the disclosing party at
the tune of disclosure, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.2
hereof.

         1.14 "COOKIE" shall mean the mechanism through which information
regarding a user of a particular Web site is gathered, which shall include
the current technology of putting an electronic label on the computer of such
user as well as future technologies reasonably available during the Term to
the extent such technologies will improve the ability of ImproveNet to meet
the Tracking Requirements.

         1.15 "CONTRACT YEAR" shall mean a period consisting of twelve
consecutive full calendar months, provided, however, that the first Contract
Year shall mean that period commencing on the Availability Date and ending on
the data which is the end of the twelfth full calendar month succeeding the
Availability Date and the last Contract Year shall consist of any partial
year remaining in the term of this Agreement after the expiration of the
preceding Contract Year.

         1.16 "CUSTOMER INFORMATION" shall mean the information regarding
CompleteHome Users collected by ImproveNet as part of the process of such
CompleteHome Users' accessing and navigating the Co-Branded Site or the
ImproveNet Site and utilizing the services provided thereby, and shall
include the additional information required in accordance with Section
2.2(c)(2) hereof.

         1.17 "DEVELOPMENT OBLIGATION" shall mean the obligation of
ImproveNet to develop the Full Co-Branded Site in accordance with the
Specification and the Tracking Requirements (subject to the limitations set
forth in Section 2.2(c) hereof) and to put such site into operation.

         1.18 "FIRST DELIVERY PERIOD" shall mean a period of fifty six (56)
days after the delivery of the Specification without counting in such period
any elapsed time attributable to CompleteHome's review periods or any delay
caused by changes to the Specification required by CompleteHome after the
initial delivery of the Specification or other delay caused by CompleteHome.

         1.19 "FULL CO-BRANDED SITE" shall mean a version of the ImproveNet
Site operated on the ImproveNet servers which is developed in accordance with
the Specification and which shall have its own URL.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                    3.

<PAGE>

         1.20 "GENERAL RECURRING FEES" shall mean [...***...] of the Shared
General Revenue until such time as the Aggregate Shared Revenue exceeds
$[...***...], and [...***...] of the General Shared Revenue thereafter,
subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 4.1 (c)(2).

         1.21 "GENERAL SHARED REVENUE" shall mean all gross collected
revenues generated by ImproveNet from all of the following sources, through
CompleteHome Users:

                  (1) Contractor Lead Fees (currently $10/lead accepted by
                  contractors)
                  (2) Completed Job Revenue
                  (3) Product Showcase & Design Gallery Integration
                  (4) Brochure Showcases
                  (5) SmartLeads Emails
                  (6) Category Message Boards
                  (7) Contractor sign-up fees
                  (8) Advertising, sponsorship or promotional
                  activity revenue realized by ImproveNet for activity on
                  IanproveNet sites other than the Co-Branded Site from
                  advertising sold by CompleteHome.

         1.22 "IMAGE" shall mean a mock-up image of the Limited Co-Branded
Site prepared by CompleteHome.

         1.23 "IMPROVENET SITE" shall mean the Web site operated by or for
ImproveNet, currently located on the Interact at http://www.improvenet.com,
as modified from time to time to comply with the provisions of this
Agreement, and future versions, upgrades, successors and replacements thereof.

         1.24     "LATE DELIVERY FEE" shall mean an amount equal to
$[...***...].

         1.25 "LEGAL LANGUAGE" shall mean disclaimers, privacy policies or
other legal concerns addressed in designated sections of the Co-Branded Site.

         1.26 "LIMITED CO-BRANDED SITE" shall mean a version of the
ImproveNet Site operated on the ImproveNet servers with the CompleteHome logo
and branding at the top of every page and a CompleteHome logo hyperlink
consistent with the Image.

         1.27 "RELATED SITES" shall mean Web sites operated by or for
CompleteHome (including any portions, future versions, upgrades, successors
and replacements thereof including any and all means of electronic delivery
now or hereafter known) by third party licensees under CompleteHome or third
party trademarks or branding and shall include the Web sites of the CENTURY
21-Registered Trademark-, COLDWELL BANKER-Registered Trademark- and
ERA-Registered Trademark- real estate brokerage franchise systems.

         1.28 "SECOND DELIVERY DATE" shall mean the date which is
twenty-eight (28) days after the expiration of the First Delivery Period.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                        4.

<PAGE>

         1.29 "SPECIFICATION" shall mean a specification of the requirements
of CompleteHome with respect to the Full Co-Branded Site, which shall include
the graphical elements constituting the navigation bars, the links from the
navigation bars or other areas of the Full Co-Branded Site to specified areas
of the CompleteHome Site and the information required to link to such areas
of the CompleteHome Site.

         1.30 "TERM" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section
8.1 hereof.

         1.31     "TRACKING REQUIREMENTS" shall mean:

                         (1) the number of CompleteHome Users clicked through
to any areas of the Co-Branded Site (i.e., pageview counts for each portion
of the Co-Branded Site)

                         (2) the Customer Information collected by ImproveNet
with respect to each CompleteHome User

                         (3) where relevant, the broker/agent of the Brands
who is entitled to lead generation credit for each CompleteHome User

                         (4) a detailed list of the types of projects
requested by each CompleteHome User requesting a project

                         (5) the pricing for such projects

                         (6) a list of the advertisers sold SmartLeads that
have appeared to CompleteHome Users

                         (7) in each such case, the revenue generated to
ImproveNet from CompleteHome Users

                         (8) tracking information for banner and other
advertising impressions and other measurements of advertising revenue
generated by advertisements, sponsorships and promotional opportunities
appearing to or otherwise communicated to CompleteHome Users visiting the
Co-Branded Site

                         (9) tracking information for banner and other
advertising impressions and other measurements of advertising revenue
generated by advertisements, sponsorships and promotional opportunities sold
by CompleteHome on the ImproveNet Site and

                         (10) aggregate collected advertising revenues
generated (a) from the Co-Branded Site or (b) from advertising, sponsorships
or other promotional opportunities sold by CompleteHome on the ImproveNet
sites.

         1.32 CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN TERMS. Any references made in this
Agreement to named areas or design features of a Web site shall include such
named area or design feature as it exists or is contemplated as of the
Effective Date and any modification or substitution therefor in future
designs of such Web site.

                                                          CONFIDENTIAL

                                       5.

<PAGE>

2.       RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

         2.1      COMPLETEHOME RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.

                  (a) CompleteHome shall use commercially reasonable good
faith efforts to develop and operate the CompleteHome Site and maintain
uptime consistent with industry standards,

                  (b) CompleteHome shall place links to the Co-Branded Site and
other advertising of the Co-Branded Site and ImproveNet's services on the
CompleteHome Site as described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part
hereof.

                  (c) CompleteHome will take reasonable steps, determined in
its own discretion, to encourage traffic to the Co-Branded Site, which steps
may include one or more of the following: (1) including coupons on the
Welcome Wagon Web site and causing its affiliate that operates the Welcome
Wagon business to include coupons for the Co-Branded Site in its offline
coupon offerings and including links from other Web sites that are part of or
linked to the CompleteHome Site; (2) developing and distributing promotional
marketing pieces, produced by CompleteHome and shipped (at the expense of
CompleteHome) to participating Brand franchisees nationwide; these marketing
pieces will promote the home improvement areas of the CompleteHome site, and
will include a space for the broker identification reformation required for
the Tracking System described in Section 2.2 (c) hereof; (3) as determined by
CompleteHome and the Brands, in their sole discretion, inclusion in recurring
mailings, newsletters, e-mails and other communications to the brokers/agents
of the Brands and speeches at the Brand national conventions, of promotional
information about the benefits of sending homeowners to the CompleteHome home
improvement area and (4) training its marketing sales force to speak to the
benefits of the ImproveNet services for new homeowners and for sellers of
homes needing sale-related repairs or replacements.

         2.2      IMPROVENET RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.

                  (a) ImproveNet shall use commercially reasonable good faith
efforts to develop and operate the ImproveNet Site and the Co-Branded Site
and maintain uptime for each such site consistent with industry standards.

                  (b) (1) Not later than ten (10) Business Days after the
date on which CompleteHome delivers the Image to ImproveNet (which is
expected to be on or before December 17, 1999), ImproveNet shall establish
the Limited Co-Branded Site, to which CompleteHome will establish one or more
links from the CompleteHome Site. The Limited Co-Branded Site shall be
maintained by ImproveNet until such time as the Full Co-Branded Site is fully
operational.

                  (2) ImproveNet shall develop and maintain the Full
Co-Branded Site in accordance with file following: not later than twenty
eight (28) days after CompleteHome delivers the Specification to ImproveNet,
ImproveNet shall develop and

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                      6.

<PAGE>

provide to CompleteHome a mock-up of the Full Co-Branded Site sufficient for
CompleteHome to evaluate its conformity to the Specification. CompleteHome
shall promptly review such mock-up and provide ImproveNet with a notice
either indicating approval to proceed with development or specifying m detail
the ways in which the mock-up fails to meet the Specification. Not later than
twenty eight (28) days after CompleteHome delivers such notice ImproveNet
shall deliver the final operational Full Co-Branded Site for CompleteHome's
approval. CompleteHome shall promptly test and review such site for
conformity to the Specification and shall provide a notice to ImproveNet
either approving the Full Co-Branded Site or specifying in detail the ways in
which such site fails to meet the Specification. ImproveNet acknowledges that
the Specification will require, inter alia, that CompleteHome logos and
navigation must, at a minimum, be located at the top of each page on the
Co-Branded Site. CompleteHome Users navigating from the CompleteHome Site
shall only be transferred to the Co-Branded Site and not to any other Web
site.

                  (3) To the extent either party considers that Legal
Language shall be included in or displayed on the Co-Branded Site, if the
parties cannot agree on such Legal Language, the version proposed which is
the most stringent or restrictive on the parties or the most detailed in
specifying the circumstances addressed in such Legal Language shall be used
on the Co-Branded Site.

                  (c) (1) ImproveNet will, at its expense, as part of the
development of the Co-Branded Site, use its best efforts to develop and
include in the Co-Branded Site tracking mechanisms to identify CompleteHome
Users and be able to track their usage of the services promoted by the
Co-Branded Site and otherwise collect information in accordance with the
Tracking Requirements.

                         (2) In the event CompleteHome reasonably requires
information about CompleteHome Users additional to ImproveNet's standard
Customer Information and CompleteHome provides a specification of its
requirement for such information, ImproveNet shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to add a mechanism to collect such information in the Full
Co-Branded Site.

                         (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent
ImproveNet is unable to track some or all of the information set forth above
as a result of a CompleteHome User's deletion or deactivation of the Cookie
or due to changes in available technology that prevent such tracking (such as
a new privacy feature of a browser software), ImproveNet shall work with
CompleteHome to find a reasonable alternative to track or estimate the
required information, ImproveNet shall not be in default of its obligations
hereunder; provided, however, that if such impediments to the tracking of the
information set forth above significantly impair the value of this Agreement
to CompleteHome and an acceptable alternative is not developed, in its sole
discretion, CompleteHome shall have the right to terminate this Agreement
upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to ImproveNet. Notwithstanding any
such impediments, ImproveNet shall make all commercially reasonable efforts
to maximize its compliance with the requirements set forth above.

                                                           CONFIDENTIAL

                                      7.

<PAGE>

         2.3 MARKETING PLAN. CompleteHome and ImproveNet shall cooperate in
the development of a marketing plan for the sale of advertising, sponsorship
and promotional opportunities on the Co-Branded Site in accordance, with the
parameters and principles set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a
part hereof. Such plan shall be revised from time to time during the Term by
agreement of the parties.

         2.4 EXCLUSIVITY. ImproveNet hereby agrees that during the Term it
will not promote [...***...], [...***...] Web site or services through the
ImproveNet Site or the Co-Branded Site. Such prohibition shall include, but
not be limited to, that no advertising of [...***...], [...***...] Web sites
or services shall appear on the ImproveNet Site or the Co-Branded Site.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, ImproveNet will not be deemed to be in
violation of this provision by honoring its agreement with [...***...] in
existence as of the Effective Date, provided that, ImproveNet shall not renew
or extend the term of such agreement, which ImproveNet represents expires in
or before [...***...], and provided further, that ImproveNet shall not permit
any banner advertisement or link from the ImproveNet Site to [...***...] to
reference [...***...] or any of [...***...] affiliates in any way. In
addition, to the extent [...***...] acquires any entity with which
Improve.Net has a contract at the time of such acquisition, without violating
this provision ImproveNet may continue to honor such existing contract
provided that ImproveNet shall not renew or extend the term of such agreement
and provided further, that ImproveNet shall not permit any banner
advertisement or link from the ImproveNet Site to such entity to reference
[...***...] or any of [...***...] affiliates in any way, except to the extent
failing to permit such reference would constitute a material breach of such
agreement.

         2.5 COLLECTIONS. ImproveNet shall be responsible for the collection
of all Aggregate Shared Revenue subject to its normal and customary
collection procedures and policies for all sites operated by ImproveNet.

3.       MARKETING

         3.1 USE OF NAME OR MARKS. Each party hereby grants to the other a
limited, royalty-free, non-exclusive license during the term of this
Agreement to use, reproduce and publish, the name and logos of the other
party but only in the manner contemplated by and subject to the restrictions
contained in this Agreement, including, but not limited to the provisions of
Section 10.9 hereof, ImproveNet must use the CompleteHome names and logos in
accordance with the logo guidelines provided by CompleteHome from time to
time. CompleteHome must use the ImproveNet names and logos in accordance with
the logo guidelines provided by ImproveNet from time to time. CompleteHome
and ImproveNet acknowledge that nothing contained herein shall give either
party any interest in any logo, trade name, trademark or service mark owned by
the other party, and that such license will automatically terminate upon the
termination of this Agreement.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                        8.

<PAGE>


         3.2 PRESS RELEASES. Neither party shall issue any press release
relating to the relationship contemplated by this Agreement without giving
the other party a minimum of three business days to review and approve such
release. No press release or other public announcement with respect to this
Agreement may be made by either party without the approval of the other party
except to the extent such public announcement may be required by law.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, ImproveNet shall not issue any press release
prior to the Availability Date.

4.       PAYMENTS

         4.1      AGGREGATE RECURRING FEES.

                  (a) PAYMENT OBLIGATION. ImproveNet shall calculate and pay
the Aggregate Recurring Fees to CompleteHome on a monthly basis, on or before
the fifteenth (15th) day after the end of each calendar month as provided for
herein. In any month in which (A) the cumulative monthly payments of General
Recurring Fees for the preceding calendar months in the then current Contract
Year, together with the payment of General Recurring Fees due for such month
is an amount less than CB) the applicable Annual Minimum General Fee, the
amount to be paid to CompleteHome m respect of General Recurring Fees for
such calendar month shall be equal to one twelfth (1/12) of the Annual
Minimum Fee; and (2) in any month in which the amount in clause (A) equals or
exceeds the amount in clause (B), the amount to be paid to CompleteHome in
respect of General Recurring Fees for such calendar month shall be equal to
lesser of the excess of the amount in clause (A) over the Annual Minimum
General Fee or the General Recurring Fee for such month. Each payment of
General Recurring Fees shall be accompanied by a payment of the amount of
Advertising Recurring Fees accrued in such calendar month.

                  (b) Together with each monthly Aggregate Recurring Fee
payment, ImproveNet shall provide a monthly report to CompleteHome in such
electronic format as the parties agree, setting forth the information for
such calendar month gathered in accordance with the Tracking Requirement and
the calculation of the Aggregate Recurring Fees payable for such calendar
month.

                  (c) LATE DELIVERY. (1) In the event that ImproveNet fails
to satisfy the Development Obligation within the First Delivery Period, the
General Recurring Fees attributable to such period shall be equal to any
General Recurring Fees documented to have accrued during such period plus the
Late Delivery Fee.

                         (2) In the event the Development Obligation is not
satisfied by ImproveNet on or prior to the Second Delivery Date, (A) the
General Recurring Fee shall from that date and thereafter be calculated at
[...***...] of General Shared Revenues, regardless of whether the
$[...***...] threshold has been achieved, (B) ImproveNet shall use best
efforts :to deliver the Development Obligation as soon as possible and (C)
ImproveNet shall calculate and pay the General Recurring Fees from the
beginning of the

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                      9.

<PAGE>

Term until such time as the Development Obligation is satisfied on the basis
of all estimate of the General Shared Revenues that would have been generated
had the Full Co-Branded Site been delivered as of the end of the First
Delivery Period, plus the Late Delivery Fee. The methodology of estimating
the General Recurring Fees accrued during such period shall be acceptable to
CompleteHome in its sole discretion.

         4.2 PREPAYMENT. ImproveNet agrees that, upon execution of this
Agreement, it shall pay to CompleteHome $[...***...], representing an advance
payment of the Annual Minimum General Fee, which payment shall be credited to
the first $[...***...] due under this Agreement for the first Contract Year
and the first $[...***...] due for the second Contract Year. Such payment
will be made by ImproveNet delivering to CompleteHome or to such affiliate of
CompleteHome as CompleteHome may direct, [...***...]. In no event shall any
payment or prepayment of Annual Minimum General Fees apply to the payment of
General Recurring Fees in excess of the Annual Minimum General Fees nor to
the payment of Advertising Recurring Fees.

         4.3 All payments to CompleteHome shall be sent to the following
address, which address may be revised by CompleteHome from time to time:

                  CompleteHome
                  200 Vallejo Street
                  San Francisco, CA 94111
                  Attention: Accounts Receivable Dept.

         4.4 ImproveNet shall keep accurate and complete records of all
Aggregate Shared Revenues. All such records and all accounting systems with
respect thereto shall be available for inspection, copy and audit by
CompleteHome or its representatives on reasonable notice to ImproveNet during
normal business hours throughout the Term and for one (1) year thereafter,
which audit may be conducted not more frequently than once m any six (6)
month period, unless there has been a previous underpayment of more than 5%
as contemplated below. ImproveNet shall fully cooperate with CompleteHome in
such inspection and audit. Neither CompleteHome's acceptance of any
information nor CompleteHome's inspection or audit of ImproveNet's records
shall waive CompleteHome's right later to dispute the accuracy or
completeness of any information supplied by ImproveNet. In the event any such
audit establishes an underpayment of commissions, ImproveNet shall pay the
amount of the deficit within five (5) business days of notification of such
deficiency. In the event such audit identifies an overpayment of commissions,
such overpayment shall be a credit against future commissions to become due
from ImproveNet to CompleteHome. If an audit establishes an underpayment of
commissions greater than five percent (5%) of the total commissions then due
and payable to CompleteHome, ImproveNet shall pay for the costs and expenses
of such audit. In the event of a dispute over the result of any such audit,
the amount so

*     CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                    10.

<PAGE>


disputed shall be deposited by the party to be charged with an
escrow agent acceptable to both parties and pursuant to an escrow agreement
acceptable to both parties and such escrow agent shall retain the disputed
amount until such time as the dispute is resolved; provided, however, that
party to be charged may provide the other party with security satisfactory to
it that such payment will be made if such dispute is resolved in the party to
be paid's favor in lieu of establishing such escrow. Each party in such a
dispute shall bear its own costs.

5.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Each party hereby represents and warrants as follows: (i) it has full
corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out
the provisions hereof, (ii) it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this
Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, (iii) tins Agreement is a
legal and valid obligation binding upon it and enforceable according to its
terms, (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it
does not conflict with any agreement to which it is a party or by which it
may be bound, and (v) its Web site(s) contemplated by this Agreement (the
CompleteHome Site in the case of CompleteHome, and the Co-Branded Site and
the ImproveNet Site in the case of ImproveNet), and the services provided
pursuant thereto, shall be of a high nature, grade and quality and shall
comply with all applicable laws and regulations throughout the term of this
Agreement.

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH ABOVE, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO ANY MATTER INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OF MERCHANTIBILITY.

OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO AN INDEMNIFIED CLAIM UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER
PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM BREACH OF
CONTRACT OR WARRANTY OR FROM NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), EVEN IF SUCH
PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF (OR KNOWS OR SHOULD KNOW OF) THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY IN
AN AMOUNT GREATER THAN THE AMOUNTS DUE FROM SUCH PARTY TO THE OTHER PARTY
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT DURING THE TERM OF THE AGREEMENT. THIS LIMITATION OF
EACH PARTY'S LIABILITY IS CUMULATIVE, WITH ALL PAYMENTS FOR CLAIMS OR DAMAGES
IN CONNECTION WITH THE AGREEMENT BEING AGGREGATED TO DETERMINE SATISFACTION
OF THE LIMIT. THE EXISTENCE OF ONE OR MORE CLAIMS WILL NOT ENLARGE THE LIMIT.

6.       INDEMNIFICATION

         6.1 INDEMNIFICATION BY COMPLETEHOME. CompleteHome agrees to
indemnify, pay the defense costs of, and hold ImproveNet, and its successors,
officers, directors and

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                    11.

<PAGE>

employees harmless from any and all Claims arising out of or in connection
with (a) the CompleteHome Site, (b) any claim which, taking the claimant's
allegations to be true. would result in a breach by CompleteHome of any of
its warranties, covenants or other obligations set forth m this Agreement;
and (c) any claim arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
CompleteHome.

         6.2 INDEMNIFICATION BY IMPROVENET. ImproveNet agrees to indemnify,
pay the defense costs or, and hold CompleteHome, and its successors,
officers, directors and employees harmless from any and all Claims, arising
out of or in connection with (a) the ImproveNet Site and the Co-Branded Site;
(b)any claim which, taking the claimant's allegations to be true, would
result in a breach by ImproveNet of any of ImproveNet's warranties, covenants
or other obligations set forth in this Agreement; and (c) any claim arising
from the negligence or willful misconduct of ImproveNet. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, such indemnity shall apply to any Claims made in
connection with or as a result of any action or failure to act by a
contractor or other vendor promoted through the Co-Branded Site.

         6.3 PROCEDURE. In the event of an indemnified claim hereunder, the
indemnified party shall give the indemnifying party prompt nonce in writing
of the claim and the indemnifying party shall have sole control over its
defense or settlement, except that the indemnifying party shall not settle or
compromise any such matter without obtaining the indemnified party's written
consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The indemnified party
shall have the right at its own cost and expense to employ separate counsel
and participate in the defense of any claim or action.

7.       CONFIDENTIALITY

         7.1 OBLIGATIONS. Each party acknowledges that the other party will
receive or have access to Confidential Information of such party. Each party
will use at least the same degree of care to prevent disclosing to third
parties the Confidential Information of the other as it employs to avoid
unauthorized disclosure, publication or dissemination of its own information
of a similar nature, but in no event less than a reasonable standard of care.
A party may disclose Confidential Information of the other party to third
parties performing services hereunder where (i) the use of such Confidential
Information by such third party is authorized under this Agreement, (ii) such
disclosure is reasonably necessary to or otherwise naturally occurs in that
entity's scope of responsibility, and (iii) the disclosure is in accordance
with the terms and conditions of this Agreement Neither party will (1) make
any use or copies of the Confidential information of the other party except
as necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement, (2) acquire any
right in or assert any lien against the Confidential Information of the other
party, or (3) refuse for any reason (including a default or material breach
of this Agreement by the other party) to promptly provide the other party's
Confidential Information (including all copies thereof) to it if requested in
writing to do so. Upon the expiration or termination for any reason of this
Agreement and the concomitant completion of a party's obligations under this
Agreement, each party shall (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement),
return or destroy, as the other party may direct, all documentation in any
medium that

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                    12.

<PAGE>


contains, refers to, or relates to the other party's Confidential
Information, and retain no copies, in addition, the parties shall take
reasonable steps to ensure that their respective employees comply with these
confidentiality provisions. The steps taken by a party to ensure such
compliance will be deemed reasonable if they are no less onerous than the
steps taken by the other party.

         7.2 The obligations of this Article 7 will not apply to any
particular information which the receiving party can demonstrate: (i) was, at
the time of disclosure to it, in the public domain; (ii) after disclosure to
it, is published or otherwise becomes part of the public domain through no
fault of the receiving party; (iii) was rightfully in the possession of the
receiving party at the time of disclosure to it; (iv) is received from a
third party who had a lawful right to disclose such information to it; or (v)
was independently developed by the receiving party without reference to
Confidential Information of the furnishing party. In addition, a party shall
not be considered to have breached its obligations under this section for
disclosing Confidential Information of the other party as required to satisfy
any legal demand of a government, judicial or administrative body; provided,
however, that, promptly upon receiving any such request and to the extent
that it may legally do so, such party advises the other party so that the
other party may take appropriate actions in response to the demand.

         7.3 In the event of any disclosure or loss of, or inability to
account for, any Confidential Information of the furnishing party, the
receiving party! will notify the furnishing party promptly upon the
occurrence of any such event.

         7.4 Nothing contained m this Agreement shall be construed as
obligating a party to disclose its Confidential Information to the other
party, or as granting to or conferring on a party, expressly or impliedly,
any rights or license to the Confidential Information of the other party.

         7.5 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent either
party from obtaining, developing or using services or products itself or
provided by a third party as permitted by this Agreement which are similar or
competitive with the services and/or products furnished under this Agreement
or from using ideas, concepts, expressions, skills or experience possessed by
either party prior to, or developed or learned by either party in the
performance of this Agreement, except to the extent inconsistent with the
terms of this Agreement.

8.       TERM AND TERMINATION

         8.1 TERM. The term of the Agreement (the "Term") shall commence on
the Effective Date and shall expire on the third anniversary of the
Availability Date, unless earlier terminated as provided herein.

         8.2 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. In the event a party shall materially
fail to perform or comply with the terms of this Agreement, the other party
may ten-innate if such failure has not been remedied within 30 days of
written notice thereof to the

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                  13.

<PAGE>

defaulting party (or if such failure is not susceptible of cure within 30
days, if the defaulting party fails to commence to cure within 30 days after
notice of default or fails to diligently pursue such cure thereafter).

         8.3 SURVIVAL. Sections 5, 6, 7 and 9 shall survive any expiration or
termination of this Agreement.

9.       DISPUTE RESOLUTION

         9.1 INFORMAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION. Prior to commencing any litigation
or other formal dispute resolution, the parties shall attempt in good faith
to resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement through
negotiation between representatives. Either party may give the other party
written notice of any dispute not resolved in the normal course of business.
Within fifteen (15) days after its receipt of the notice, the receiving party
shall submit to the other party a written response. The notice and response
shall each include (a) a statement of the party's position and a summary of
the arguments supporting that position, and (b) the name and title of the
company representatives who will represent that party. Within thirty (30)
days following delivery of the original dispute notice, the parties'
respective representatives shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and
place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary to attempt
to resolve the dispute. All reasonable requests for information made by
either party to the other will be honored, provided that such information so
provided shall be deemed communications in furtherance of settlement
discussions and shall not be available to be used as evidence of admissions
or otherwise against the providing party. If a dispute has not been resolved
within sixty (60) days of the disputing party's original notice under this
section, or if the parties fail to meet within the thirty (30) days following
such notice, then either party may initiate litigation or other formal
dispute resolution proceedings.

         9.2 ARBITRATION. If a dispute is not resolved within sixty (60) days
after the commencement of such dispute pursuant to Section 9.1, then either
party shall, within five business days after the completion of the procedures
set forth in Section 9.1, upon notice to the other party, submit the dispute
to binding arbitration in accordance with tins Section 9.2

                  (a) The arbitration shall be held in San Francisco,
California before a panel of three arbitrators. Either party may, by notice
to the other party, demand arbitration by serving on the other party a
statement of the dispute, the facts relating or giving rise to such dispute
and the name of the arbitrator selected by it.

                  (b) Within five business days after receipt of such notice,
the other party shall name its arbitrator, and the two arbitrators named by
the Parties shall, within five business days after the date of such notice,
select the third arbitrator.

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                         14.

<PAGE>

                  (c) The arbitration shall be governed by the Commercial
Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, as may be amended
from time to time, except as expressly provided in this Section 9.2;
provided, however, that the arbitration shall be administered by any
organization agreed upon by the Parties. The arbitrators may not amend or
disregard any provision of this Section 9.2.

                  (d) The arbitrators shall allow such discovery as is
appropriate to the purposes of arbitration in accomplishing fair, speedy and
cost-effective resolution of disputes. The arbitrators shall reference the
rules of evidence of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure then in effect in
setting the scope and direction of such discovery.

                  (e) The decision of and award rendered by the arbitrators
shall be final and binding on the parties. Judgment on the award of the
arbitrators may be entered in and enforced by any court of competent
jurisdiction. The arbitrators shall have no authority to award damages in
excess compensatory damages.

         Except for (a) an action to seek injunctive relief as contemplated
by Section 9.3 or (b) any action necessary to enforce the award of. the
arbitrators, the provisions of this Section 9.2 are a complete defense to any
suit, action or other proceeding instituted in any court or before any
administrative tribunal with respect to any dispute, controversy or claim
arising out of or related to tins Agreement or the creation, validity,
interpretation, breach or termination of tins Agreement.

         9.3 LITIGATION. The only circumstance in which a dispute between the
parties will not be subject to the provision of section 9.1 and 9.2 above, is
when a party makes a good faith determination that a breach of the terms of
this Agreement by the other party is such that the damages to such party
resulting from the breach will be so immediate, so large or severe, and so
incapable of adequate redress after the fact that a temporary restraining
order or other immediate injunctive relief is the only adequate remedy.
Except for such relief, the parties shall resolve their disputes, whether or
not such relief is granted, in accordance with the provisions set forth in
section 9.1 and 9.2.

         9.4 CONTINUED PERFORMANCE. Each party agrees to continue performing
its obligations under this Agreement when any dispute is being resolved under
this Article 9 unless and until such obligations are terminated by the
expiration or termination of this Agreement or by order of a court of
competent authority under Sections 9.2 or 9.3.

10.      GENERAL PROVISIONS

         10.1 BINDING NATURE AND ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding
on each of the parties and its respective successors and permitted assigns.
Except as provided below, neither party may assign this Agreement or any
rights or obligations created herewith in whole or in part, directly or
indirectly, to any third party without the prior written consent of the
other, and any attempt to do so will be void and of no effect. Either party
may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement with the prior
written approval of the other party to (i) a third party that acquires all or
substantially all

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                         15.

<PAGE>

of the assets or stock of the assigning party (any transfer of a controlling
interest in a party being deemed to be an assignment of this Agreement by
such party for purposes of this Section 101), (ii) any subsidiary or
Affiliate of the assigning party, or (iii) a successor in a merger or
acquisition of the assigning p. arty; provided, however that in no event
shall such assignment relieve the assigning party of any of its obligations
under this Agreement For the purposes of this Section 10.1, any assignment by
operation of law or under an order of any court shall be deemed an assignment
for which prior written consent is required, and any assignment made without
such consent shall be void and of no effect as between the parties.

         10.2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement constitutes the
entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all other prior or
contemporaneous communications between the parties (whether written or oral),
with respect to the subject matter contained in this Agreement. No
modification or amendment of this Agreement will be effective unless made in
a writing executed by both parties.

         10.3 NOTICES: All notices required or permitted under this Agreement
(other than routine operational communications) shall be in writing and shall
be deemed received if sent by one of the following means: (i) upon receipt if
delivered by hand; (ii) one (1) day after being sent by an express courier
with a reliable system for tracking delivery; (iii) three (3) days after
being sent by certified or registered first class mail, postage prepaid and
return receipt requested; or (iv) upon confirmed facsimile transmission
provided that a copy is sent by another of the foregoing means. All notices
will be addressed by a party to the other as follows:

In the case of ImproveNet:

         ImproveNet, Inc.
         720 Bay Road, Suite 200
         Redwood City, CA 94063
         Attention: Ron Cooper, Chief Executive Officer

In the case of CompleteHome:

         CompleteHome
         200 Vallejo Street
         San Francisco, CA 94111

         Attention: Sarah Nolan, Chief Executive Officer

A party may change its address from time to time upon written notice to the
other party specifying the effective date of the new address.

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                         16.

<PAGE>


         10.4 HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this Agreement are
for reference and convenience only and shall not enter into the
interpretation of this Agreement.

         10.5 RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. Each party, in furnishing services
to the other party hereunder, is acting as an independent contractor and has
the sole tight and obligation to supervise, manage, contract, direct,
procure, perform or cause to be performed, all services to be performed by
such party trader this Agreement. Neither ImproveNet or CompleteHome is an
agent, partner, joint venturer or fiduciary of the other party and neither
has the authority to represent the other party as to any matters or to bind
the other party to any third parties, except as expressly authorized in this
Agreement.

         10.6 SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision of this Agreement
is found to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to
replace such provision with a substitute provision that most nearly reflects
the original intentions of the parties and is enforceable under applicable
law, and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and
affect.

         10.7     WAIVER OF DEFAULT; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

                  (a) A delay or omission by either party hereto to exercise
any right or power under this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver
thereof. A waiver by either party under this Agreement will not be effective
unless it is in writing and signed by the party granting the waiver. A waiver
by a party of a right under, or breach of, this Agreement will not be
construed to operate as a waiver of any other or successive rights under, or
breaches of, this Agreement.

                  (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, all remedies provided for in this Agreement shall be cumulative
and m addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies available to either
party at law, in equity or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
payment default by one party may be offset by a payment due to such party by
the other party.

         10.8 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into
solely between, and may be enforced only by, CompleteHome and ImproveNet.
This Agreement shall not be deemed to create any rights in any third parties,
including any suppliers and customers of a party, or to create any
obligations of a party to any third parties.

         10.9 PUBLICITY AND ADVERTISING. The parties agree that any notices
or disclosures to third parties concerning this Agreement or the Services:
shall be jointly coordinated and approved in advance by both parties. In
addition, neither party shall use the corporate name or any brand or
proprietary name, mark or logo of the other party for any advertising or
promotional purpose without first submitting such advertising or promotional
materials to the other party and obtaining the prior written consent of such
party.

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                         17.

<PAGE>


         10.10 FORCE MAJEURE. No party shall be liable for any default or
delay in the performance of its obligation under this Agreement due to an act
of God or other event to the extent that: (i) the non-performing party is
without fault in causing such default or delay;, (ii) such default or delay
could not have been prevented by reasonable precautions; and (iii) such
default or delay cannot reasonably be circumvented by the non-performing
party through the use of alternate sources, work around plans or other means.

         10.11 CHOICE OF LAW. This Agreement, and the rights and duties of
the parties arising from or relating to this Agreement or its subject matter,
shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California,
without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

         10.12 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be
deemed to be one and the same instrument.

         10.13 JOINTLY DRAFTED. This Agreement represent the joint drafting
of the parties and shall not be construed more strictly against one party
than the other.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the dates indicated below.

COMPLETEHOME OPERATIONS, INC.        IMPROVENET, INC.

/s/ James E. Buchanan                /s/ Ronald B. Cooper
- --------------------------------     --------------------------------
By (sign)                            By (sign)

James E. Buchanan                    Ronald B. Cooper
- --------------------------------     --------------------------------
Name (Print)                         Name (Print)

Executive Vice President             President and CEO
- --------------------------------     --------------------------------
Title                                Title

December 13, 1999                    December 13, 1999
- --------------------------------     --------------------------------
Date                                 Date

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                   18.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                   LINKS AND ADVERTISING ON COMPLETEHOME SITE

1. CompleteHome will place "contractor referral/Plan a Project" or similar
links at the following locations on the CompleteHome Site and at such other
locations as may be agreed by the parties from time to time during the Term:

         (a)      On the CompleteHome Site home page, on the main "Living"
                  navigation bar

         (b)      In the CompleteHome Site "Home Improvement" Section

         (c)      In the CompleteHome "Selling" section

2. CompleteHome will run promotional banners, in its discretion, on the
CompleteHome Site and on the Brand Web sites promoting the Co-Branded Site; m
particular, CompleteHome will include the Co-Branded Site in banners and
e-mail reminders on and generated by the Move Calendar.

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                    19

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                         ADVERTISING ON CO-BRANDED SITE

Within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, the parties will develop a
comprehensive marketing plan (the "Marketing Plan") for the sale of
advertising, sponsorship and promotional opportunities ("Advertising Units")
on the Co-Branded Site as well as combinations of Advertising Units with
other similar opportunities on the ImproveNet or CompleteHome sites. Such
plan shall address, among other things, the following:

         1. The parties will accumulate data during the first thirty (30)
days after the Availability Date of operation of the Co-Branded Site on the
number of projected impressions available for sale as Advertising Units, and
reflect such projections in the Marketing Plan. The parties shall also agree
upon a minimum number of impressions per month, below which neither party
shall have the obligation to sell Advertising Units. The parties shall also
agree on the placement of the Advertising Units on the Co-Branded Site.

         2. The parties shall agree on a rate card for the sale of
Advertising Units, which shall address, to the extent such can be
anticipated, rates for advertising packages including Advertising Units and
other advertising opportunities on the CompleteHome, Related and/or
ImproveNet sites. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the appearance of or links
to such services of the ImproveNet Site as Product Showcase, Design Gallery,
Brochure Showcases, SmartLeads Emails and Category Message Boards on the
Co-Branded Site shall be determined by CompleteHome in its sole discretion.
Neither party shall present discounted or bundled rates off the rate card
rates without the other party's prior approval.

         3. For the first sixty (60) days after the determination of the
projected impressions as set forth in paragraph 1 above (the "First Selling
Period"), CompleteHome shall have the exclusive right to sell Advertising
Units on the Co-Branded Site. Thereafter, if CompleteHome sells at least
[...***...] of the Advertising Units provided in the Marketing Plan to be
sold in the three month period next succeeding .the First Selling Period,
CompleteHome will continue to have the exclusive right to sell such
Advertising Units, subject to any specific reservations agreed to in the
Marketing Plan, and if CompleteHome has not sold at least [...***...] of the
Advertising Units provided in the Marketing Plan to be sold during the First
Selling Period, CompleteHome and ImproveNet shall then agree on how to divide
the responsibility to sell Advertising Units in the future.

         4. Regardless of which party is selling Advertising Units,
CompleteHome shall have the right to approve each advertiser prior to its
appearance on the Co-Branded Site. Further, in the event ImproveNet sells
Advertising Units on the Co-Branded Site bundled with other ImproveNet sites,
ImproveNet may not commit to specific numbers or percentages of impressions
or other Advertising Units on the Co-Branded Site, nor market that some
allocation of such Advertising Units will be on the Co-Branded Site as
opposed to other ImproveNet sites included in such bundle.

* CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL

                                      20

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

    We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
our report dated November 16, 1999, except for Note 15 for which the date is
December 13, 1999, relating to the financial statements of ImproveNet, Inc., and
of our report dated November 24, 1999 relating to the financial statements of
Contractor Referral Service, LLC, which appear in such Registration Statement.
We also consent to the references to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


San Jose, CA
January 11, 2000



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission